Greek and English dialogues, for use in schools

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/

600084665.

hs

GREEK AND ENGLISH
DIALOGUES

FOR USE IN

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.

GREEK AND ENGLISH
DIALOGUES.

FOR USE IN

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.

PRINTED BY T. AND A. CONSTABLE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN,
AT THE EDINBURGH UNIVERSITY PRESS.

GREEK AND ENGLISH
DIALOGUES

FOR USE IN

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

BY

JOHN STUART BLACKIE

PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH

Pondon and Mew Pork :
MACMILLAN AND CO.
1871.

εζΖξ. ; 77"

[All Rights reserved. |

PREFACE.

WaHeEn I had the honour—now about thirty years
ago—of being appointed to the Chair of Humanity in
the University of Aberdeen, a city then, and still,
famous for the excellency of its Latin scholarship, I had
not been many weeks employed in the discharge of my
new functions when I became aware of certain very
glaring perversities and absurdities which had grown up,
like tares among the wheat, in connexion with an other-
wise admirable system of training. Of these perver-
sities the following were the most prominent. In the
first place, the young Latinists had been taught, with a
great amount of labour, a system of rules about the
pronunciation of words to which they systematically
gave the lie whenever they opened their mouths. One
of these rules, for instance, I recollect, commenced thus
—for they were in Latin—‘“os produc’’—which was
meant to inculcate the doctrine that in the Latin lan-
guage, when a word ends with the syllable os, the .
vowel in that syllable, like a long note in music, is
pronounced with a prolongation of the voice, as when
we say in English the Pope, and not the Pdpp, hope,

vi PREFACE.

and not Aép. But in the face of this rule, which has
no sense at all except as regulating pronunciation, they
never made any distinction in reading betwixt de, the
mouth, which follows the rule, and ὅβ (according to
English orthography 08s), a bone, which is an exception.
And in perfect consistency with this glaring inconsist-
ency, they dealt with their rules for final syllables
through the whole long weary catalogue, pronouncing
longos as if it had been written in English longéss,
which is not a whit less ridiculous than if an English-
man were to talk of having the gut in his toss, instead
of the gout in his toes. The next thing I noticed in
the linguistic habit of the Aberdeen Latinists was, that
whenever I addreased to them, in the way of conver-
sation, the shortest sentence in the language which they
professed to understand, they looked very much gur-
prised ; a peculiarity which indicated certainly that the
colloquial method, which I had taught myself, and
which was largely practised by Erasmus, Amos Com-
enius, and other distinguished scholars of the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries all over Europe, and is still,
to a considerable extent, practised on the Continent, had,
in Aberdeen at least, fallen altogether into disuse. And
not only had the colloquial element in language been
neglected, but there were no signs whatever of a living
appeal from the tongue of the teacher to the ear of the
taught having played any part in the course of scholastic
indoctrination, to which the young men had been sub-
jected ; and this appeared the more strange as the laws
of the Northern University were regularly written and
read out in Latin, and discourses in that language deli-
vered constantly by the students of theology in the

PREFACE. vil

Divinity Hall. Closely connected with these three per-
versities, and springing manifestly from the same root,
was the extreme narrowness of the vocabulary of which
these young gentlemen, so nicely drilled in curious
syntactic rules, had been made masters. It was plain
their memory had been well packed, or at least their
phrase-book well stored, with a routine of military
phrases from Czsar’s Commentaries ; but if the Pro-
fessor, speaking the language which he taught, told an
ill-bred lad to take off his hat, or to raise his voice and
not squeak like a weasel, they understood no more of -
his diction than if he had addressed them in the dia-
lect of the Brahmins. It was plain that, whatever
else they had been taught, the objects round about them
and immediately before their eyes had, so far as their
training was concerned, been considered as non-existent.
It was plain also that they had never been taught to
think in the language which they had been studying ;
for, instead of directly using their store of words to
express their thoughts, they had always to go through
the process of a translation through the English; a
process unnatural, cumbrous, and slow, and so beset
with difficulties that it ought never to be largely used
without the facilities which a previous exercise in the
more natural, direct, descriptive, and colloquial method
so richly supplies,

There is a class of persons who will think that all
this is but the necessary consequence of the difference
in the method of teaching which belongs to a dead, as
contrasted with a living, language, and that nothing
more should be said about the matter. But a moment’s
reflection will show the inadequacy of this notion. No

Vili PREFACE.

doubt one may imagine the case of a solitary individual,
for special profegsional purposes, getting up the mere
bookish form of a language as presented to the eye,
without concerning himself in any degree with the living
reality of the vocal organism, as it addresses itself to
the ears of those who use it ; but this is not the way.
in which either a practical knowledge of language for
purposes of business, or a scientific knowledge for the
cultivation of the taste, is ever acquired,—certainly not
the way in which the classical languages are taught in
our great schools and colleges. For, though a book is
always the medium of instruction, the book is read
aloud, and thus raised from the category of a dead
record to that of a living utterance ; and this to such
an extent that compositions in Greek and Latin prose,
and even more notoriously in verse, passing in some
way or other through the ear, form a prominent part of
the scholastic drill of our classical scholars. It appears,
therefore, that the dead language is to a certain extent
resuscitated, and the ear, though not scientifically treated,
is nevertheless used. Let it therefore be used in the
proper sense of that word, and not rather, as it too
often now is, grossly abused. If we profess to derive
an ssthetic luxury from the nice balance of Greek and
Latin verses, and the grand roll of the classical prose
periods—a luxury which has no meaning except as
addressed to the ear—let us not stultify ourselves by
writing verses from rules which contradict the practice
of our ears, and by admiring periods enunciated in
direct antagonism to the demonstrable orthoepy and
rhythmical harmony of the languages of which they are
a part. In this respect, so far as teaching is concerned,

PREFACE. ix

there can be no difference between a living language
and a dead ; of the dead 88 οὗ the livigg, the ear is the
direct receiver, the memory only the storehouse, and
the judgment the dispenser of the stores. No rule,
indeed, of grammatical or philological science has any
significance except in reference to what is spoken; and
if thé articulate speech be not actually regulated accord-
ing to the known rules of the language, then the rules
become a display of cumbrous pedantry, and the speech
an incongruous mixture of natural expression with
random blundering and conventional grimace.

These remarks, founded as they are on nature and
the plainest'common sense, point to a radical reform in
some of our methods of scholastic drill, such as has been
already indicated by Professor Jowett of Oxford, Mr.
Farrar of Harrow, and other distinguished English
teachers.2, I have myself not only taught the principles
of such a reform, but acted upon them consistently,
both as Latin Professor in Aberdeen, and as Greek
Professor in Edinburgh, for a period of thirty years.
That my practice may as yet have produced little effect
in Scotland was only natural ; for neither is Scotland a
kindly climate for classical literature generally, nor is
the meagre Scottish schoolmaster, taken generally, found
less tinged with the proverbial conservatism of the

1 On the advantage of a systematic training of the ear in the
study of language, see the account of a remarkable experiment
made by Erasmus in his Dialogus de pronuntiatione, Basil, 1528,
p. 209.

* See particularly Professor Jowett’s first lecture on Education,
delivered before the Philosophical Institution, Edinburgh, March
2, 1869, and Mr. Farrar’s lecture on Public School Education
to the Royal Institution, London.

x PREFACE.

profession than his fat aristocratic brother in the south. ~
No man shoulg grumble because his right reasons do
not forthwith jump into right practice. There is plenty
of time for all changes; and truth in the long-run,
under fair circumstances, is sure to prevail. But if I
am not much deceived, we are now arrived at an im-
portant crisis in the educational life of this country,
which makes the moment especially favourable for a
recurrence to first principles. .The inadequate results
attained by the present methods of classical training are
universally complained of ; the claims of rival subjects
are becoming every day more clamorous and more just ;
in mere self-defence, therefore, the advocates of the
ancient learning must study to avail themselves of
methods at once more natural, more scientific, and more
expeditious. I am convinced also that there is a great
amount of secret dissatisfaction with the prevalent
methods felt by many intelligent teachers, who are too
closely inosculated into the existing machinery to be
able to attempt the necessary reform. From these con-
siderations, and with these feelings, it is that I have,
after many years’ delay—for I had no lack of more
genial occupation—prepared the present work for pub-
lication, the exact end and practical use of which I now
proceed to state shortly.

I start from the proposition that tn the acquisition
of any language, whether living or dead, the commence-
ment must be made with a living appeal from the
tongue of the teacher to the ear of the learner, and
this with durect reference to objects tn which the
learner feels a natural and a fameliar interest, This

PREFACE. xi

is the principle on which nature proceeds when teaching
the mother-tongue, and, therefore, must be the correct
one ; only in the scholastic teaching of languages the
teacher has the advantage of being able to use nature
according to a calculated and graduated plan, so as to
achieve the same end by the same plan indeed, but more
systematically and much more expeditiously. The
teacher also has the advantage of dealing with a grow-
ing or ἃ grown mind, while nature, in the first instance,
deals with an undeveloped mind. Now, if all our
classical teachers could speak Greek and Latin as
fluently as many a German governess speaks German,
there would be no need of a book such as I now present.
Having the materials and the dexterity, the teacher
might be trusted to chalk out the steps of the graduated
scheme for himself. But as we well know, the great
majority of our teachers are not so accomplished ; and
many of them, however willing they might be to try
the conversational method, are so over-worked and 80
ill paid, that they have no leisure to make the requisite
excavations for themselves. I have therefore come to
consider it my duty to do this work for them ; and the
system on which I proceed is this: I choose some score
or two dozen subjects of particular interest to young
men going through the usual course of school and col-
lege education in this country ; under each of these
heads I give a dialogue, in double columns, English and
Greek, intended to bring into play some of the promi-
nent notions and words belonging to the subject, in the
familiar tone of conversation, such as intelligent students
may be supposed to use ; and to each dialogue is appended
a short list of additional words and phrases, to supple-

xil PREFACE.

ment in some degree the necessary omissions of the
colloquy. The practical object in the work of teaching
which such a book strives to attain, is obvious. Both
master and scholar are furnished with a rich store of
words not requiring to be sought for by any distract-
ing process—words expressly chosen with the view of
enabling them to name every familiar object in Greek
which they can name in English ; while the dialogues
plunge them into the living element of Greek, in which
they may learn to plash about joyously like young
porpoises in a sunny sea.

It will be evident from these remarks that I do not
put forth this work as a substitute for any educational
book now used, but altogether as an addition. I have,
in fact, no quarrel with either Greek reading or Greek
writing as at present practised ; I only say that the
conversational method, or, if you choose—for it makes
no difference in the principle—the method that proceeds
by forming a direct bond between the thought of the
learner and the features of an external object through
ear and tongue,—this method, I say, has certain advan-
tages which do not belong to the others ; and I further
give practical prominence to the great truth, that, under
all methods, the first thing to be correctly educated is
the ear. Neither do I intend this book as the boy’s
first step to Greek dialogue. It is a book which sup-
poses boys already considerably advanced ; but it is a
book also which supplies to the intelligent teacher the’
materials by which he can easily construct for himself
the boy’s first step, while in the hands of the willing
student it presents direct aid to the practice of thinking
and speaking and writing Greek, much more ready for

PREFACE. xiii

use, and more safe in the using, than what he may
find in an alphabetical dictionary.

I will now proceed to state how these objects can be
attained ; for there is no doubt a vulgar notion abroad
that speaking any language is a very difficult process,
and speaking a dead language. a dexterity belonging only
to consummate scholarship. Of this idea we must,
in the first place, get rid. Suppose, therefore, the
pupil in his first lessons has learned the scheme of
common nouns in the first and second declensions, and
with that the present indicative and the infinitive of
any simple verb, he may then immediately commence to
think and speak in the language. Let it be, for instance,
a bright day; the master, pointing with his finger to
the sky, says to the scholar, λάμπει ὁ ἥλιος.-- 7.2 sun
shines; ὁρᾷς τὸν λαμπρὸν οὐρανόν ;—Do you see the
bright sky? which, of course, he understands, the
master having given him the words previously, or
explaining them at the time by pointing to the object
meant ; and with equal ease he can be made to reply,
ὁρῶ τὸν λαμπρὸν οὐρανόν----7 see the bright sky. Now,
will any man of common sense say that it is more difficult
for a teacher to say this short sentence in Greek than
in English ? If he feels the least difficulty in putting
such simple words properly together, he is plainly unfit
even for the most elementary teaching. Very well. It
is with speaking any language as it is with drawing or
playing on an instrument. You commence with playing
a single note, or adjusting a single pace, at first slowly,
and it may be, in the case of very awkward persons,
painfully, but gradually with ease, and if the stages of
the process are well calculated, very soon with dexterity.

XIV PREFACE.

All beginnings are difficult. The master will then
proceed to name every object in the room, making his
practice always keep pace with an enlarged knowledge
of the grammar. The elements of syntax will, of course,
be taught also according to this plan, by the living
necessities of practice; and frequent repetition, combined
with a graduated rise, will cause a large stock of words,
idiomatically expressed, to slide easily and gracefully into
the ear, which otherwise must have been forced into
the memory through cold formulas of the understanding.

With regard to my own academical teaching, the way
in which I mean to use this book may be simply told.
I will merely do what I have constantly been in the
habit of doing without the vantage-ground which the
book supplies to the student. I will intimate to the
students of a class that to-morrow I shall address some
remarks to them on a certain subject—say, the seasons
and the weather—and in preparation for this they will
be so good as look over the vocabulary of the chapter
so named. In our Scottish Universities working is the
rule ; and there is no doubt that four-fifths, or perhaps
nine-tenths, of a class will do this, or any other thing
they are bid. Next morning comes ; and I forthwith
describe a snow-storm, or a frost with skating, or any
other suitable subject, and by interrogation find that
the students, or at least those of them who are worth
fishing for, thoroughly understand me. I then intimate
that I expect the students themselves, or at least such
of them as are bent on improvement, to take my place
on the day after, and make the description υἱνῶ voce
before the class. This accordingly is done ; and so on
with other subjects in a space of time not more than

PREFACE. XV

twenty minutes, and leaving ample room for reading
forty or fifty lines of a tragic author besides. Then, to
insure accuracy, I impose a written composition on the
same subject as the conversation, and constructed always
so as to involve a graduated advance in the knowledge
of the leading rules of syntax ; and this composition is
minutely revised and commented on once or twice, or.
it may be, every day a week by myself or the class
tutor.

In estimating the full value of this descriptive and
conversational method of teaching the classics, one or
two additional observations require to be made. Asa
text to these we cannot do better than take Bacon’s
well-known aphorism, ‘“ Reading makes a full man,
speaking makes a ready man, writing makes an accurate
man.” This is the exact state of the matter in the
case of a full-grown man acquiring knowledge through
the medium of a language which he perfectly under-
stands; but that the maxim may be applicable to youn g
men learning a foreign language, we must alter it a
little ;-for it is just because it is difficult to make young
persons read much in a language imperfectly understood
that we must adopt some machinery for supplying, in
the early stages at least, the place of reading ; and that
machinery is speaking. Let us therefore say——modify-
ing the Baconian maxim so as to suit exactly the method
according to which I conceive classics ought to be
taught,——“‘ Speaking makes both a full and a ready
man, reading and writing, within the limits usu-
ally practised at school, and under the correction of
constant analysis and construction, make an accurate
man.” Now, what I say is, that our classical teachers,

xvi PREFACE.

while they make a boast of producing the minutely
accurate man, fail to produce the full and the ready
man; and this defect is what the conversational method
is specially calculated to supply. For how does it act ?
In the first place, it forces a man to entwine directly
with his every-day thoughts the names of a thousand
objects that might not otherwise occur; and, in the
second place, it creates a process of repetition ten times
more rapid than that which arises out of the existing
slow process of reading and writing. It facilitates,
therefore, while it does not in the slightest degree cur-
tail, either reading or writing. Neither does it dispense
with rules, but renders them more largely serviceable. .
It does not prevent or proscribe, but rather pioneers the
way, and provides facilities, for the more curious pro-
blems of written accuracy. Fluency first, and preciseness
afterwards. This is the order of nature. A man must
have his nails before he pares them.

The conversational method has further some special
advantages in reference, on the one hand, to certain
philological and literary peculiarities of the Greek lan-
guage ; and, on the other, to the place which the phy-
sical sciences must necessarily occupy in the improved
education of the rising generation. With regard to the
first point, it is well known that, while in the march of
Latin sentences, and the attitude of the Roman speech,
there is a certain formal majesty which seems to betray
the juridical training of those who used it, the forms of
the Greek language, on the other hand, are marked by
the graceful flexibility which belongs to the dialogue of
common life; and this form accordingly is that which
has been used with consummate mastery by the best

PREFACE. Xvil

writers of the language. In the colloquial form are
embodied equally the practical wisdom of Socrates, the
poetical philosophy of Plato, and the philosophical
humour of Aristophanes. By using the colloquial style,
therefore, in the teaching of Greek, we are giving
prominence to precisely. that element which is most
characteristic of the language, and a familiarity with
which is the most patent door to the thoughts of its
greatest writers. Then, as to the natural Sciences, no
well-informed person can doubt that the narrow jealousy
with which they have been hitherto looked on by a
certain school of scholars must forthwith die out, if,
indeed, it is not already dead ; and, in this view, it is
plain that, as the language of the natural sciences is
pre-eminently Greek, a method of teaching which fastens
directly upon real objects, must furnish a common
ground on which science and classics can embrace each
other with a mutual respect and a common benefit.
In my opinion, every classical school ‘should devote, as
indeed they do in the German gymnasia, at least two
hours a week to the natural sciences; and under such
an arrangement it. will be the wisdom of the classical
teacher to repeat in the Greek hour some of the lessons
of the scientific hour, and explain shortly, in colloquial
Greek, the birds, plants, or other objects of nature
which formed the material of the Science lecture. In
order to encourage teachers to do this, I have taken
care to make the scientific part of my vocabulary as
copious as the nature of this little work would permit.
Supposing, however, that there are some classical
teachers who, whether from ignorance, indifference, or
prejudice, will not be prevailed on to enter into that
b

XViii PREFACE.

friendly alliance between science and scholarship, which
is so much for their mutual benefit, there remains for
them also an application of the descriptive method,
which it is wonderful has been so long overlooked. I
mean the introduction, upon a liberal scale, into the
schools, of what, in opposition to pure philology, has
been termed the archeology of classical studies. No-
thing would be easier, in this day of photographs and
cheap adumbrations of all kinds, than to have in every
classical school a museum of enlarged representations of
objects of ancient art and mythological subjects from
vases or other ancient monuments. To these ἃ collec-
tion of casts of celebrated statues, and bas-reliefs might
soon be added ; and if the classical teacher, twice or
thrice a week, for only half-an-hour, were to give a vivd
voce Greek description of these objects, an element would
be added to our system of classical training both instruc-
tive and delightful, and calculated not less to improve
the taste than to furnish the memory and give precision
to the ideas, of the young scholar.

The objections which I have occasionally heard urged
against the colloquial method of vivd voce description
here recommended, so far as they are not founded on
the mere laziness, carelessness, or conservatism of
_ teachers, are of that description which spring up in the
minds of persons who have either not considered the
subject seriously, or, from want of practical experinient,
do not know how the method really works. There is
not the slightest question, on one point, that to remit
his scholars stmpliciter to a book, and confine his teach-
ing rigidly within the boards of a book, is the method
which is most naturally resorted to by a teacher of

PREFACE. xix

. small attainments, or of easy conscience. But of that class
of educational mechanics I take no account. There is no
work requires more energy and more enthusiasm than
teaching ; and he who does not teach with fervour will
never teach with effect. But as for those who know that
teaching the green mind of youth how to swell into bud,
and to burst into blossom, is one of the most delightful
of human occupations, to them I say that the difficulties
in the way of the general adoption of the method here
sketched are purely imaginary, and will vanish in a
moment at the touch of an honest and manly experi-
ment. In one of the idylls of Theocritus, two Alexan-
drian women are represented as going out to see the
feast of Adonis in the streets ; and, when they come to
the palace where one of the principal shows of the
occasion is to be exhibited, they find a great crowd of
people ; whereupon one of them says to the other, ‘Can
we get in?” “41 suppose we can,” says the other ;
“at least we may try! Agamemnon could not have
taken Troy, unless he had made up his mind to try ;
so neither can we succeed in breaking through this
crowd unless we try.” And thus it is with all other
practical things. To be known they must be tried. I
have met with scholars, for instance, who told me that
it was impossible for the human organs to pronounce
the word ἄνθρωπος in such a manner as that the accent
should be on the antepenult, while the prolongation of
the voice, which prosodians call quantity, is on the
penult ; but I answered the objection in a moment, by
enunciating the word léndhdlder, which is in every
respect the exact counterpart of the Greek word.! I of

1 A learned argument in defence of the rights of Greek accent

xx PREFACE.

course know practically that there is no real difficulty in
doing what I habitually do in my own class-room with
the utmost ease. And as to what may occur to some
persons that there is no use of speaking languages
which are now spoken by no man, I answer, in the
first place, that so far as Greek and Latin are concerned
the fact is not exactly as stated ; for Greek and Latin
are both actually spoken by not a few persons, and if
spoken in a rational way by persons studying these
languages in this country, would prove of no small
utility to British scholars travelling abroad, as not a
few pointed anecdotes can avouch; and, in the next
place, I say, that I do not practise Greek description of
objects, and Greek conversation, as an end, but as a
means; and I have proved by experiment that this
practice not only does not prejudice reading and writing,
as now used, but, as already stated, immensely facili-
tates and improves both these exercises. In fact, it is
the only efficient way to turn the languages taught into
the blood and bone of the learner in the shortest pos-
sible time, and with the greatest amount of profit.! As
little does the practice of colloquial Greek in any way

was unsuitable to the plan of this little work ; but those who wish
to see the firm basis of reason and authority on which this matter
stands, may consult my Discowrse on Greek Pronunciation, Accent,
and Quantity (Edinburgh, 1852), or my paper on the Place and
Power of Accent in Language, read before the Royal Society of
Edinburgh, March 6, 1870. There is in fact no argument on the
other side; the present perverse practice of pronouncing Greek
with Latin accents being only an inveterate bad habit, which, like
other bad habits, cannot always be changed, merely because it is
scientifically proved to be bad.

1 See an account of his experience in speaking Greek, by Erasmus
in the work above quoted, p. 211.

PREFACE. XXxi

interfere with the scientific anatomy of language on the
principles of comparative philology, as now practised by
all thorough-bred teachers, a practice which, when not
prematurely protruded, or pretentiously paraded, must
certainly be regarded as one of the most notable
advances recently made in school tactics. In conclu-
sion, I have only to return my sincere thanks to those
gentlemen who have performed for me faithfully the
fretful duty of revising the Greek of the dialogues. A
work of this kind, however carefully executed, will no
doubt contain some errors, which it will require no
microscope of the curious critic to detect ; but after
passing through the hands of such accomplished scholars
as Professor Lushington of Glasgow, Professor Geddes
of Aberdeen, Dr. Clyde of the Edinburgh Academy,
Dr. Donaldson of the High School, Edinburgh, the
Rev. F. W. Farrar, Head Master of Marlborough
College, and Mr. W. Merry of Lincoln College, Oxford,
my Greek may reasonably be expected to have been
well weeded of any of those modernisms and linguistic
slips which might give just cause of offence to a
scientifically trained teacher.

OPINIONS

OF

CELEBRATED SCHOLARS AND THINKERS

ON THE IMPORTANCE OF THE COLLOQUIAL AND DESCRIPTIVE

METHOD IN THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGES.

‘* In omnibus fere minus valent precepta quam experimenta.

““ Omnem sermonem auribus primum accepimus.

““ Excitat qui dicit spiritu ipso, nec imagine et ambitu rerum sed
rebus incendit. Vivunt enim omnia et moventur, excipimusque
nova illa et nascentia cum favore et solicitudine.

‘* Scribendo dicimus diligentius, dicendo scribimus facilius.” —
QUINCTILIAN.

‘Ad lingue cognitionem plurimum habebit momenti, si inter bene
loquaces educetur puer. Fabulas et apologos hoc discet libentius, ac
meminertt melius, st horum argumenta scite depicta pueri oculis
subjiciantur, et quicquid oratione narratur, in tabula demonstretur.
Idem eque valelnt ad ediscenda arborum, herburum, et animantium
nomina, preesertum eorum que non ita passim obvia sunt, veluti
rhinoceros, tragelaphus, onocrotalus, asinus Indicus, elephantus.

‘* Scis bonam eruditionis partem esse scire rerum vocabula. Hic
supra modum peccatur a grammaticis vulgaribus, quorum vitio fit
ut adolescentes post multos annos.in grammaticd contritos υἱῷ norint
ullius arboris, piscis, volucris quadrupedis aut leguminis verum
nomen,” —ERASMUS,

“4 Omnis lingua usu potius discitur quam preceptis: id est audt-
endo, legendo, relegendo, .imitationem manu et lingua tentando
quam creberrime.

“© Instituendi erunt varti de rebus discursus, quos forma dialo-

Xxiv ' OPINIONS.

gistica concipi quatuor hec suadent: primum nihil est homini
naturalius colloguto, quo sensim sine sensu perduct potest quocun-
que: secundo colloquia excitant animum, foventque attentionem,
tdque οὐ questionum et responsionum varietatem, eorumgque varias
occasiones et formas, intermixtis sulinde que oblectant. Tertto
serviunt dialogi cum rerum tmpressiont firmtori, tum repetitiont
(etiam inter discipulos tpsos privatim) faciltori. Denique quia
potior vite nostre pars colloguio constat, eleganter compendtoseque
ad eam manu ducttur juventus, st res non solum intelligere sed et
de wlis expedite disserere consuescat.” —AMOS COMENIUS.

‘6 Sane puertles animi mire capiuntur narratiuncults et picturis.
Figure singule monstrentur, explicentur: quarum occastone sylvam
nocum Latinarum addiscere liceltt.”’--GERARD JOHN VOSSIUS.

‘¢ For thetr studies, first, they should begin with the chief and
necessary rules of some good grammar, and WHILE THIS 18 DOING
their speech is to be fashioned to a distinct and clear pronunciation,
as near as may be to the Italian, especially in the vowels. For we
Englishmen, being far Northerly, do not open our mouths in the
cold air wide enough to grace a Southern tongue, but are observed
by all other nations to speak exceeding close and tnward, so that to
smatter Latin with an English mouth is as ul as learning as law
French.” —JOHN MIUTON.

“© Tf you will consider it, Latin 1s no more unknown to a child
when he comes into the world than English, and yet he learns
English without master, rule, or grammar ; and so might he Latin
too, as Tully did, if he had somebody always to talk to him in this
language.” —JOHN LOCKE.

“4 Why shod the old practice of conversing in Latin and Greek
be altogether discarded ?” —PROFESSOR JOWETT.

PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

I—ORTHOEPY.

As language consists of articulate sounds, and all
sounds are addressed to the ear, it is of the utmost im-
portance in learning a language to educate that organ
accurately from the very first, so that the learner, as
he goes on to perfection, may have no bad habits to
unlearn, and may not, contrary to nature, be forced to
master rules as mere abstract truths never to be applied
in practice. In training the ear to the accurate recep-
tion of Greek sounds, three things are to be attended
to—

1. The proper sounds of the letters, specially of the
vowels, in which the musical value of language mainly
resides. | :

2. The quantity of the syllables; that is, the length of
time occupied.in the enunciation of the syllables. This
again depends mainly on the vowels, in pronouncing
which the breath may either be cut sharply off, which
makes a short vowel, or drawn out to a greater length,
“— makes a long vowel.

A

2 PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

3. The accent of the syllables; that is, the compara-
tive predominance given to certain syllables by the
greater stress of the voice (ἐπίτασις φωνῆς) laid on
them, and the natural rise in the key of the voice,
with which this stress is accompanied. The stress laid
on the syllable is called in Greek the acute or sharp
(ὀξύς) accent, corresponding to a treble note in music ;
in contrast with which every unaccented syllable is
necessarily grave, z.e., lower in tone, corresponding to
a bass note in music, or a note lower down the scale.
The less emphatic syllables in speaking depend upon
a universal law of nature, in virtue of which every
stretch or stress is necessarily followed by a slackness
or remission (ἄνεσις φωνῆς).

To guide the learner under each of these three
heads, the following simple remarks will for practical
purposes be found sufficient :—

1. The certain elements of Greek vocalization, 2.e.,
so far as they depend on an authoritative tradition, or
a just philological induction, going back as far as the
age of the Ptolemies, are as follows :-—

a = English a in far.

e= » € 4, get.
Cae 9» 9 5) got.
ι ἘΞ ” C6 ,, seen,
v = Germanue ,, Brueder.

This last sound is unknown to the English, as it was
to the ancient Romans, who accordingly adopted the
Greek letter Y', which we call Y, in writing all Greek
names—as K vpos,—written with this vowel. The sound,

ORTHOEPY. 3

however, is familiar to the Scotch of the south-west,
as in bluid, gud ; and is produced by a gentle and
elegant approximation of the lips as described by
Dionysius. Students should from the first be habi-
tuated to pronounce this vowel correctly, as it not only
is a sound specially characteristic of Greek vocalization,
but one which, when once learned in connection with
Greek, will prove of great service in the proper pro-
nunciation of German and French. .

The long vowels, of course, are only prolongations
of the short, as the English Pope, though differently
spelt, is the corresponding long to pop, and hope to
hop.

Of diphthongs the original pronunciation was no
doubt a sound composed of their vocalic elements
rapidly enunciated; but this rapidity naturally led to
obscuration, and diphthongs assumed the character of
single vowels—always, however, long. A complete scale
of all the Greek diphthongal sounds has unfortunately
not been handed down to us: three only are known
with certainty :—

ov = English oo in boom.
a= 9 a 5 vane.
ει = a3 ve ” mien.

Nothing can be more contrary to the physiology of
Greek pronunciation (belonging as it does chiefly to
the front of the mouth) than the bow-wow style of pro-
nouncing the diphthong ov in vulgar English usage.
Of the other diphthongs, the most important, especially
for epic Greek, is ot, which, till better informed with

4 PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

regard to early classical usage, we shall be wise to
sound as we do now, like the English oy in boy. To
av some probability assigns the sound of English ow in
bound ; and the comparatively few words in which this
sound occurs stand as a characteristic contrast to the
favourite Hellenic sound of ov. Of ev I know not
what to say.

Those who wish to cultivate intercourse with the
living Greeks,—and there may be not a few in London,
Liverpool, and elsewhere to whom this advantage is
open,—should accustom themselves, in reading prose at
least, to pronounce the vowels and diphthongs exactly
as the modern Greeks do; a habit which will be of
great use even to exact scholarship, as it is certain
that the so-called modern Greek pronunciation is in its
main peculiarities as ancient at least as our earliest
manuscripts, which contain not a few errors springing
obviously from the ears of the transcribers having been
habituated to the vocalization so characteristic of the
present Romaic. The peculiarity of this Byzantine
orthoepy, as we may perhaps most correctly call it, is
the predominance of the slender sound of 66, which,
besides the two cases of « and εἰ given above, engrosses
also the three sounds of 7, οἱ, and v. That this pre-
dominance of one of the feeblest sounds in the scale is
both a corruption and a deformity need scarcely be
proved ; it ought to be remembered, however, that it
is both an early and a characteristic corruption, and
harmonizes completely with what Quinctilian tells us of
the character of the Greek vocalization as opposed to

ORTHOEPY. ὄ

Latin in his days: “‘quamquam tis major est GRACI-
LITAS, Nos tamen sumus FORTIORES.”’

2. The quantity of the Greek vowels is easily known
from the fact that in the case of two of the vowels,
ε and o, special characters, 7 and , were at an early
period introduced to mark the pronunciation to the
eye; while in the case of the other three vowels, a, ες v,
the quantity of the syllable may in many cases be known
from the character and place of the accent with which
it stands in a well-defined connection. Thus a word so
accented as ἡμέρα or θέα will generally have the final

vowel long; but if the accent be as in πρᾶγμα, or in

1 The following are the principal cases in which the acute ac-
cent on the penult does not indicate a long final syllable in the
case of the doubtful vowels :—

(1.) α in the nom. accus. and voc. sing., Ist dec., when the
termination is θα, λλα, wa, ooa, or § as plvOd, Σκύλλα, γέννα,
baad, πέζὰ.

(2.) a in neuters plur. of the 2d, and neuters sing. and plur.
of the 3d dec., as μέτρα, στίγμα, ἡδέα.

(3.) Dissyllables of 3d dec. in ap and as, as μάκαρ, δάμαρ,
βρέτας, σέλας.

(4.) ας in accus. plur. of 3d dec., when the nom. is not in eds,
as πατέρας. ;

(5.) Final ¢ in neuters and vocatives of 3d dec., as μέλι, φάτι.

(6.) Final ἐς in nom., 3d dec., of nouns with Attic gen. ews
or ἐδος, and eros, as πόλις, χάρις, ἔρις, with their accusatives.

(7.) Final v in neuters of 3d dec., as γόνυ.

(8.) Final vs with gen. in vos, as στάχυς.

.(9.) Final ¢ in dat., sing. and plur., of 3d dec., a8 ποιμένι,
ποιμέσι.

(10.) Adverbs, particles, and numerals, in a, ts, ἐν, and vu, as
πολλάκις, πάλιν, πάνυ, ἵνα, ἅμα, ῥίμφα, δέκα.

It will be of course unnecessary to mark in the text the quan-
tity of any final syllables of words falling under these categories.

6 PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

στράτευμα, the final vowel is short. In all cases where
the accent does not determine the quantity by the rules
immediately to be mentioned, the long quantity will in
the present work be marked by the sign —, short
syllables remaining unmarked.

8. As for the accents, nothing can be more simple,
‘as they stand out on every printed syllable of the lan-
guage, and cry aloud to be used. The principles which
regulate this notation, introduced at an early period
by a learned Alexandrian grammarian, are few and
simple :—

Words not oxytone having the last syllable long are ac-
cented on the penult, as βλάβη, like English prim’rése.

Trisyllabic and polysyllabic words not oxytone having

The student should also note that the penult of all such words
is naturally short.

In the case of words with the antepenultimate accent, it will
be observed that final a: and οἱ, in the declension of nouns and
verbs, are in the great majority of cases treated as short.

The quantity of the final syllable in oxytone words presents
little difficulty, as being in large groups of cases indicated by the
presence of the short or long vowel visible to the eye.

If the student starts with a clear view of these great leading
principles of the doctrine of accent in definite relation to quan-
tity, he will find nothing more easy than to fix in his ear the just
quantity of every syllable in the language. Of this the small
number of words whose long quantity is marked in the text
affords a striking proof. Let all syllables be pronounced short
whose long quantity is not evident, either by the presence of
a long vowel or diphthong, or double consonant, or from the
accent, or, in the few cases where these are not sufficient, by the
mark —. Such a rule, strictly applied in the earliest stages, and
attended to in the preparation of our elementary books, would
insure accuracy, and save time to an extent of which teachers,
with the present loose practices, can have no conception.

ORTHOEPY. 7

the last syllable short are accented on the antepenult,
as ἄνθρῶπος, like English léndhélder.

A circumflex on the penult of any word indicates
that the last syllable is short, as copa.

Oxytone words, or words accented-on the last syllable,
of which there is a great number in Greek, can only be
known by practice; they are, however, to a certain
extent, capable of an arrangement into groups, which
the student can make for himself, or find in Jelf’s
Grammar (55-62).

The only practical caution which the student requires
to. take with him in pronouncing the accents, is to
beware, on the one hand, of lengthening a short syllable,
merely because it is accented, or, on the other, of
shortening a long syllable which happens to be un-
accented—blunders which careless and vulgar speakers,
in all languages, are very apt to commit. The absurd-
ity of confounding accent and quantity will be seen by
comparing two such words as ndm’inal and nd tional in
English, where the accent is antepenultimate in both
cases, but the quantity different.

Certain words on which no emphasis is laid are called
enclitics (ἐγκλίνω), and are pronounced as one word
with that on which they lean; as ὅς ye, δός μοι, etc.
This is a rule which belongs to all languages, as in
Italian, datemz, dateci, where the enclitic word is
written as part of the word by which it is orthoepically
absorbed. But pronouns, and certain particles, as ov,
ws, the moment they are emphasized become accented,
emphasis being of the essence of all accent. For the

8 PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

same reason μέν and δέ are not enclitic, because they
call special attention to a contrast.

The circumstance that words whose last syllable has
the acute accent in the dictionaries are marked with a
grave in the books, unless when they occur at the end
of a sentence, or a colon, seems to indicate that the
Greeks had a habit of raising their voice at the end of
a clause with completed sense, while in the continuity
of an unbroken period, a final syllable, though emphatic,
was less prominent, and pronounced in a lower key.
In practice the student need not trouble himself with
this peculiarity, the significance of which is conjectured
rather than understood.

II.—_IDIOMS—SYNTAX.

In the Greek language assertive propositions are
made, either, as in Latin, by the accusative before the
infinitive, or, 88 in English, by a conjunction (ws or ὅτι
= that) with the indicative.

In negative sentences, the particle ov (or οὐκ before
a vowel, and ovy before an aspirate) is used to express
the negation of prominent and strongly emphasized fact;
subordinate, less emphatic, conceptive and hypothetical
negations are made by μή.

Questions are asked either by the simple verb, as
ὁρᾷς, Do you see? or with an interrogative particle, as
πότερον, apa, or ἢ prefixed. When an affirmative
answer is expected οὐκ is used, as in English, as οὐκ
ἔχεις εἰπεῖν͵ Can you not say? Yes, I can. On the

IDIOMS—SYNTAX. 9

other hand, the particle μή, or pov= μὴ οὖν, is prefixed
when a negative answer is expected.

Forms of assent in dialogue are worked out with : a
wonderful exuberance in Greek, as any one may see in
Plato. Among the most common are μάλιστα, vai,
πάνυ γε, καὶ μάλα ye, παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

Often the verb of the previous question is repeated,
as ὁρᾷς, Do you see? ὁρῶ, I do; sometimes the single
pronoun suffices, as ἔγωγε.

Forms of denial are οὐδαμῶς, οὐ δῆτα, ἥκιστά γε,

K.T.A,
. Both in assent and denial frequent use is made of
γάρ, for ; a no or yes in the mind being tacitly sup-
pressed. ’AAAd also is a particle of which large use is
made in dialogue, and implies a reference to something
either previously said or supposed in the mind of the
speaker. It often answers pretty nearly to the Eng-
lish well /

In the formation of Greek sentences, the claasical
student must carefully avoid allowing his ear to be
influenced by the analogies of Latin style. The Greek
dialogic style is infinitely more flexible, more easy,
more various, and more graceful than the Latin; and
this fiexibility and ease is attained chiefly by the
various use of participial and infinitival clauses; the
one expressing every variety of subordinate clause
generally rendered by conjunctions in Latin, and the
, other, with the article, forming a verbal noun, capable
of being governed by prepositions, and thus woven into
every sort of variously related dependent clauses. Pre-

10 PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

ceded by wove, and in the case of some verbs without
wore, it is used to express every variety of result or
issue, or outcome of an inherent quality, such as re-
quires in Latin wt or qut with the subjunctive mood.

As to the collocation of words, the common schoolboy
practice of putting the verb at the end of the sentence,
liable to many modifications even in Latin, has scarcely
any place in Greek. If any definite position is to be
assigned to a Greek verb, it is rather in the middle of
a simple assertive clause, between the adjective and the
substantive which it governs; as, μελαίνας ἔχει τὰς
τρίχας, he has black hair. The obvious reason of this
collocation is to avoid the monotony of sound caused by
the juxtaposition of two, three, or more words having
the same termination. Generally the order of words
in a Greek sentence is determined by emphasis and
euphony; and the collocation is that which is prescribed
by passion and imagination,. not by logic and gram-
matical construction, or rigid convention. The best
key to it, so far as’our language allows, will be found
in the style of Shakespeare, and of vivid imaginative
prose such as that of Thomas Carlyle. Our common
English style, partly from false ideas of propriety,
partly from linguistic poverty, is too cold, unimpas-
sioned, and undramatic.

As the general norm of Ἰλξα style is to be con-
trasted, so that of English may, in many cases, profit-
ably be compared with Greek. This is particularly
the case with regard to the infinitive, the participle, and
the optative mood, which has many remarkable coinci-

IDIOMS—SYNTAX. 11

dences with the use of the conditional might, could, would,
and should in our language. The particle ἄν, which is
apt to give trouble to beginners, is really only another
method of turning an assertive tense into a conditional,
as is done by these auxiliary verbs with us. Thus,
ἔλαβον, I took; ἔλαβον av, I would have taken ;
γενόμενον, a thing that took place ; γενόμενον ἄν, that
would have taken place, etc. etc.

In Greek the logical sequence of the grammatical
forms of the tenses is observed much less strictly than
in Latin, the natural tendency of a quick imagination
to pass from the indirect to the direct speech being
much more largely indulged; and in dependent sen-
tences this frequently leads to a form of speech which
in English would not be tolerated; thus—‘‘ The general
took all these precautions that the soldiers may (for
might) not be surprised by the enemy.” This sin-—
gularity led to the gradual disuse of the optative, so
that in the New Testament it appears rarely, and in
modern Greek entirely disappears; and even in the
most elegant writers certain optatives, as the optative of
the future, though a recognised part of the language,
are not used once, for thirty times that the correspond-
ing indicative tense is used.

It is too common a practice with teachers to remit
the doctrine of the particles, as a delicate and difficult
matter, to the special study of the more advanced
scholar. This error must be carefully avoided. It is
impossible to utter the simplest Greek sentence so as to
fall pleasantly on an Attic ear, without using particles ;

12 PRELIMINARY REMARKS.

and of these the most important, as well as in prin-
ciple the simplest, are δή and ye. The first is simply
demonstrative, and is joined accordingly to all strongly
emphasized demonstrative words, whether pronominal
or adverbial, as νῦν δή, τότε δή, οὕτω δή, ὅς δή, eet
δή, corresponding frequently to the Latin demum and
vero. The same emphasized demonstrative power,
which is its essence, leads to its frequent use with
imperatives as λέγε δή, where it corresponds to the
English then. The other particle, ye, of so constant
use, is essentially dimztative and contrastive—the special
attention which it directs to a particular word always
implying a contrast to some other person or thing,
sometimes expressed, oftener understood. Thus, if
you ask me in Greek to do anything to which I am
extremely averse, I say Ma Ata οὐκ ἔγωγε, that is, Not
I indeed, whatever others do; or, if I wish to express
my own opinion on any subject modestly, I say, κατ᾽
ἐμήν ye γνώμην, “In my humble opinion,” though per-
haps wiser men may think otherwise. The particles,
with their combinations, are for the most part fully
discussed in the excellent Greek Dictionary of Liddell
and Scott, based upon the great German works of
Schneider and Passow ; but the most natural, easy, and
effective way to master them, is a careful observation
of the style of Plato, Lucian, and Aristophanes.

These remarks are not intended in any way to super-
sede a systematic study of the structure of Greek sen-
tences in a regular Syntax. They are only meant to
give a natural prominence to some of its more obvious

IDIOMS—SYNTAX. 13

points and fundamental principles. In the following

dialogues, whose chief value should consist in throwing

the material of the language, after the most familiar

fashion, into the hands of the student, short reference

will, at the same’ time, be made to points of syntax as

they occur; and for this purpose the following three

abbreviations will be used :—

1. J. = Kihner’s Greek Grammar, by Jelf. 4th Edit.
Oxford : 1866.

2. F.= A brief Greek Syntax, by F. W. Farrar.
3d Edit. London: 1870.

8. C.= Greek Syntax, by Dr. Clyde. 4th Edit.
Edinburgh: 1870.

DIALOGUE FIRST.

THE HEAVENS—THE
WEATHER—THE SEASONS.

How dark the sky is to-
day! Shall we have
snow ?

No; it rather looks like
rain. There are signs of
a thaw.

Then my skates will be of
no use.

Are you fond of skating ?

Passionately. I feel like
a terrestrial Hermes scud-
ding along.

Here comes the rain.

I hope we shall have a re-
gular downpour. I hate
a drizzle.

Put up your umbrella !

No! that for the hens and
the ladies. I always look
Jove in the face, whether
fair or foul.

You may march through
the rain. I will seek
shelter from the storm,
—farewell !

How mild the breeze is to-
day !

Very mild. The wind is
west. This warmth and

O OYPANO®S KAI AI
ὭΡΑΙ.

Ὡς στυγνάζει ὁ ὁ οὐρανὸς σήμε-

ρον. πότερον μέλλει νίφειν ὁ

θεός; ;
οὐ δῆτα" μᾶλλον γὰρ δοκεῖ
ὑΐσειν. τεκμήριά γε γίγνεται
τοῦ τήκεσθαι.
οὐδὲν οὖν ὄφελός μοι τὰ ὑπο-
δήματα τὰ παγοδρόμα.
ἀγαπᾷς τὸ παγοδρομεῖν; ;
ὑπερφνῶς μὲν. οὖν. πάνυ γὰρ ὡς
ἐπίγειός τις Ἑρμῆς κατὰ τοὺς
υσταλλοπήκτους πτερωτὸς
“φέρομαι “ποταμούς.
καὶ μὴν νῦν δὴ ἔρχεται ὁ δετός.
‘Paydaios γοῦν γένοιτο. τὴν

γὰρ Ψεκάδα μισῶ.

᾿Αναπέτασον δὴ τὸ σκιάδειον..

Μὰ τὸν κύνα οὐκ ἔγωγε. προσ-
ἥκει δήπου τὰ τοιαῦτα ταῖς τε
ἀλεκτρυόσι καὶ ταῖς γυναιξίν.
Ἔγωγε εἰς τὸν Δία ἀτενίζειν

φιλῶ εἴτε φαιδρωπὸν, εἴτε

σκυθρωπάζοντα.
Πάρεστι σοί με: κατὰ μέσον πο-
ρεύεσθαι τὸν ὗετόν. ἔγωγ

σκέπην τινὰ τῆς λαίλαπος ΚΗ
καὶ καταφυγήν: "Ἐρρωσο.

ὡς φέρεται ria σήμερον ἡ
αὔρα.

ἠπιωτάτη γάρ. Ζεφύριον πνεῖ
τὸ πνεῦμα, ἫἪ γοῦν τηλικαύτη

16 DIALOGUE FIRST.

moisture will cause the
grass to grow.

I plucked the spring cro-
cus this morning by the
brook.

My old friends the swal-
lows are twittering about
the eaves.

How changeable ourScotch
weather is !

Only yesterday it was
clear hard frost.

Yes; one requires to have
good nerves here.

The birds are singing in
the wood.

I wish I were singing with
them! But I have books
to read. When the sun
shines out in April, I
always wish to wander.

“In snatches humming
quiet tunes
To the fresh breeze of
the mountain,”
as Ossian says.

O yes! Ossian and the
Highlands forme! Fling
your books on the shelf
for a day, my good fel-
low, and let us have a
holiday !

Done! I shall be wise for
once ; let us be off!

θερμότης μετὰ τοῦ ὑγροῦ ποιή-
σει αὐξάνεσθαιϊ τὴν πόαν.

καὶ μὴν καὶ ἕωθεν ἐδρεψάμην
τὸν κρόκον τὸν λευκὸν παρὰ
τῷ ὑδατίῳ. :

al συνήθεις μου φίλοι αἱ χελι-
δόνες τρίζουσιν ὑπὸ τῶν γεί-
σων.

Ὡς εὐμετάβολος ὁ κατὰ τὴν
Καληδονίαν οὐρανός.

καὶ γὰρ χθές ye ἠθρίαζε.

προσήκει δὴ τοῖς ἐνθάδεΞ ἀνθρώ-
ποις θαυμασία τις εὐτονία τοῦ
σώματος.
,᾿ Q 4 em -
ἄδουσι κατὰ τὸ ἄλσος of Gpvi-
θες.
a” 7 ’ 3 ~
Εἴθε μέτοχος γενοίμην αὐτὸς τῶν
ἀσμάτων. ἐμοὶ μέντοι παρά-
’ A) 3 “
κεινται βίβλοι ἃς χρὴ ἀναγνῶ-
vat. ᾿Ἔκλάμπων γὰρ ἑκάστοτε
e ’ -
ὁ ἥλιος, φθίνοντος τοῦ Ἐλαφη-
βολιῶνος, δεινὴν τοῦ πλανᾶσ-
θαι ἐμποιεῖ μοι ἐπιθυμίαν.
“‘ μελῳδήματα αὐτομάτως παρ-
εμβάλλων ἥσυχα
“- , ~ δι “~
ὑπὸ τῷ ἀήτῃ τῷ ψυχρῷ τῆς
ὀρεινῆς,"
a? σι
τὸ τοῦ ᾽Οσσιανοῦ.
Καὶ μάλα γε. ταῦτα ἐπαινῶ.
᾿Απορρίψας δὴ οὖν, ὦ θαυμά
ρ ς δὴ ovv, ὦ θαυμάσιε,
4 fal
ras βίβλους τὰ νῦν ye eis τὴν
θήκην, ἐπιλαβοῦ ἀνδρείως per
ἐμοῦ ἀπραξίας.ὃ

Σύμφημι. ἅπαξ γε, ἐπικληθή-
σομαι σοφός. ᾿Απίωμεν.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Climate—xpaots τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, or τοῦ ἀέρος. To become
cool—drowiyo. A cloud—vedédrn, 7. Cloudy—ovvvedigs.

1 ποιῶ, with infin. ; for facio ut in Latin.—Above, p. 8.

2 Adverbs used for adjectives.—J. 486, c; F. 24; C. 8, a.
8 Gen. after verbs of laying hold of.—J. 512; F. 46; C.7

2, c.

DIALOGUE SECOND. 17

A comet—xopunrns. The day dawns—trogaive: 7) ἡμέρα.
The early dawn—)uxavyés, TO. At break of day—dpa τῇ
ἕῳ. The dog- days—rpépar κυνάδες, al. The dog- -star—ceipt-
Os, ὁ. Drought—avypés, 6 ὁ. Fine weather—evdia, 7. Frost
-πάγος, ὁ. Hail— χάλαζα, 1. Hot weather—xavya, τὸ.
Mist—onpiyAn, 7. The night is far ροπο---πολὺ προέβη τῆς
νυκτός. To pelt as by a storm—ozodeiv. Rainy weather—
ἐπομβρία. A star—dornp, -έρος, ὁ . Ashooting star—dornp
διάττων. ϑυπβοῦ--δυσμή, ἡ ἧ. ϑυητγίβο---ὠἀνατολή, 7. Sultry
weather—rviyos, τὸ, A surge, swell—xrvddnov, τὸ. Steady

--π στάσιμος.

whirlwind—orpéBidos, ὁ

Weather, to have any kind οἴ---χρῶμαι. A

DIALOGUE SECOND.

THE HOUSE AND ITS
FURNITURE.

Whose house is this ?

I don’t know.

It has splendid walls and
elegant pillars.

Do you observe those large
windows, all of one pane
of plate glass ?

I do.

I do not admire the chim-
neys.

They are too large.

Do you like the lobby ?

Very much. It has abund-
ance of light, and looks
cheerful.

The stair, however, I think
is rather narrow.

This bedroom also is too
small.

Here is the vaulted cellar.

Is there a good stock of
wine in it ?

O ΟΙΚΟΣ KAI TA
ἘΠΙΠΛΑ.

Τίνος ὁ οἶκος οὑτοσί;

οὐκ οἶδα.

Τοίχους γε ἔχει λαμπροὺς, καὶ
καλοὺς τοὺς στὔλους.

ὁρᾷς τὰς θυρίδας ἐκείνας τὰς
μεγάλας ἐκ μιᾶς ἑκάστην πλα-
κὸς ὑαλίνης ;

ὁρῶ.

Τὰς δὲ καπνοδύχας οὐ θαυμά-
ζω.

Μακρότεραι γάρ.

Ὁ δὲ πρόδομος dpa γε ἀρέσκει; i
Kal μάλα ye. πολὺ δὴ ἔχει τὸ
φῶς καὶ φαιδρὰν τὴν ὄψιν.

Ἡ δὲ κλίμαξ στενοτέρα πον δο-
κεῖ.

Καὶ μὴν τὸν κοιτῶνα τουτονὶ
μικρότερον ἡγοῦμαι.
"Evade ἡ καμάρα.
ἾΑρα πολὺν ἔχει τὸν οἶνον;

Β

18 DIALOGUE SECOND.

Oh, no end! How do you
like the dining-room ?

Not at all. 1 dislike it.

The pictures on the wall
give a look of great dig-
nity to the room.

The chairs are very ele-
gant.

Yes; but the sofas are
detestable.

They are rather dumpy.

How dull the fire burns on
the hearth !

Take the poker and stir
it !

Take the tongs, and pile
up the coals.

There are coals enough
already.

The carpet is splendid on
the floor.

True.

This neat little footstool is
admired by everybody.

And with good reason.

I shall not be able to sit
contentedly in my little
dingy study after all this
splendour. But we must
go. Come along, Tom !

Farewell palaces! farewell
splendour !

᾿Απέραντον. δήπου τὸ χρῆμα.
μῶν ἀγαπᾷς τὸ δειπνητήριον ; ;

Οὐδέν" μᾶλλον δὲ μῖσώ.

Ὡς σεμνόν τι προσάπτουσι τῷ
οἰκίσκῳ οἱ πίνακες οἱ κατὰ τὸν
τοῖχον.

Αἱ δὲ δὴ ἔδραι οὐ σμικρὰν ἔχουσι
χάριν.

Συμφωνῶ" τὰς δὲ κλίνας ἀπέ-
πτυσα.

παχύτεραι γάρ.

ὡς ἀφεγγὲς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἐν τῇ
ἐσχάρᾳ.

Λαβὼν τὸ σκάλευθρον xtver τὸ
πῦ

Λαβὼν τὴν πυράγραν ἐπισώρευ-
σον ἄνθρακας.

"AvOpaxas ἔχει ἣ ἐσχάρα ἥἤδη
ἱκανάς.

Δαμπρῶς κοσμεῖ τὸ ἔδαφος ὁ

τάπης.
᾿Αληθῆ λέγεις. '
Kat μὴν καὶ τὸ κομψὸντοῦτο t ὑπο-
πόδιον θαυμάζουσιν ἅ ἅπαντες.
Δικαίως γάρ.
Ἔγωγε τῆς πολλῆς ταύτης γευ-
σάμενος χλιδῆς οὐκ ἂν ὑπο-
μένοιμι εὔθυμος καθῆσθαι ἐν
τῷ φροντιστηρίῳ μου τῷ σκο-
hss ᾿Ατὰρ χρὴ ἀπαλλάτ-
τεσθ αι. Ἴθι ὃ) ὦ Θωμ ασίδιον.
ἔρρωσθε μὲν δὴ Sederopa’
ἔρρωσθε χλιδήματα.

ἈΡΒΕΡΙΑΝ WORDS AND PHRASES.

Bell—xaday, -wvos, 6

Bellows— φῦσα, -ns, n A box—

πυξίς, -i8os, ἡ. Cage—KxdwBos, -οὔ, ὁὅ. Candlestick—Avyvia,

“as, 1).

Curtain—mapareracpa, aros, τὸ. Cradle—Xixvop,

-ov, τὸ. Cistern—tdpoOnxn, -ns, 7. Ewer—mpoxurns, -ου, 6.

1 1 aor. for present in certain verbs.—J. 403, 1; C. 88, 6.

2 A compound clause, with two imperatives, resolved into asingle clause,
with one imperative, and an aorist participle.—F. 248 ; C. 46, a.

8 ἂν with the optative, expressive of futurity or possibility. —J. 425 ; F.

258, c.; C. 48.

DIALOGUE THIRD. 19

J Jar—ridos, -ov, 6. Kettle—AcBns, -nros, ὁ Garret—imep-
ᾧον, -ov, τὸς Lumber- room—ypurodérn, -ns, 7. Pillow—
προσκεφάλαιον, rd. Roof—épodn, “ass ἧ. Shovel—ierpov,
-τὸ. Shake-down—oriBds, -ados, 7. A story—oréyn, “nS, ἧ.
Storeroom—rapteiov, τὸς Wardrobe—ipariopuAdxioy, -ov,

ro. Wash-bason—yepvifioy, -ov, τὸ.

DIALOGUE THIRD.

THE COUNTRY.

Do you see that boy in the
field 2? Who is he?

He is the farmer’s son; a
handsome youth.

Who lives in that large
white mansion ?

I don’t know ; a rich Lon-
don brewer I believe.

These knolls sprinkled with
trees are beautiful.

The brook runs clear and
swift.

The river rolls gracefully
round the village church.

Did you see the shepherd’s
cottage in the glen ?

Yes ; it was very neat.

The shepherd is an excel-
lent man.

The roads in the Highlands
are admirable.

Yes! formerly, in the days
of Rob Roy, they were
hard and stony.

There you are right; there
was no access, I guess, to
Rob Roy’s cave !

TA EN TQI ΑΓΡΩΙ.

Ὁρᾷς ἐκεῖνον τὸν παῖδα τὸν ἐν
τῷ ἀγρῷ; Ἃ Tis ποτ᾽ ἐστίν; i

vids δὴ τοῦ γεωργοῦ" ἀστεῖος ὁ
νεᾶνίας.

Τίς δὲ δὴ. κατοικεῖ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ ᾿
ἐκείνῳ οἰκητηρίῳ τῷ λευκῷ;

Οὐκ οἶδα" ζυ οποιός τις πλού-
σιος, οἶμαι, τῶν ἐκ Λονδίνου

Καλά γε τὰ λοφίδια ταῦτα δέν-
δρεσι διειλημμένα.

Καὶ μὴν ταχὺς ῥεῖ ὁ ποταμίσκος
καὶ διαφανής.

Μάλα γοῦν χαριέντως περιελίσ-
σεται ὁ ποταμὸς περὶ τὸ τῆς
κώμης ἱερὸν.

‘E@paxas τὴν τοῦ D ποιμένος καλύ-
βην τὴν ἐν τῷ ἄγκει;

Καὶ μάλα γε" κομψοτάτη γάρ.

Σπουδαῖος δήπου ἀνὴρ ὁ ποιμὴν
οὑτοσί.

Αἱ ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ ὁδοὶ ἐξαιρέτως
καλαί.

Κάλλισται γάρ' καίτοι πρότερόν
γε, ἐπὶ τοῦ “οβέρτου τοῦ πυρ-

ov Γρηγοριάδου τραχύταται
a καὶ λιθώδεις.

Ταῦτά γε ἀληθῆ λέγεις" οὐ γὰρ
ὑπῆρχεν οἶμαι πρόσοδος οὐδε-
μία! εἰς τὸ τοῦ Τρηγοριάδον
σπήλαιον.

1 Double or triple negative, as often in Chaucer and Shakespeare,—J.

747 ; F. 286, 7; C. 48, 4, a.

20

Do you like the village?

Much. I admire it for
being adorned not only
with gardens and or-
chards, but with green
slopes, pleasant pastures,
woods, rivers, and purling
brooks.

The man who built that
cottage below the crag
had some taste.

The parish is altogether
remarkable for beauty.

And the whole county
too!

The cattle which feed on
that meadow ought to be
fat.

So they are ; see that cow
recumbent, how smooth
and glossy !

She makes me ashamed of
my m 655.

Be ashamed of nothing, as
a man, but les, and cow-
ardice, and sloth. But
here comes the boat. Let
us ferry across to the
island, and, rambling over
the stout old grass, un-
trodden by the profane
foot of tourists, have a
hunt for mushrooms.

Agreed !

σχνύτητα.
᾿Αλλὰ σέ γε ἅτε ἄνθ

DIALOGUE THIRD.

"Apd γε κατὰ νοῖν σοι 7 κώμη;
Παντακᾶσι μὲν οὖν- ὅς ye! θαυ-
μάζω αὐτὴν διὰ τὸ ποικιλθῆναι

οὐ μόνον κήποις καὶ μηλῶσει,
ἀλλὰ καὶ κλιτίσι χλοεραῖς,

γε τοῦ καλοῦ 3 ἦν
ὁ ἀνὴρ ὃ Σπωβιδγέσας ἐ ἐκείνην τὴν
καλύβην ὑ ὑποκάτω τοῦ κρημνοῦ.

"Exionpos πάνυ ὁ Ojos παντα-
χοῦ τῷ κάλλει.

Καὶ γὰρ καλλίστη σύμπᾶσα 7

ta.

Eixos τοίνυν ᾿εὐσάρκους εἶναι τὰς
βοὺς τὰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν λειμῶνα
νεμομένας.

Εὐσωματοῦσι γὰ ὑπερφυῶς-
ἰδοῦ τὴν βοῦν ἐ ἐκείνην, ὡς εὐθριξ
κατάκειται καὶ λιπαρά.

Ὥστε αἰσχύνεσθαι ἐμέγε τὴν
ἐμὴν i

ν ὄντα

δεῖ μηδὲν αἰσχύνεσθαι εἰ μὴ τὸ

ψεῦδος κα καὶ τὴν δειλίαν καὶ τὴν
ἀργίαν. ἀτὰρ 3 ὁρῶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ
πορθμεῖον. πορθμευσώμεθα μὲν
οὖν εἰς τὴν νῆσον, καὶ πλανώ-

μενοι κατὰ τὴν παγίαν πόαν τὴν
πολυετῆ, τοῖς τῶν περιηγητῶν

βήμασιν ἄβατον ὁ ἀμνήτων,
θηρῶμεν τοὺς μύκητας.
Σ κεῖ ταῦτα.

1 ye after ὅς, often used for assigning a reason ufpole qui, quippe qui.—

J. 735, 9; F. 304.

2 Gen. privative after adj., compounded with a priv.—J. 529-; Εἰ. 45;

C. 69, b.

3 érap—often used when turning to a new subject, as αὐτάρ in Homer. —

J. Ti14.

4 Dative case after pass. and verbals, in rés and réos.—J. 611, a; F.

54,5; 27,9; C.70.

DIALOGUE FOURTH. 21

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

A rural constable—wepimoXos, -ov, 6. A shepherd’s crook
- καλαῦροψ, -oros, 6. Clod—Ba@dos, -ov, 7. A croft or
small farm—yndiov, -ov, rd. A ditch—Ad6pos, -ov, 6. A
stone dyke—aiyacia, -as, 7. Firth—mopOyds, -ov, 6. A
flower—dv6os, -ovs, 76. Fountain—xpym, -ns, 7. Hedge—
φραγμός, -ov, 6. A sheepfold—onxés, -ov, 6. A milk-pail—
πέλλα, -ns, 7. A remote part of the country—éoyarid, -as, ἡ.

A spade—oxageioy, -ov, ro. A stable—immay, -dvos, 6. A

pig-sty—ovgetor, -ov, τὸ.

A mountain torrent— χαράδρα,

-ας, ἡ. To overhang or be situated above—smépreco Bat τινός.
Visible from any ροϊηὐ---σύνοπτος. ᾿'

DIALOGUE FOURTH.

THE TOWN.

What a noise there is in
the streets !

Yes; and the dust is
worse.

Whose house is that?

It is nobody’s house; it is
the Post-Office: do younot
see the crowd of people ?

It is an elegant building.

Edinburgh has many ele-
gant buildings.

What building is that with
the lofty dome? is it a
church ?

No; it is a bank, the
Bank of Scotland.

This street is full of splen-
did shops.

Yes; the shopkeepers are
rich fellows.

TA EN THI TOAEI.

Πηλίκος ὁ θόρυβος ὁ κατὰ τὰς
ὁδούς.

Δεινὸς yap: καὶ ἔτι χεῖρον ἡ κό-
us.

ὁ οἶκος οὗτος τίνος δή ἐστιν;

Οὐδενὸς μὲν οὖν" ταχυδρομεῖον

άρ: οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὸν πολὺν
ὄχλον ;

κομψόν γε τὸ οἰκοδόμημα.

Πολλὰ ἔχει ἡ ᾿Ἐδινάπολις τὰ
τοιαῦτα.

Ἐκεῖνο τὸ οἰκοδόμημα τὴν θόλον
ἔχον τὴν ὑψηλὴν, ἱερόν πον ἂν
εἴη; ἢ γάρ;

Οὐ δῆτα. τράπεζά ἐστιν, ἡ τῆς
Καληδονίας τράπεζα.

Ἡ ὁδὸς αὕτη λαμπρῶν πλήρης
ὑπάρχει καπηλείων.

Πλούσιοι γὰρ of κάπηλοι.

ae ~ Hoy

—_ π᾿". τ I, ~

a Yorn,

= se “eae ἣν" rd “Lor
yy >

--- νας. ~— 7 «᾿Ξ ὅδ Serr
“wr
- ~ =~ - > “San, Le 0
“wr “ee
"δ ~ = ~ => μι ~&
< - --e

7-2 oN *- was Pe.
= ~~ Wkaur
“~~ oe = "8 3.
foe Sa: Ν ts ~~ «--- τὰς κῚν» “ἜὟ aay “or
- - ~~ πὰ
5. ες; st coe a, SS ΠΥ
. 7 a -- « " ioe Oe Rae
-N\ ---
ἘΞ ae ΕΝ = Sie. ee ὧν con
-" ὃ Ne eee τοῦ “οἍΚ ΣΝ 7S —™ +." “Saar :
στὶς “Tee, ‘ES ©. va,
ἣν τῶν ὼς a aces rik “eh Ley - he, ~Thal ὦ ὕχτρ.-.
ὼς tLe ξιας τοὺς nee ~> Posy te ety, “ae s
alr yg > "Tevuys, γε. > ἐσγχιν -
4) 2d Che " Abe, (Δ so ae Ore "9 LY prey: "Ub, τνυ DwAarre,,
Memeyy OLeyy] Uers, Ly “UAV γους.-
The Streets sy HLS are ae. TB ca ‘Ja wo, THod,
6 Cow lle ve, Y «lay uy Jue,
OM a

DIALOGUE FOURTH. 23

should be at once 80
beautiful and so filthy!
Not at all strange. Evil
delights to dwell beside
good; as the proverb
says, “ Where God builds
a church, the Devil al-
ways erects a chapel

beside it.”
Very true.
How many storeys have
these houses?
More than twelve at
least.
I should not like to live
in the top flat.
Nor I—if I had rheuma-
e tism; but these houses
command a splendid view
beyond the Firth of
Forth.

What fine old churchyard
is this ?

The Greyfriars. Here, a-
mong others, are the
monuments of the mar-
tyrs who suffered perse-
cution under Charles 11.

They were noble fellows.
Iam an Episcopalian, but
a brave heart can beat
under a Geneva gown as
well as beneath a bishop’s
surplice. Let us go and
seethe monuments. Come

along !

κάλλει καὶ τῷ ῥύπῳ τοσοῦτον
ὑπερέχειν τὴν ᾿Εδινάπολιν.
Οὐδὲν / τῶν τοῦτό ye: ἀεὶ
γὰρ δὴ τὸ κακὸν γειτνιᾷ τῷ
ἀγαθῷ: τὸ τῆς παροιμίας, ὅπου
ναὸν ὠκοδόμησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐκεῖ
ἱδρύσασθαι φιλεῖ σηκὸν ὁ
διάβολος.

᾿Αληθέστατα λέγεις.

Πόσα ἔχει στέγη τὰ οἰκοδομή-
ματαταῦτα;

Ὑπερβαίνει y τοὐλάχιστον Ta.
δώδεκα.

“Eywye τὸ ἀνώτατον στέγος οὐκ
ἄσμενος ἄν κατοικοίην.

Οὐδ᾽ ἐγὼ- συνεχόμενός γε τῷ ῥευ-
ματισμῷ: οὗτοι μέντοι oi οἶκοι
ἐν περιωπῇ κεῖνται μεγαλοπρε-
πεῖ συμπάσης τῆς χώρας τῆς
πέραν τοῦ τῆς Βοδωτρίας πορθ-
μοῦ.

Τὸ δὲ δὴ κοιμητήριον τοῦτο τί
ἐστιν ; σεμνὸν γάρ τι ἔχει.

Τὸ ἱερὸν τῶν λευκοφαίων μον-
άχων ἄλλα τε πολλὰ ἔχον
καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ τῶν μαρτύρων
μνημεῖα τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως
ἀποθανόντων κατὰ τοῦς ἐπὶ Κα-
ρόλου τοῦ B διωγμούς.

Γενναῖοι οὗτοι δὴ ἐγὼ μὲν, ὡς
οἶσθα, εἰμὶ τῶν τὰ τῶν ἐπισκό-
πων φρονούντων" ov μὴν ἀλλὰ 3
φρόνημα ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀνδρεῖον
διαιτᾶσθαι φιλεῖ οὐχ ἧττον ὑπὸ
σύρματι τῶν Καλβινιστῶν ἢ
ὑπὸ τῷ τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἱματίῳ.
᾿Απίωμεν μὲν οὖν ὀψόμενοι ὃ
τὰ μνημεῖα. φέρε δη!

1 The article in a short interjected clause.—J. 457.

2 ov μὴν ἀλλὰ, a strong nevertheless—not what you would expect, but
something else.—J. 778, 6; C. 54, a.

3 Fut. part. after verbs of motion, to express intention or purpose.—

J. 690, 2; C. 46, Ὁ: 90, ¢.

24 DIALOGUE FIFTH.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

An aqueduct—tdpaywyeioy, τὸ. A brewery—(vdorateiov,
τὸ. A place of businees—xpy ἱστή Lov, τὸ. City cham-
bers—dpxeiov, τὸ. A chimney—xamvoddxn, 7. An enclosure
-περίβολος, 6. A fleshmarket—xpeoradeioy, ro. A green-
market—Aaxavorrw)eiov, τὸς A jail—@vAaxn, 7. A har-
bour—)Acpny, -ένος, 6. An inclination or exposure in a par-
ticular direction—éykduors, -ews (ἡ) πρός. An infirmary—
νοσοκομεῖον, - τὸς An 1πη---πανδοκεῖον, τὸς A music-hall—
φδεῖον, τὸ. Register House—ypapparopvaAdator, τὸ. A reser-

νοἱτ---ὑποδοχή, ἡ ἡ. A steeple—xwdwvocrdoroy, τὸ.
A ὑονγη-8}]--πρυτανεῖον, τὸ.

- προάστεια, τὰ.

Suburbs

DIALOGUE FIFTH.

THE SCHOOL AND THE
UNIVERSITY.

Well, as King George said,
‘‘ Edinburgh is indeed a
city of palaces.” What a
noble building this is!
only it seems to have no
door, like some old tem-
ple of the mystical Isis.

This is the High School.

Oh! a famous nursery of
learning! Is there any
other school in KEdin-
burgh ?

Yes; a legion. There is
the Edinburgh Academy,
Fettes College, and many
others.

Is the teaching good ?

TO AIAASKAAEION KAI
TO ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟΝ,

᾿Αλλὰ γοῦν, ἔλεγε τὰ ἀληθῆ
Γεώργιος ὁ βασιλεὺς λέγων
ὡς βασιλείων ein) πόλις ἡ
᾿Ἐδινάπολις. ‘Qs σεμνοπρεπὲς
τὸ οἰκοδόμημα τοῦτο ! πλὴν
οὐδεμίαν γε φαίνεται ἔ ἔχειν θύ-
ραν, ὡσπερανεὶ παλαιόν τι ἱερὸν
τῆς μυστικῆς Ἴσιδος.

Τοῦτο τὸ τῆς πόλεως γυμνάσιον
δημόσιον.

Περιβόητον δὴ τῆς πολυμαθείας
φυτώριον! ! dpa γε ὑπάρχει καὶ
ἄλλα ἐν τῇ ᾿Ἐδιναπόλει διδα-
σκαλεῖα; ;

Kal μῦρία rie οἷον ἡ ᾿Ακαδήμεια
7 τῆς Ἐδιναπόλεως, τὸ Φετ-
τήσιον παιδευτήριον, καὶ ἄλλα
οὐκ ὀλίγα.

ἾΑρ᾽ οὖν οἱ διδάσκαλοι τεχνικοί ;

1 Opt. in indirect speech.—J. 802 ; F. 190; C. 95, c; 96.

DIALOGUE FIFTH. 25

Excellent ! No man beats
the Scotch at teaching, at
gardening, or in a theo-
logical argument. Now
come with me along the
North Bridge, and you
shall see another fine
building.

What is that ?

The University.—Here it
is — unquestionably a
grand edifice; but one
can with difficulty see it
in the narrow street.

I wish they would open
up the street.

SodoL Wishing is easy.

>

Will they not do it?
Doing is difficult.
What is this inscription ?

It is Latin: you may read
it.

How many Professors has
the University ?

About thirty, I think.

That is a great number.

Not at all. In Berlin they
have five times thirty.

The Germans are an aca-
demical people.

The Scotch are a practical
people.

The Germans make ideas,
the Scotch make—

Money !

Ha! ha! ha! a nation of
shopkeepers, as a
said !

Let us enter the εἰδὼς
room,

This one ?

Τεχνικώτατοι ya τοὺς γοῦν
Καληδονίους ΠΝ οὐδεὶς ἂν
παραλλάττοι οὔτε τῷ διδάσκειν,
οὔτε τῇ κηπουργίᾳ οὔτε τοῖς
λόγοις τοῖς θεολ. ικοῖς. ᾿Ατὰρ
βάδισον ἤδη per’ ἐμοῦ, κατὰ τὴν
πρὸς βορρᾶν γέφῦραν, & ἕτερόν τι
καλὸν ὀψόμενος οἰκοδόμημα.

Τὸ ποῖον ;

Τὸ πανεπιστήμιον" ἰδού" μεγα-
λοπρεπὲς ὡς ἀληθῶς οἰκοδό-.
μῆμα, ὁρᾶτὸν μέντοι μόγις, διὰ
τὸ στενὸν τῆς ὁδοῦ.

Βουλοίμην ἂν εὐρυνθῆναι τὴν
ὁδόν.

ταυτά εὔχομαι καὶ ἐγώ. ῥάδιον
δήπου τὸ εὔχεσθαι.

οὐκ ἄρα εὐρῦναι ἂν θέλοιεν ;

χαλεπὸν ἀ ἀεὶ τὸ πράττειν.

Αὕτη δὲ δὴ ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ, ἐν τῷ
ἔμπροσθεν ποῖά τις ἐστίν ;
"Ἔστινὶ ἀναγνῶναι" ῬῬωμαικὴ γὰρ

ἡ γραφή.

πόσους ἔχει καθηγητὰς τὸ παν-
“επιστήμιον ; :

ὡς “τριάκοντα, οἶμαι.

Μέγα δὴ τὸ πλῆθος.

οὐ δῆτα: ἐν τῷ γε Βερολίνῳ πεν-
τάκις τριάκοντα ὑπάρχουσιν.
᾿Ακαδημικὸν ἔθνος οἱ Τερμᾶνοί.

Πρακτικὸν ἔθνος οἱ Καληδόνιοι.

Οἱ μὲν Γερμᾶνοὶ ἐργάζονται νοή-
ματα, oi δὲ Καληδόνιοι----

Χρήματα.

Βαβαί: Zdvos καπηλικὸν, TO TOU

Ναπολέοντος.

> 7 4 3 - ἢ
Εἰσίωμεν εἰς τὸ ἀκροᾶτήριον.

ἾΑρά γε τουτί;

1 ἔστιν with penult accent for licet.—J. 666, c.

26

Yes.

‘This is the Greek class-
room.

I see a blackboard on the
platform ; does the pro-
fessor use it?

Of course.

It is very useful.

Give me some ink.

Mend this pen.

I prefer writing with ἃ
pencil.

What names are those on
the wall in golden let-
ters?

These are the names of
students of distinguished
merit, who carried off the
highest honours of their
classes.

Whose bust is that ὃ

It is the bust of Socrates.

What long roll is that ?

It is a chronological table
of Greek literature.

How many hours a day
doestheGreek class meet?
Three hours a day.

Dees the Professor pre-
scribe exercises ?

O yes! and he proposes
questions also, and puz-
zles the students with
knotty points.

Are there any examina-
tions ?

Yes; constant examina-
tions; and three great
examinations besides.

DIALOGUE FIFTH.

Nai.

Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ee τὸ
ΤΊΣ Ἑλληνικῆς φιλολογίας.

Μ oe ὁρῶ πίνακα ἐπὶ τῷ σα-
νιδώματι: εἰς χρῆσιν € τοῦ
καθηγητοῦ ; ὼ ;

πῶς γὰρ οὔ.

χρησιμώτατον ἄρ.

παράδος τοῦ μέλανος.

Στόμωσόν μοι τὸν κάλα a τόνδε.

"Ἔγωγε μᾶλλον γραφίδι ἂν γρά-
οιμι.

Τὰ δὲ ὀνόματα ταῦτα τὰ ἐπὶ τῷ
τοίχῳ χρῦσοϊῖς γράμμασι τίνων
δή ἐστιν ;

Τῶν μαθητῶν τῶν ἀρετῇ δια-

πρεπόντων, καὶ βραβεῖα λα-
βόντων ἐν τῷ τῶν συμμαθητῶν

ἀγῶνι.

Τίνος ἧ προτομὴ αὕτη ;

Τοῦ Σωκ drovs.
᾿Εκείνη δὴ ἡ ἡ ἀναγραφὴ ἡ μακρὰ
ποῖά τις ;

πίναξ δὴ χρονολογικὸς τῶν περὶ
τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ ράμματα.

πόσας ὥρας δζάσκει ὁ καθηγη-
τὴς, τῆς ἡμέρας; 8

Τρεῖς ὥρας.

“Apa .γε προστάττει τι τῶν ἀσ-
κητῶν ;

Καὶ μάλα γε" ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐρωτή-
ματα ,Τίθησι, καὶ ἐμβάλλει εἰς
ἀπορίας τοὺς μαθητὰς, ποικίλα
ἠροφέρων a ἀπορήματα.

Πότερον ἐξετάσεις γίγνονται ;

᾿Αδιάλειπτοι yap: πρὸς δὲ τού-
τοις τῶν μεγάλων ἐξετάσεων
τρεῖς.

1 Gen. for accus., ἰ.6., a part of; as in French, ΟΣ English—some.—J.

635; F. 46; C. 18, a.

2 Opt. of politeness, as velim for volo.—J. 425, 6; F.177, 8; C. 48 obs.
᾿ The day for every day.—J. 5238, 2; Ε΄, 22,1; Ὁ. 82, 6.

DIALOGUE FIFTH, © 27

But the session is short.

Yes; but the students
work very hard.

I suppose they must study
hard ; otherwise they
must starve.

You say well. Hungry
dogs hunt best.

Then the Scotch study for
pudding, not for the love
of truth.

I am afraid not a few of
the English do so too.
The English are fond of
pudding. The Germans
love truth more for the
sake of truth.

Certainly they are a very
learned nation, and make
many big books.

Quite prodigious. The Pro-
fessor told me that his
library was crammed with
German books on all

subjects, and ἃ few
others.
My father says that I must

go to Germany if I wish
to be a scholar.

Your father was not far

wrong.

Well; but I must contrive
to get a bursary in the
first: place.

There is a competition to-
morrow for the Greek
TravellingFellowship. Do
you mean to go in?

‘Yes.

βραχύτερος μέντοι φαίνεται ὃ τοῦ
ιδάσκειν χρόνος, ὁ ἑξάμηνος.
3 ays 3 . Ἃ ς
Αληθῆ λέγεις: ἀλλὰ μὴν οἱ μα-
θηταί γε πάνυ ἀνδρείως ἐπί-
κεινται ταῖς βίβλοις.
, Φ ¢ > » > A i)
πιέζει οἶμαι ἡ ἀνάγκη" εἰ δὲ μὴ,
λιμῷ ἂν ἀποθάνοιεν.

Εὖ λέγεις, εἴγε προέχουσι ῥῖ-
νηλασίᾳ αἱ λιμώττουσαι κύνες.
Οὐκοῦν οἱ Καληδόνιοί γε ἔφηβοι
σπουδάζουσι περὶ τὰς βίβλους,
τοῦ σϊτεῖσθαι ἕνεκα, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ
τῆς ἀληθείας.
φοβοῦμαι μὴ ταὐτὰ πάσχωσι
τῶν "Λγγλων οὐκ ὀλίγοι: φι-
λόσϊτοι γάρ τινες οἱ ΓΑγγλοι.
τοῖς δὲ Τερμᾶνοϊς τέλος πρό-
κειται αὐτὴ ἡ ἀλήθεια.

Πολυμαθεὶς δήπουθέν εἰσιν ἀμή-
χανον ὅσον, καὶ δὴ καὶ ὀγκώδεις
συγκαττύουσι τὰς βίβλους.

Τερατώδεις μὲν οὖν: εἶπέ μοι ὁ
καθηγητὴς ὡς βεβυσμένην ἔχοι
τὴν βιβλιοθήκην βίβλων ΤΓερ-
μανικῶν,περὶ παντοδαπῶν πραγ -
μάτων καὶ πρός.ἷ

Λέγει ὁ πατὴρ ὡς πάντως δεῖ
περαιοῦσθαι εἰς τὴν Γερμανίαν,
τὸν βουλόμενόν γε τυχεῖν τῆς
mwo\upadeias.

Ταῦτά ye, ov πόρρω ἀπέτυχεν ὁ
σατὴρ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς.

᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως σίτησιν δημοσίαν
mpérepov παντὸς μᾶλλον δεὶ
λαβεῖν ἔμεγε.

Αὔριον ἀγὼν γενήσεται περὶ
τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς σιτήσεως τῆς
περιηγητικῆς. πότερον ἐν νῷ
ἔχεις συναμιλλᾶσθαι ;

Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.

1 πρός without a noun—to boot.—J. 640; C. 51.

28 DIALOGUE SIXTH.

And I too. We were wise ᾿Αμιλλήσομαι καὶ ἐγώ. σοφῶς

to go home and prepare,
cramming our brains with
" the stiff lore of the gram-

ἂν πράττοιμεν ἐπ᾽ οἴκου ἰόντες

προπαρασκευασόμενοι, τὰ πάγια
bY 3 id > ’

εἰς τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἐμβύοντες

marians. τὰ τῶν Τραμματικῶν δόγματα.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

A bell—xadav, -wvos, ὁ; Att. 7. A doorkeeper—Oupo-
pés, 6. Dux of the class—xopudaios, 6. An error—ogan-
μα, -ros, ro. A gateway—rvAoy, -@vos, 6. The public hall
— 6paxoeiov, -ov, τὸ. An introductory address—Adyos ἐσι-
τήριος, 6. A janitor—mvdawpéds, 6. A tablet for writing or
ciphering—ypappareioy, τὸς Repetition—énavdAnyis, 7. A
statue—avdpids avros, 6. A short theme or essay—ypap-
ματίδιον, ro. Translation—peradpacts, -ews, 7. A valedic-
tory address—Adyos ἐξιτήριος.

DIALOGUE SIXTH.

GRAMMAR. H TPAMMATIKH.
Well, my dear fellow, what ᾿Αλλὰ ov ye, ὦ θαυμάσιε, τί νῦν
are you studying now ? δὴ πονεῖς ;
Grammar. Τὴν γραμματικήν.
I detest grammar. Μυσάττομαι τὴν γραμματικήν.
Why? Ti παθών ; 1
It is dry, meagre, and Καὶ yap ξηρά ἐστι καὶ ἰσχνὴ καὶ
thorny. ἀκανθώδης.

Well, I grant you, if you
take it alone; but fol-
lowing the steps of prac-
tice it is agreeable and

Kai μὴν συγχωρῶ, τῷ τὴν τοιαύ-
THY χωριστὴν γε διαπονουμένῳϑ
πραγματείαν" ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐμμελῶς
ἐρρυθμισμένη τῇ ἀσκήσει χρησ-
useful. Into how many ἰἰμὴ ποῦ ἐστι καὶ τερπνή. Eis
classes do you divide the πόσα εἴδη διαιρεῖται τὰ γράμ-
letters ? ματα;

Into vowels and conson- Εἰς φωνήεντα καὶ ἄφωνα.
ants.

———

1 γί παθών, and τί μαθών. — J. 872; F. 241; C. 46, Ὁ.
2 Part. alone, and often with ye = if or when.—J. 697, c; F. 241; C. 46, Ὁ.

DIALOGUE SIXTH.

How many vowels are
there?

In Greek, seven—a, e, ¢,
0, UV, ἢ. ὦ.

How do you classify the
consonants ?

They are divided into class-
es, according to the parts
of the mouth and throat
by which they are pro-
nounced.

I learnt this when a boy
at school.

Let us see then if you
know your lesson.

Perhaps I have forgot ; for
my memory is weak.

Which are the labials ὃ

7, B, φ.

Is that all?

I know only these three.
There is a fourth—p.

That is called a liquid in
my Grammar.

In Greek, for certain pur-
poses it is treated as a
liquid ; but it is really a
labial, or rather a mix-
ture of labial and nasal ;
for when you pronounce
m, you shut your lips, as
in the English word mum,
and by compression drive
the breath through the
nose.

I understand.

29
Πόσα τὰ φωνήεντα ;

Ἔν τῇ γε “Ἑλληνικῇ γλώσσῃ
ἑπτά.

Τῶν δὲ ἀφώνων ποία τις ἡ διαί-
pecs ;

Γίγνεται ἡ τῶν ἀφώνων διαίρεσις
κατὰ τὰ μόρια τοῦ τε στόματος
καὶ τῆς λάρυγγος οἷσπερ προ-
φέρεται.

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔγωγε ταῦτ᾽ ἔμαθον παῖς
ὧν! ἐν τῷ διδασκαλείῳ.

Ἔστιν οὖν πεῖραν λαβεῖν τῶν
, ἐξηκριβωμένων σοι μαθημάτων.
Ἴσως ἐπιλέλησμαι, ἅτε δὴ οὐκ
ὧν 2 τῶν σφόδρα μνημονικῶν,

Ta χειλοπρόφερτα γράμματα
τίνα ἐστίν;

π, β, Φ.

Οὐκ ἔχεις παρὰ 3 ταῦτα ἄλλα ;

Ταῦτα μόνον οἶδα τὰ τρία.

Οὐ μὴν: ἀλλὰ τέταρτον δὴ ἐστι
τὸ Μ.

Τοῦτο μέντοι ἐν “γραμματικῇ τῇ
γε ἐμῇ ὑγρὸν ὀνομάζεται ἤτοι
ἀμετάβολον.

Ἔν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ γλώσσῃ με-
ταχειρίζονται τὸ Μ ἐνίοτε,
ὡς ὑγρόν" ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως συντε-
λεῖ εἰς τὰ “χειλοπρόφερτα,
μᾶλλον δὲ εἰς σύνθετόν τι
τῶν χεϊλοπροφέρτων καὶ τῶν
ῥϊνοπροφέρτων" προφέρομεν
γὰρ τὸ Μ, μυσάντων τῶν χειλῶν
καθάπερ ἐπὶ" τῆς ᾿Αγγλικῆς
λέξεως mum, ἐκθλίβοντες τὸ
πνεῦμα διὰ τῶν ῥινῶν.

Μανθάνω.

1 Part. for time when.—J. 696 ; F. 286; ©. 44

8 Part. with dre δὴ, assigning a cause.—J. 704 and 721; F. 287; 6. 46, Ὁ.
8 Use of παρὰ in comparisons.—J. 637, B. ; F. 86, v.; C. 69, 1.

4 ἐπί with gen. in the case of, Latin in with ablat.—J. 688, 3; C. 88,

10, a.

30

Is there any other nasal
letter ?

Perhaps ν.

Of course; ν 1s a dental-
nasal, and may be called
the sister of »—as in
Latin, for instance, we
find μ in the accusative
case for ν in Greek.

Do you not think Prosody
a very difficult part of
grammar ?

Not at all: it is the easiest
of all.

How do you prove that?

Prosody is just pronuncia-
tion ; as soon as you hear a
long syllable pronounced
long, you know that it is
long.

But long syllables are
not always pronounced
long.

Whose fault is that ὃ

I am often puzzled with
the optative and subjunc-
tive moods.

If you compare the Greek
optative with the Eng-
lish conditional, of which
the sign is might, could,
would, .and should, you
will find little difficulty ;

and, generally, let this be |

laid down, that Greek

. ἅμα μὲν pivorpdpeprov

DIALOGUE SIXTH.

ἾΑρά ye παρὰ τὸ Μ ἄλλο τι ἐστὶ
γράμμα ῥινοπρόφερτον ;

Tax ἂν εἴη ' τὸ Ν.

Παντάπᾶσι μὲν οὖν" εἴ γε σύν-
θετὸν μέν ἐστι τὸ Ν στοιχεῖον:

ν ἅμα
δὲ ὀδοντοπρόφερτον, ὥστε Ῥω-
μαιστί γε τὸ Μ καθίστασθαι
εἰς τὴν τοῦ Ν χώραν ἐν ταῖς
αἰτιατικαῖς πτώσεσι.

Σὺ οὐ νομίζεις τὰ περὶ τὰς τῶν
συλλαβῶν ποσότητας μέρος
εἶναι τῆς γραμματικῆς δυσκο-
λώτατον ;

Οὐ μὲν οὖν: ἀλλὰ πολὺ δὴ ῥᾷσ-
τον.

τούτων δὲ τί ἔχεις τεκμήριον ;

Οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἡ περὶ ποσό-
τητας τέχνη ἀλλ᾽ ἣ 5 τὸ ὀρθῶς
προφέρειν: εἴ γε δὴ ἅμα ἀκού-
σας τις μακρὰν οἷανδήποτε συλ-
λαβὴν ἐκπεφωνημένην, μακρὰν
οὖσαν older.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν οὐ πανταχοῦ γε μακ-
ρῷ τῷ φωνήεντι προφέρονται
αἱ μακραί.

Ταῦτα δὴ τίνα δεῖ αἰτιᾶσθαι ; 8

Συχνάκις ἔμεγε εἰς ἀπορίας ἐμ-
βάλλουσιν αἱ ἐγκλίσεις ἡ τε
εὐκτικὴ καὶ ἡ ὑποτακτική.

Ei θέλοις παραβαλεῖν τὴν εὐκτι-.
κὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων πρὸς τὴν
ἔγκλισιν τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Αγγλων
καλουμένην conditional, ἧσπε
τὸ σημεῖον might, could,would,
and should, πάνυ σμικρόν ev-
pos ἂν τὸ δύσκολον. καὶ δὴ
καὶ ὅλως κείσθω τοῦτο, τὴν

1 Opt. with ἄν expressing probability or likelihood.

2 For ἀλλ᾽ 7, see J. 778, δ᾽; Ὁ. 54, a.

3 Verbs with two accusatives, especially when the first is a demonstra- °
tive pronoun.—J. 546, B.; F. 58; C. 16, d, 77.

4 εἰ with opt. in protasis of a supposition not directly before the speaker.

~ 855; F. 207; C. 98.

DIALOGUE SIXTH. 31

syntax is in many striking
points identical with Eng-
lish, while Latin stands
strongly contrasted with
both.

Is it really so?

It is go.

Then do you assert that
Greek syntax is easier
than Latin to an English-
man ?

Unquestionably.

Then why do they not
write Greek as they do
Latin ?

Because they do not prac-
tise it.

Why do they not practise
it?

Because, for these many
centuries, Latin is the cur-
rent language of learned
men—not Greek. But if
you wish to make pro-
gress, take my advice:
use your ears and your

tongue chiefly, not merely .

your eyes.

Do you speak Greek ?

I speak every day.
To whom ?
To myself and the Muses.

Could I try the same
plan with success ?
Of course; there is no

Ἑλληνικὴν σύνταξιν ἐ ἐν πολλοῖς

ὅροις τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι τῇ ᾿Αγγλι-
Kl}; ὅπουγε ἥ Ῥωμαικὴ ἀμφοτέ-
ραις ἐναργῶς ἐναντιοῦται.

Μῶν οὕτως ἔχει τὸ πρᾶγμα;

Οὕτως ἔχει.

Εἶτα σὺ γε ἀποφαίνει εὐκολω
τέραν εἶναι τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν σύν-
ταξιν, ΓΑγγλῳ γε ἀνδρὶ, παρὰ
τὴν Ῥωμαικήν ; ;

ἀποφαίνομαι γάρ.

Εἶτα διὰ τί οὐ χρῶνται τῇ Ἕλ-
ληνικῇ διαλέκτῳ οἱ πολυμαθεῖς
τῶν συγγραφῶν, ὥσπερ δὴ τῇ
Ῥωμαικῇ ; ;

Διότι δέονται τῆς ἀσκήσεως.

Διὰ δὲ δὴ τί οὐκ ἐπιμελοῦνται
τῆς ἀσκήσεως;

Διότι, πολλῶν ἤδη ἐτῶν, ἐπι-
χωριάζει παρὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς,
Ῥωμαιστὶ συγγράψαι Bis ous
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ Ἕλληνιστί. Οὐ μὴν
ἀλλὰ σύ, εἰ βούλει γε προ-
κόψαι, σοφὸς ἂν εἴης γυμνά-
(wv? ἀεὶ τὰ τε ὦτα καὶ τῆν

γλῶσσαν ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῦς ὀφθαλ-
pee μόνον, κατ᾽ ἐμὴν ye γνώ

Σὺ "δὲ δὴ € ἔχοις ἄν εἰς λόγους ἐλ-
θεῖν τινὶ, τῇ “Ελληνικῇ χρώμε-
γος διαλέκτῳ ; ;

Καὶ γὰρ δὴ χρῶμαι ὁσημέραι.

Πρὸς τίνα 8n ;

Αὐτὸς πρὸς ἐμαυτόν" ἔτι δὲ καὶ
πρὸς τὰν Μούσας.

Μὴ καὶ ἐγὼ δυναίμην ἂν ταὐτὰ
πράττων κατορθῶσαι;

Οὐδεμίαν ἔχει τὸ πρᾶγμα οὔ-

1 Gen. of times expressing duration, from a certain time up to the pre-
sent moment.—J. 528 ; C. 18, obs. 2, a.

2 The protasis expressed by a participle —O. 46, Ὁ.

3 μῶν and μὴ expect, but do not always get, a negative answer.

33

DIALOGUE SEVENTH.

EEK LITERATURE.

along! I am going
» Greek class.
not I; Ido not like
ek,

ise it is so difficult.
«a very sight of the
.us frightens me like
hedge bristling with
-uTDS.
uaw! Allexcellentthings
ve difficult, as the pro-
erb says.
ell, I will go, and hear
ut least the introductory
.ccture.
οὐ us go then!

Well, how did you like
the lecture ?

I was astonished when the
Professor spoke of the
longevity of the Greek
language.

Yes! that is wonderful ;
Greek is as vital now as
it was in the days of
Homer.

When did Homer flourish?

About 850 years before
Christ, according to He-
rodotus.

ΠΕΡῚ EAAHNIKON ΓΡΑΜ-
MATON.

Ἴθι δή" , ἔρχομαι γὰρ πρὸς τὸ
ἀκροᾶτήριον τὸ Ἑλληνικόν.
Οὐκ ἔγωγε"
Ἑλληνικά.
τί παθών; ;
Διὰ τὸ τηλικαύτας ἔχειν τὴν
γλῶτταν τὰς δυσκολίας. ψιλὸν
τὸ θέᾶμα τῶν ῥημάτων φοβεῖ
με ὥσπερ περίφραγμα βάτοις
φρῖσσον καὶ ἀσπαλάθοις.
Οὐδὲν λέγεις" χαλεπὰ γὰρ τὰ
καλὰ, τὸ τῆς παροιμίας.

Εἶεν: βούλομαι συνέλθεϊν' οὐ-
δεὶς φθόνος τοῦ γε εἰσιτηρίου
μετέχειν λόγου.

Ἴωμεν.

a > a .-
Νῦν οὖν ἥσθης τῇ ἀκροᾶσει ;

Καὶ μὴν ἐξεπλάγην ἐ ἐπὶ τῷ καθη-
γητῇ τὴν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς δια-
λέκτου μακροβιότητα ἐξηγου-
μένῳ.

Θαυμαστὸν" «ζωτικὴν δή γε δύ-
ναμιν ἔχει uJ γλῶττα, ὦ ὥστε ἀκ-
μάζειν τὰ νῦν οὐχ ἧττον ἣ καθ᾽
Ὅμηρον.

‘Oo δὲ Ὅμηρος πηνίκα ἤκμασεν; ;
Ὡς πεντήκοντα ἔτη ἐπὶ τοῖς
ὀκτακοσίοις πρὸ τῆς ἐνσάρκου
οἰκονομίας, κατά γε τὸν Ἣρό-
δοτον.

1 On this use of ws.—J. 615, 626 ; F, 84; C. 59, 1, 6.

Cc

καὶ yap μισῶ τὰ -

34

T used to think Greek was
a dead language; but the
Professor read a passage
out of a book recently
printed in Athens, which
one of the students trans-
lated without a blunder.

Of course. No language
has so wonderfully re-
sisted the vicissitudes of
time.

They say Greek is the
most perfect of all lan-
guages.

That I do not know: per-
haps Sanscrit is more per-
fect; but so far as cul-
ture is concerned Greek
certainly has more to
boast of than any lan-
guage that 1 know.

How many languages do
you know ?

Some three or four, or half-
a-dozen after a fashion.
What are the principal

excellencies of Greek ?

It is musical; it is rich;
it is flexible; it is copious ;
and contains the best poe-
try, philosophy, religion,
and science. It is first-
rate in all departments.

Hew do you mean that it
produces the best reli-

. gion?

Of course I mean because
the New Testament is a
Greek book.

I understand. But do the

DIALOGUE SEVENTH.

"EriOnv ποτὲ ἔγωγε τὴν Ἕλ-
ληνικὴν γλῶτταν ἐν νεκροῦ
τινος καὶ ἀπηρχαιωμένου μέρει"
ὁ δὲ καθηγητὴς λόγον τινὰ
ἀνέγνω ἐκ βίβλου Ἑλληνικῆς
ἔναγχος ᾿Αθήνησι ἐκτυπωθεί-
σης, ὃν δὴ τῶν φοιτητῶν τις
μετέφρασεν ἀπταίστως.
Εἰκότως: οὐδεμία γὰρ δὴ τῶν
γλωττῶν εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀντέστη
ταῖς τοῦ χρόνου μεταβολαῖς.

Τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων φασὶ πασῶν
a a φ
τῶν γλωττῶν εἶναι τελειοτά-

ν.

Τοῦτό γε οὐκ οἶδα: τάχα δ᾽ ἂν
εἴη ἡ τῶν Βραχμάνων γλῶττα
τελειοτέρα πως" πλὴν τῆς γε
παιδείας ἕνεκα, ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ

i ; ; ;
γλῶττα δικαίως. ἂν ἐπὶ πλείο-
σι σεμνύνοιτο ἀρεταῖς ἢ ἄλλη
γλῶττα ἡτισοῦν τῶν ἔμοιγε

νωρίμων.

st δὲ ποσῶν ἔμπειρος εἶ δια-
λέκτων ;

Τριῶν περίπου, ἢ τεττάρων, 7
τρόπον τινὰ ἐξ.

Ποίαις δὴ μάλιστα ἀρεταῖς trep-
έχει ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ γλῶττα;

Πολλαῖς: καὶ γὰρ ἐμμελής τε
ἐστὶ καὶ ὑγρὰ, καὶ λέξεων ἀφ-
θονίᾳ ἀμήχανον ὅσον σπαρ-
γῶσα, καὶ μὴν καὶ περιέχει
ποίησιν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ εὐ-
σέβειαν καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἀρίστην"
ὅλως δὴ κατὰ πάντα πρωτεύει.

Πῶς τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν λέγεις γλῶτ-
ταν ὡς βελτίστης ποιητική ἐσ-
τιν εὐσεβείας ;

᾿Αμέλει ὅτι ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη βι-
Bros ἐστὶ γεγραμμένη Ἕλληνι-

᾽

στί

Μανθάνω: οἱ δὲ δὴ Ἕλληνες

1 ἕνεκα---80 far as concerns.—J. 621; C. 82, ο.

DIALOGUE SEVENTH. 35

Greeks surpass the Eng-
lish in poetry, or the
Germans in philosophy ?
This is a difficult question.
Aéschylus is certainly less
than Shakespeare, but
Homer perhaps is greater
than Milton; and as for
philosophy, Plato and
Aristotle are inferior to
none of the most subtle
Germans, and they have
infinitely more taste.

But the Greeks are weak
in science,

No; Aristotle, Hippocrates,

Areteus, Euclid, Archi-
medes are weighty names
in science even at the
present day.

Well, if this be so, I will
try and master the verb.
Try, and you will never
repent. A little Greek
is not a dangerous, but a
useful thing; and much
Greek is gold to the wise.

God be with you!

pov ὑπερβάλλουσιν ἤτοι τοὺς
“AyyAous τῇ ποιήσει ἢ τοὺς
Τερμᾶνοὺς τῇ σοφίᾳ; ;

Τοῦτο ἔ ἐχει ἀπορίαν. ὁ γοῦν Aic-
χύλος ἀναμφισβητήτως λείπε-
ται τοῦ Σχακσπῆρος, ὁ δ᾽ αὖ
“Opnpose εἰκότως μείζων. τοῦΜμ ἃ.-
τῶνος" τῆς δε φιλοσο ίας ἕνεκα,
ὁ τε Πλάτων καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριστοτέ-
λης, ταῖς μὲν διανοίαις οὐδὲν
ὑστερούντες τῶν λεπτοτάτων
τῶν Τερμᾶνῶν, τῷ γε τῆς λέξε-
ws γλαφυρῷ ἀμήχανον ὅσον
ὑπερβάλλουσιν.

Babi ει μέντοι οἱ Ἕλληνες

τῇ γε ἐπιστήμῃ.

Οὐδαμῶς: σεμνὰ γὰρ καὶ καθ'
ἡμᾶς ὀνόματα ἐν τοῖς “περὶ τὰς
ἐπιστήμας ἐπικρατεῖ ὁ τε ᾿Αρι-
στοτέλης καὶ ὁ Εὐκλείδης, € ἔτι
δὲ δ᾽ Αρχι ἤδης καὶ ὁ Ἵπποκρά-
τῆς καὶ 6 Δρεταῖος.

Elev, οὕτως δὴϊ πειράσομαι ἐκ-
μαθεῖν τὸ ῥ ῥῆμα.

Πειρῶ σύγε: οὐ γὰρ ἂν σοι
μεταμελήσειε. ὁ Ἑλληνισμὸς
ὀλίγος μὲν ἐνυπάρχων, οὐ κιν-
dvvades ἀλλ᾽ ὠφέλιμον, πολὺς
δὲ χρῦσὸν ἀντισηκοῖ, τοῖς γε
συνετοῖς. ᾿Αγαθὸν ἔχοις δαί-
μονα ἐν ἅπᾶσι παραστάτην.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

The vocabulary belonging to this chapter will be found
under the dialogue RHETORIC AND BELLES LetTREs below.

1 Οὕτως 54—under these circumstances Sic demum.

36

DIALOGUE EIGHTH.

ON ANIMALS.

So you are studying na-
tural history ?

Yes; I have commenced
with the amoeba, intend-
ing to mount up to man.

What is the amoeba? I
have never seen one.

For that you will require
a microscope: the amoeba
is one of the smallest
of living creatures, that
floats about in the water,
frequently changing its
shape—whence the name.

There is a class of animals
called molluscs, I believe?

Yes; creatures with soft
bodies, as we have men
with soft brains.

How do such creatures
contrive to keep their
shape in this hard world?

They live mostly in water ;
and in order that they
may not be dashed out
of shape by the storms,

TIEPI ΖΏΩΝ,

"᾿Αλλὰ σύγε σπουδάζεις περὶ τὰ

φυσικά' οὕτως ἔχει; ;

Οὕτως: καὶ μὴν τὴν ἀρχὴν γε πε-
πόιημαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμοιβῆς, ἀνα-
βησόμενος ἔπειτα μέχρι τοῦ
ἀνθρώπου.

Πδιόν τι θηρίον τοῦτο ἡ ἀμοιβή ;
οὐ γάρ τοι οὐδὲν οὐδέποτε
εἶδον τοιουτῶδες.

Καὶ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτό γε πάνυ ἀναγ-
καῖόν ἐστι τὸ μικροσκοπεῖον"
ἐπείπερ τῶν ζωὴν ἐ ἐ χόντων θρεμ-
μάτων μικρότατόν ἐστιν ἡ ἀ-
μοιβὴ, νήχεσθαι δὲ φιλεῖ ἐν τοῖς
ὕδασι πολλάκις μεταβάλλουσα
τὴν μορφὴν, ὅθεν δὴ καὶ τὸ ὅ ὄνομα.

ὑπάρχει, οἶμαι, εἶδός τι ζώων οἷς
τοὔνομα μαλακόζωα' οὐχ οὕτως;

Καὶ μάλα γε: θρέμματα δηλαδὴ
μαλακοῖς τοῖς σώμασι, καθάπερ
δήπου ἀνθρώποις περιπίπτομεν
μαλακοὺς ἔχουσι τοὺς ἐγκεφά-
λους.

Τί οὖν μη χανᾶται τὰτοιαῦτα θρέμ-
ματα ὅπως τὴν μορφὴν σώσει,
πολλὰ ἐ ἐχούσης καὶ σκληρὰ τῆς
τῶν ὅλων φύσεως; ;

Διάγει δὴ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἐν
τοῖς ὕδασι, καὶ δὴ καὶ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ
ἄμορφα γενέσθαι συντεθλιμ-
μένα, προσέδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς

1 ὅπως, with fut. indic. after certain verbs, above, p. 32.
2 πρὸς, εἰς τό, ἕνεκα τὸν, ὑπὲρ τὸν, With infin., to express a purpose.—J.

678 ; C. 6, obs. 1, a.

DIALOGUE EIGHTH. 37

Nature has protected
them with a substantial
coating of hard shells.

Ar oyster belongs to this
class ?

Yes; but not the crab,
and the lobster, and other
such creatures, whose
houses heap our sandy
beaches with the most
beautiful shells.

Are fishes a superior class
of animals to molluscs ?
Of course; they have a
vertebral column as well

as man.
By what grades does the
scale then ascend ?

Through frogs, toads, ser-
pents, and crocodiles, we
rise up to quadrupeds,
who are nearest of kin to
the great biped, man.

In what does their kin-
ship consist ?

In a vertebral column and
a more full development
of the nervous system ;
for fishes have a very
small brain.

But a monkey, I presume,
bas a much larger one?

What makes you think so?

Because it is a sort of
cousin to man.

Ha! ha! ha! you jest: some
scientific men say that the
monkey was the great-
grandfather of Adam.

1 τί μαθών as contrasted with τί παθών. ---. 872; F. 241; C, 46, Ὁ.

ὑπερασπισμὸν, ὀστράκων σκλη-
ρῶν κάλυμμα παγιώτατον.

Τὸ γοῦν ὄστρεον εἰς ταῦτα τὰ
μαλακόζωα συντελεῖ ; ;

Μάλιστα' οὐ μὴν ὁ ὁ καρκίνος γε καὶ
ὁ ἀστακὸς καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, ὧν
δὴ οἱ οἶκοι ἐπισωρευθέντες τοὺς
ψαμμώδεις αἰγιαλοὺς καλλίσ-
τοις κατεστόρεσαν oor άκοις"
Ταῦτα γὰρ ὀστρακόδερμά ἐ ἐστιν.
ares γε τελειότερον τὸ τῶν ἰχ-

voy γένος παρὰ τ τὰ μαλακόζωα;

Πῶς γὰρ ov- εἴγε δὴ ῥάχιν
ἔχουσιν ἐκ σφονδύλων oivbe-
Tov, ὥσπερ 6 ἄνθρωπος.

Κατὰ τίνας οὖν βαθμοὺς ἀναβαί-
νει εἰς τὸ ἀκρότατον τὸ τῶν
ζώων εἶδος ;

Διὰ δὴ τῶν τε βατράχων καὶ
τῶν φρύνων, τῶν τε δρακόντων
καὶ τῶν κροκοδείλων, μέχρι πρὸς
τὰ τετράποδα ἀναβαίνει, ἃ δὴ ἐγ-

ατα προσήκει τῷ τῶν διπό-
i κορυφαίῳ, τῷ “ἀνθρώπῳ.

Κατὰ τί μάλιστα εὔχεται συγ-
γενῆ εἶναι τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ;

Μακρὰν δηλαδὴ ἔ ἔχουσι ᾿σφονδυ-
λων συνάρθρωσιν, τὴν καλου-
μένην ῥάχιν, καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν
νεύρων ἐκβλάστημα πολύσχισ-
τον νεανικώτερον" τοῖς γὰρ ἰχ-
θύσι, σμικρότερος ὁ ἐ κέφαλος.

Τοῖς δὲ δὴ πιθήκοις, οἶμαι, πολὺ
μείζων ὑπάρχει ὁ ἐγκέφαλος"
οὐχ οὕτως;

Tt μαθὼνὶ ταῦτα λέγεις ; ;

Ἔστι γὰρ ὁ πίθηκος εἴ τις Kat ἄλ-
λος, ἀνεψιός πως τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

Αἰβοῖ, Bot? τῶν γοῦν 7 τὰ φυσικὰ
᾿ἠκριβοκότων ἔστιν οἵ τὸν πίθη-
κον ἀποφαίνονται πρόπαππον
τοῦ ᾿Αδάμ.

--..-..

38

Credat Judeus! Scientific
men are sometimes fond
of nonsense.

Yes; they love their own
crotchets as mothers their
misbegotten brats.

I believe the ancients were
very fond of fish.

O yes; they considered
them a great dainty, as
you may read in Athen-
seus. For myself, I am
not particular about my
food; the ox and the
sheep supply my uutri-
ment.

With a few partridges and
pheasants, I suppose, in
the shooting season ?

Yes; and deer, with the
spotted troutlings that
people our streams,

In France and Belgium, I
am told, they eat thrushes
and blackbirds and night-
ingales.

Yes, the monsters! and so
their groves are without
melody, and their souls
without poetry.

Green trees and singing
birds are the great charm
of British scenery.

There you are right. With
Burns’s songs in my hand,
and the mavis pouring
rich melody from the
fresh green birches in

DIALOGUE EIGHTH.

Credat Judeus! οἱ yap δὴ περὶ
τὰς ἐπιστήμας δεινοὶ ἔστιν ὅτε
ἀποκλίνουσιν εἰς φλυαρίας.

Ἐρασθέντες γε τῶν κομψῶν
γνωμιδίων τῶν αὐτολοχεύτων,
ὥσπερ δήπου καὶ αἱ μητέρες τὰ
ἀσύμμετρα βρεφύλλια θαυμασ-
τὸν ὅσον στέργουσιν.

Οἱ πάλαι Ἕλληνες, οἶμαι, μάλα
ἡδέως ἤσθιον τοὺς ἰχθῦς.

Σπουδαίως γοῦν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐθή-

ov λιχνεύματα, ὡς ἐν τῷ γε
Αθηναίῳ ἔστιν ἀναγνῶναι" ἐγὼ
πρὸς τὰ ἐδέσματα οὐδαμῶς
εἶμι ἁψίκορος, ἅτε τροφὴν λα-
βὼν ἐκ τοῦ βοὸς καὶ τῶν προβά-
των ἱκανήν.

Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις, προσφρόμενος
οἶμαι, πέρδικας καὶ Paoravovs
ὀλίγους, περὶ ᾿Αρκτοῦρον ὅταν
ἐξέρχωνται of καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ
εἰς τὴν ὀρεινὴν, πυροβόλοις
καταβαλοῦντες τὰ ἄγρια τῶν
πτηνῶν.

"Ere δὲ καὶ ἔλάφους καὶ τὰ ποι-
κίλα χριστόψαρα, τὰ πληθύοντα
ἐν τοῖς ἐνθάδε ποταμοῖς.

Παρά γε τοῖς Φράγκοις, καὶ ἐν
τῇ Βελγικῇ, φασὶν ἐσθίειν τοὺς
ἀνθρώπους κίχλας τε καὶ κοψί-
χους, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀηδόνας.

Καὶ σφόδρα γε, τῶν ἀπανθρώ-
mov: εἰκὸς οὖν ἐνδεῶς ἔχειν
τὰ μὲν ἄλση αὐτῶν τῆς μελῳ-
δίας,τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς τῆς ποιητικῆς.

Καὶ γὰρ τὰ δένδρα τὰ χλωρὰ, καὶ
οἱ ὄρνῖθες οἱ ἀσματοποιοὶ μέ-
γιστον προσάπτουσι θέλγητρον
τοῖς ἐν TH Βρεταννίᾳ τόποις.

᾿Αληθέστατα λέγεις: εἴγε δὴ
ἔχων ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τὸν Βούρνσιον,
καὶ ὑπὸ τῷ ἀπεριέργῳ μέλει
τῶν κιχλῶν τῶν ἐκ τῶν νεοπ-

“~ > σι
τόρθων σημυδῶν ἀδουσῶν ἐν

DIALOGUE NINTH. 39

spring, walking alongthe ταῖς ὄχθαις ποταμίσκου ἕλικόρ-
banks ofawimplingburn, ροιο πλανώμενος, κατὰ πάντα
I am perfectly happy. ἔγωγε εὐδαιμονῶ.
Long may you be so! Μήποτε tmavoato κατὰ ταύτην
γε τὴν τέχνην ὀλβιζόμενος..
Meanwhile, the bell calls; ᾿Ατὰρ ἐν τῷ γε παρόντι καλεῖ με
T must be off. ὁ κώδων: ἀνάγκη ἀπαλλάττεσ-

θαι.
ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Amphibious animals—énayqorepifovra, τά. An anchovy
--αἀφύη, -ns, ἡ. To bellow-—puxapa. A bug—xédpis, -ews, ὁ.
Carnivorous animals—oapxodaya, ta. A centipede—cxodo-
πένδρα, -as, 7. A finch—omifa, -ns, 7. A flea—yiAXa, -ns,
7. <A flounder—wWirra, -ns, 7. A glow-worm—nvyodapris,
-idos,n. Gregarious animals—ovvayeAaCépeva, τά. A guinea-
hen—yeAeaypis, -idos, ἡ. Herbivorous animals—xapropaya,
τά. An insect—évropoy, -ov, τό. A lark—xopvdadXis, -idos,
yn. <A larva or grub—xdpmmy, -ns, 7. An otter—éwédpis,
-tos,. To cry like a partridge—rirruBifo. A plover—
xapadpids, -οῦ, 6. To squeak—rpifw. A sea-gull—vdpos, ὁ.
A sea-urchin—éyivos, του, 6. A shell-fish—xdéyyn, -ns, 7.
A shrimp—xapis, -i8os, 7. A snail—xoyAias, -ov, 6. Soli-
tary animals—ovzopadtxa, τά. A sparrow—orpovOdpiov. To
twitter—reperiCw. A woodcock—ocxodéma€g, -axos, 6. A
worm—oxoAné£, -nKos, 6.

DIALOGUE NINTH.

THE PARTS OF THE BODY. TA TOY ΣΏΜΑΤΟΣ MOPIA.

Well, you have given up ᾿Αλλὰ ov ye, ἀποδρὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ
the Church and taken ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ συστήματος,κα-

refuge in Medicine, I un- ταφυγὴν ἔχεις τὴν ἰατρικήν"
derstand ? οὐχ οὕτως;

Yes; Iam just come from οὕτως" καὶ γὰρ ἥκω ἤδη καλλίσ-
an admirable lecture on τὴν ἀκούσᾶς παράδοσιν περὶ
anatomy. τῆς ἀνατομικῆς.

1 Participles after verbs of ceasing, etc.—J. 688 ; F. 238; C. 46, obs, Ὁ.

40

What a wonderful struc-

ture the human body is!

*Yes; it seems impossible
for an anatomist to be an
atheist.

Unless, indeed, he be
either drunk, or mad, or
blind.

Or a vain creature fond of
puzzling himself for the
sake of appearing clever
to himself and others.

The wisdom of the Great
Architect in forming the
body was first observed
by Socrates.

Where?

You will find the discus-
sion, the germ of Paley
and all the Bridgewater
host, in the Memorabilia
of Xenophon.

In the joints of the body
I am astonished at the
wonderful combination of
strength and flexibility.

But the most wonderful
thing is the lightness of
the structure, weighing,
as it does, so many pounds
of stout flesh and bone.

Yes ; life is truly a stand-
ing miracle. I sometimes
think it strange that we
do not require a surgeon
once a week to readjust
our poor shaken bones.

DIALOGUE NINTH.

Ἢ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου σώματος κα-
τασκευὴ ὡς θαυμαστόν τι ἔχει.
Ἴ ye’ οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως" ἄθεος
ν γένοιτο | ὅστις τῆς ἀνατομικῆς
ἔμπειρος εἴη. 3
Εἰ μὴ ἄρα jj πάροινος τυγχάνει
ὧν, ἣ παράκοπος, ἢ τυφλός.

Ἢ δ᾽ αὖ δοξοκόπος τις ἄσμενος
γιγνόμενος περὶ τὰς ἀπορίας,
ὥστε αὑτῷ γε δοκεῖν τῶν δει-
νῶν 3 εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

Τὴν τοῦ μεγάλου δρῶν deh σο-
φίαν τὴν ἐν τῇ τοῦ av ρωπίνου
σώματος κατασκευῇ πρῶτος
ἐσκόπει ὁ Σωκράτης.

Ποῦ δή;

Πάρεστιν εὑρεῖν τοὺς περὶ τού-
του λόγους, ὅθεν δὴ ἐξεβλάσ-
τησεν 6 τε Παιλεῖος, καὶ ὁ
σύμπας λόχος τῶν Βριδγονατερ-
ἐζόντων, ἐν τοῖς ἀπομνημονεύ-
μασι τοῖς τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος.

Ἔν δὲ δὴ ταῖς τῆς κατασκευῆς
συναφαῖς ἐκπλήττομαι θαυμα-
σίαν πάνυ τῆς τε ῥώμης καὶ τῆς
ὑγρότητος κρᾶσιν.

οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ μέγιστον ἐμ-
ποιεῖ θαυμασμὸν ἡ ἣ τοῦ σώμα-
Tos κουφότης, καὶ ταῦτα“ ἐλ-
Kovros τοσαύτας λίτρας ἁδρᾶς
τε σαρκὸς καὶ πα ίων ὀστῶν.

Εὖ λέγεις" εἰ αὐτὴ γέ τοι ἡ ζωὴ
ἀίδιον θαῦμα παρίσταται τοῖς
συνετοῖς. ἜΜμοιγε ἐπέρχεται
ἐνίοτε θαῦμα εἶναι τὸ μὴ δεῖσθαι
ἡμᾶς ἰατροῦ ἅπαξ τῆς ἑβδομά-
δος, τοῦ συνδιορθοῦν τὰ ἔξαρ-
θρα ὀστᾶ.

1 οὐκ ἐσθ Grws—fiert non potest ut.—J. 817, 5.
2 Optative after ὅστις almost like εἴ rs whoever might happen to be,—

J. 831.

8 Greek partiality for the partitive. —J. 583; F. 46; C. 68, obs. 3, c.
4 καὶ ταῦτα, and that, quite as in English ; only in this and other uses
of neuter demonstratives the Greeks prefer the plural.

DIALOGUE NINTH. 41

But the circulation of the
blood and the sleepless

᾿ beating of the heart as-
tonishes me most of all.

And the pulses of the
blood, how regular they
are, and musical !

Most musical! All things in
the world, as Pythagoras
long ago declared, are
full of number, and num-
ber is always the work
of mind.

The wing of a bird has al-
Ways appeared to me a
most perfect contrivance.

On that point you could not
do better than read the
Duke of Argyll’s book on
the Reign of Law.

Though medicine is now
my profession, [ feel that
I have still a sort of in-
clination for these theo-
logical studies,

I am glad to hear that.
Theology is the eye of
Science. Ihave often won-
dered what could have
induced you to desert
your first love.

The Confession of Faith.
Tread the Bible carefully,
but unconsciously became
every day more hetero-
dox. .

Thatwasa misfortune; how-
ever, as Heraclitus says,

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἥ γε τοῦ αἵματος κυ-
κλοφορία, καὶ oi ἄνπνοι τῆς
καρδίας παλμοὶ πρὸ πάντων ποι-
oval με τεθηπέναι.

οἱ δὲ δὴ τοῦ αἵματος σφυγμοὶ
ἐν ταῖς φλεψὶν ὡς ἔμμετροί
εἶσι καὶ ἐμμελεῖς.
᾿Εμμελέστατοι. γάρ' εἴγε ἀριθ-
μοῦ πλήρη ἐστὶν ἅπαντα, ὡς
δὴ πάλαι ἀπεφήνατο ὁ Πυθα-
γόραο" ἀριθμὸς δὲ ὅπου ἂν
παρῇ, σημεῖόν ἐστι τοῦ ἐνυπάρ-
χοντος νοῦ.

Καὶ μὴν ἔμοιγε ἑκάστοτε τελειό-
τατον φαίνεται μηχάνημα αἱ
τῶν ὀρνίθων πτέρυγες.

Περί γε τούτου οὐ χεῖρον ἀνα-
γνῶναι ἅπερ συνέγραψεν ὁ ὁ τῆς
᾿Αργαθηλίας Δούκας ἐν βίβλῳ ἣ
ἐπιγράφεται ἡ ἡ τοῦ νόμου βασι-

εἰα.

Ἔγωγε, καίπερ νῦν δὴ τὰ ἰατρικὰ
ἐπαγγελλόμενος," σύνοιδα ῥέ-
mov που ἐπὶ τὰς θεολογικὰς
ταύτας θεωρίας.

e

Ἥσθην δ ἀκούων: εἴγε δὴ ὁ
ὀφθαλμὸς τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ἡ
θεολογία. Πολλάκις γοῦν ἐθαύ-
μασα τί παθὼν τὰ πρότερα
ἀπέλιπες παιδικά.

Τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ὀρθοδοξίας παρε-
ξέτραπέ με, τὰ παρὰ τοῖς Καλ-
βινισταῖς. ᾿Αδιαλείπτως γὰρ
ἐγκείμενος τῇ τῶν γραφῶν ἀν-
αγνώσει, ἔλαθον πορρωτέρω
ἀποκλίνων εἰς τὴν ἑτεροδοξίαν.

Οἰκτρὰ ταῦτα' λέγει μέντοι ὁ

Ἡράκλειτος ὡς τὸ κακὸν ἀεὶ.

1 Although—hest rendered by καίπερ with a participle, when the clause
refers to the same subject as the principal clause, otherwise with ei xa’. —

J. 697; F. 246; C. 46, b, 93, obs.

2 Aor. for present with certain verbs.—P. 18, note 1, supra.

42 DIALOGUE NINTH.

Evil has no more intim-
ate companion than Good.
You are now not only a
theologian, but a physi-
cian ; a perfect man both
for soul and body. I
wish all our doctors
were as deeply read in
the Bible as in the Phar-
macopeeia, and then they
would know how to deal
with a curious compound
creature, whose soul as
often deranges his body
as his body disturbs the
free action of his soul.—
But the bell rings; I see
the Professor coming,
and must go to the
lecture.

ἑταιρότατον ἔχει τὸ ἀγαθόν" Kat
νῦν δὴ ἀποβέβηκας σύγε, πρὸς
τῷ ἰατρὸς eivat,' καὶ θεολόγος"
ἀνὴρ δηπον τέλειος, καὶ σώματι
καὶ Ψψύχῃ τετράγωνος. βου-
λοίμην ἂν ἐγὼ πᾶσι τοῖς ᾿Ασ-
κληπιάδαις οὐχ ἧττον ἐγκε-
χρῶσθαι τὰς γραφὰς ἣ τὴν

αρμακοποιίαν: οὕτως δὴ εἰκὸς
εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς ὅπως δεῖ μετα-
χειρίζεσθαι σύνθετόν τι καὶ οὐ
τῶν τυχόντων θρέμμα, οὗ δὴ ἡ
ψῦχὴ τοσάκις. τὸ σῶμα ταράτ-
τει ὁσάκις τὸ σῶμα τὴν τῆς
ψυχῆς αὐτοκίνησιν ἐμποδίζει.
᾿Ατὰρ ἠχεῖ ὁ κώδων" ὁρῶ ἐρχό-
μενον τὸν καθηγητὴν, καὶ ἀνάγ-
κη παρεῖναι τῇ ἀκροᾶσει.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

To build into an organism—8.apOpdm. Beak—padpdos, -ovs,
τὸς <A beard—raywr, -wvos, 6. Cartilage—ydvdpos, -ov, 6.
To distort—oaorpépw. Digestion—reéyis, -ews, 7. To ex-
pectorate—ypéeprropa. Forefinger—Arxavés, 6. Function—
πρᾶξις, ἐνέργεια. To grow out of—drodvopa. Gullet—
στόμαχος, -ov, 6. Hip joint—xorvaAn, ns, ἡ. Hooked—ypumds.
Intestines—ra ἔντερα. Joint—dpOpov, -ov, τό. Jugular
vein—ogayn, -ἣς,ἡ. Kidneys—vepoi,-oi. Lungs—nvevpov,
-ovos, 6. Membrane—ipny, -évos, 6. A moustache—puoraé,
-axos, 6. Ringlets—m)dxapos, -ov, 6. Secretion—é€xxpiots,
-ews, 7. Shoulder-blade—apomAarn, -ns, 7. The skull—xpa-
viov, -ov, τό. Spinal marrow—é νωτιαῖος μνελός. To spit—
πτύω. Suture—pagdy, -ἣς, 7. Snub—oipds. Thumb—
ἀντίχειρ, -etpos, 6. Wrinkle—puris, -idos, 7. Wrist—xap-
πός, -οὔ, ὁ.

1 Nominat. before infin.. caused by attraction of the nominative of
principal subject in the leading clause.—J. 672; F. 229; C. 66, obs.

43

DIALOGUE TENTH.

ON PLANTS, TREES, AND
FLOWERS.

I had a beautiful walk to-
day along the banks of
8 winding brook near
Joppa.

It was indeed a glorious
day !

The banks were all studded
with spring flowers.

Next week the Botanical
classes will be opened:
do you mean to join ?

Certainly. Botany is in
my opinion the most
delightful of the natural
sciences. Besides, the ex-
cursions lead the students
into the most lovely re-
gions, and are favourable
to health.

I thought Botany was
studied only by the Medi-
cals.

Quite a mistake ; do you
think flowers have no
interest to ἃ wise man,
except when they furnish
drugs to the apothecary ?

TA ®YTA, TA AENAPA, KAI
TA ANOH.

*Ervyxavoy σήμερον περίπατον
περιπατῶν εὖ μάλα τερπνὸν
κατὰ τὰς ὄχθας πολυκαμποῦς
ποταμίσκου ἐγγὺς τῆς ᾿Ιόππης.

Εὐδία γάρ τοι ἦν πάνυ θεία.

Διειλημμέναι ἤδη ἦσαν αἱ ὄχθαι
ἄνθεσιν ἐαρινοῖς.

Τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ἑβδομάδι ἄρξονται
αἱ ἀκροᾶσεις αἱ περὶ τῆς βοτα-
νικῆς. "Apa γε θέλεις μετέ-
χειν;

Παντάπᾶσι μὲν οὖν. Ἔστι γὰρ
87, κατ᾽ ἐμὴν γε γνώμην ἡ βοτα-
νικὴ συμπασῶν τῶν ἐπιστημῶν
ἡ μεγίστην φέρουσα fi eg

ὡς τε καὶ διὰ τὸ ποιεῖν
πλανᾶσθαι τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐξι-
χνιάζοντας τὰς βοτάνας, κατὰ
παγκάλους τόπους-- ὅπερ δὴ
οὐκ ὀλίγον συμβάλλεται πρὸς
τὴν ὑγίειαν.

φήθην ἔγωγε τὴν βθοτανικὴν
περισπόυδαστον εἶναι τοῖς
τὴν ἰατρικὴν ἐπαγγελλομένοις
μόνοις.

Ταῦτά γε θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἥμαρ-
τες. Μῶν σύ γε ὡς τῶν ἀνθέων
μηδὲν ἐχόντων; ψυχαγωγικὸν,
μὴ πορίζοντων γε φάρμακα
τῷ φαρμακοπώλῃ οὕτως ἔχεις
τὴν γνώμην ;

1 ὡς with gen. particip. for accus. with infin.—P. 34, note 2, supra.

44 DIALOGUE TENTH.

No; but Botany always
seemed to me a trifling
study.

It is trifling only to the
superficial, who content
themselves with learning
by heart a roll of Latin
names. The structure
and growth of plants is a
subject worthy of the
profoundest study.

The Linnean system I
cannot but think some-
what arbitrary and arti-
ficial.

So it is; but it is, likea
dictionary of words in
alphabetical order, more
useful, if not so scientific.

A flower-garden seems to
me a brilliant confusion.

There is no confusion in
nature. A child might
distinguish a monocotyle-
donous plant from a dico-
tyledonous by the mere
look.

What do you mean by
monocotyledonous ?

I mean plants that have
only one seed-lobe. Most
plants have two, which
you will see when the
plant first appears above
ground in growing.

Ἥκιστά γε. ἡ δὲ βοτανικὴ πάλαι
ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ μικρολογίᾳ τινὶ
ἐνέχεσθαι.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν μικρολογίαν γε οὐκ
ἔχει, εἰ [ μὴ τοῖς ἐπιπολαίοις τῶν
περὶ αὐτὴν γιγνομένων, ὅσοι δὴ
ἀγαπῶσι * Ῥωμαικῶν τινων ὀνομ-
άτων πίνακα ἀποστοματίζοντες.
Ἡ δὲ τῶν φυτῶν κατασκευὴ
καὶ αὔξησις πρᾶγμά ἐστιν ἀξιο-
σπούδαστον καὶ τοῖς σοφωτά-
τοις.

Τὴν δὲ τοῦ Λιψναίου καλουμένην
μέθοδον οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως οὐκ ἂν
ἡγοίμην ἐπιτέχνητον πὼς εἶναι
καὶ πλαστήν.
᾿Αληθῆ ταῦτα' ἡ δὲ μέθοδος αὕτη,
καθάπερ λεξικὸν συντάσσον τὰ
ὀνόματα κατὰ στοιχεῖον, εἰ μὴ
εἰς τοσοῦτον τεχνικῆ ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽
ὠφελιμωτέρα γε.

Κῆπός γε δὴ λαμπρόν μοι ἑκάσ-
τοτε φαίνεται μῖγμα.
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἡ φύσις οὐ προσΐεται
εἰκαῖον μῖγμα οὐδέν. Τὰ γε

, μονοκοτυληδονικὰ τῶν φυτῶν
καὶ νήπιος, προσβλέψας μόνον,
ῥᾳδίως ἂν διακρίνοι.

Τοῦτο δὲ τί βούλεται, τὸ μονο-
κοτυληδονικόν ; 2

Φυτὰ λέγω ὅσαϊ ἕν μόνον ἔ ἔχει
φύλλον σπερμοφυὲς ἤ ἤγουν λο-
βόν. Τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα τῶν φυ-
τῶν δισσοὺς ἔ ἔχει τοὺς λοβοὺς,
avs δὴ πάρεστιν ἰδεῖν ὅτανϑ
αὐξανόμενον τὸ φυτὸν ἀναφύη-
ται εἰς τὸ φῶς.

1 Pres. for ἃ past continued into the present.—J. 396, 2 ; F. 138;

C. 84, b.

2 ὅσα used for a, after mas, ἄλλος, and plurals generally, to direct atten-
tion to the individuals of a mass.—C. 67.

8 ὅταν with subj., not ὅτε, because not one definite act, but an action
that may occur at any time, or recurs at definite times.—J. 841, 2; F. 188;

C. 92, Ὁ.

DIALOGUE TENTH.

What kind of plants are
monocotyledonous ?

Grasses, lilies, and palm-
trees.

To what class do wheat
and barley belong ?

They are grasses.
Which of the Scottish
trees do you like best ?
The birch is my favourite.
On the banks of the
rushing Highland rivers
in May it flings the
breath of Paradise about
me.

You speak like a poet.

Flowers and trees are the
poetry of the Earth. I
wish my thoughts were
always as sweet as the
birch and as bright as
the rose.

I am very fond of the ash,
though it is rather late
in unfolding its tresses.

Why?
Because in Scotland ash-
trees were generally

planted beside the lone
cottages in the beautiful
green glens.

You are right; I have
often seen these ashes,
but they rather make me
sad.

How 803

Because they show where
men once had happy
hearths, but where be-
neath the old ash-tree
there are now only stones
and nettles.

45

Ta δὲ ποῖα φυτὰ συντελεῖ εἰς τὰ
μονοκοτυληδονικά;

"Oca ποῶν γένη σύμπαντα, τά
τε κρίνα καὶ αἱ φοίνϊκες.

Ὃ δὲ δὴ πῦρὸς καὶ ἡ κριθὴ, τίνα
οἰκειοῦνται χώραν;

Δῆλον ὅτι τῶν ποῶν εἶσιν.

Σὺ dé rev ἐν Καληδονίᾳἐπιχωρίων
δένδρων τί μάλιστα ἀγαπᾶς;
Ὑπεραγαπῶ τὴν σημύδαν, ἣ γε
ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις τῶν
βιαίῳ ῥεουσῶν ῥεύματι χαρα-
δρῶν" φθίνοντος τοῦ Θαργηλιῶ-
νος ἀμφιβάλλει μοι πνοὴν τινα

ὡσπερανεὶ τοῦ Παραδείσου.

Ποιητικῶς πως λέγεις.

Ἔστι μέντοι τὰ ἄνθη καὶ τὰ δέν-
dpa ποίησίς τις τῆς γῆς. "Α-
σμενος δεχοίμην ἂν τὰ vonpara -
μου ἀεὶ οὕτως ἔχειν ἡδέα, ὡς
ἡ σημύδα, καὶ λαμπρά ὡς τὸ
ῥόδον.

᾿Εγὼ ὑπερφνῶς ἥδομαι τῇ μελίᾳ
καίπερ βραδύτερον; ἀναπτυσ-
σούσῃ τὴν φόβην.

Διὰ τί;

Διότι κατὰ τήν γε Καληδονίαν
τὰς μελίας ἐφύτευον παρὰ καλύ-
βαις μονήρεσιν ἐν ταῖς εὐχλόοις
βήσσαις τῆς ὀρεινῆς.

᾿Ορθῶς λέγεις" τὰς μελίας ταύ-
τας πολλάκις μὲν ἐθεασάμην,
λύπην δὲ μᾶλλον ἐπέβαλον μοι
ἘΠΕ
ὁρῶντι.

Πῶς τοῦτο λέγεις ;

Μνημεῖα γάρ πὼς ἐστὶ τῶν ἀν-
θρώπων οἱ πάλαι μὲν ἐνταῦθα
ἱλαραῖς ἐχρῶντο ταῖς ἑστίαις,
ὅπου τὰ νῦν λίθοι μόνον
φαίνονται καὶ ἀκαλήφαι.

1 Comp. rather, somewhat ; i.e., slower than other trees.—J. 784 ; F. 70;

C. 28, ¢.

46 DIALOGUE TENTH.

_ That is true; but I never
indulge sad thoughts.

You are ἃ philosopher,

perhaps ; I am a man,
and must weep some-
times. Ubi solitudinem
faciunt, pacem appellant.
Alas! the poor High-
landers.

The Highlanders will be
happier perhaps in Ame-
rica.

Perhaps! Only Scotland
will be poorer. But let us
dropthissubject. Though
you are not a student of
medicine, come with me
to the Botanic Garden.

Right gladly; and perhaps
I may join the class.

You could not possibly do
a wiser thing. It will
deliver you from the
smell of books, and mid-
night oil, which is ex-
tremely unhealthy. Come
along !

᾿Αληθῆ λέγεις" πλὴν ἔγωγε τοῖς
ἀλγεινοῖς ov φιλῶ ἐνδοῦναι δια-
λογισμοῖς.

Φιλόσοφος δήπουθεν σύγε'
ἐμὲ δὲ, ἅτε ἄνθρωπον, κλαίειν
ἀνάγκη ἐνίοτε. “ Ubi solitu-
dinem faciunt, pacem appel-
lant.” ed, ped τῶν ὀρειτῶν
τῶν ταλαιπώρων. ἷ

Τοῖς γε ὀρείταις τάχ᾽ ἂν γένοιτο
μείζων ἡ εὐημερία ἐν τῇ ᾽Αμε-
ρικῇ.

Εἰκότως" ἡ δὲ Καληδονία ἐνδε-
εστέρα γενήσεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀφείσ-
θω ταῦτα. Σὺ δὲ δὴ, καίπερ οὐ
περὶ ἰατρικὴν σπουδάζων, συνα-
κολούθει μοι εἰς τὸν βοτανικὸν
κῆπον. ᾿

3
Acpevas μὲν οὖν" καὶ δὴ καὶ

ἐγκαταλεγῆναί με τῷ τῶν βο-
τανιζόντων λόχῳ συμφιλοσο-
φοῦντά σοι οὐδὲν ἀπίθανον.
Οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως σοφώτερόν τι
ἂν πράξειας. Οἵα γὰρ ἡ περὶ
τὰς βοτάνας μελέτη σῶσαι σε
ἀπὸ τῆς ὀδμῆς τῆς τῶν μῦδα-
λέωνβίβλων καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἔλαδίον
τοῦ μεσονυκτίου ἣ δὴ βλάβην
ἐπιφέρει τοῖς σώμασιν οὐ σμικ-
‘pav. 1θι νυν.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.
Agaric—dyapixdy, τό. An artichoke—xwapa, -as, ἡ. Bed-

straw—yaXiov, -ov, τό.
Kuaveos.
-0v, TO.

ὁ. Cotton—BapBaxiov, -ov, τό.
Cresses—xdpdapoy, -ov, τό.
Dock—vAazraboy, -ov, τό.
Fern—nrepis, -idos, ἡ. Flea-bane—xévv{a,
Flower’s head, cluster of flowers—xdpupBos, -ov, ὁ.

θεμον, -ov, τό.
κισσος, -ου, ὁ.
πάππος, -ου, ὃ.

“nS UE

Greyish blue—yAavxds.

Comfrey—ovpouroy, -ov, τό.

Beet—revdrAoyv, του, τό. Blue—

Celandine—yerddnov,
Cork—qedXds, -ov,
Corn marigold— χρυσάν-
Daffodil—vdp-
Down on seeds—

1 Genitive of source of emotion.—J. 489; F. 45; 0. 87.
2 οἷος, with infin., is—of such a nature as to.—J. 666, 1 ; O. 30, obs. e.

DIALOGUE ELEVENTH. 47

Garlic—oxdpodor, -ov, τό. Green—xAwpéds. Heath—épeixn,
ns, 4. Honeysuckle—epexdrAvpevov, -ov, τό. Horsetail—
ἵππουρις, -ἰδος, 7. Juniper—dapxevbos, ov, ἧ. St. John’s
wort—imépixov, -ov, τόξς The kernel—supny, -ῆνος, ὁ.
King’s-spear—aogddedos, -ov, 6. Husk or shell—xedvgn,
-ns, 7. Larkspur—éeAginoy, -ov, rd. Large and ample—
ἀμφιλαφής. Leek—mpdooy, -ov, τό. Lettuce—O@pidaxivn,
-ns, 9. Leaves, to οαϑὺ---φυλλοβολέω. Marjoram—dpiyavoy,
-ov, τό. Meadow-rue—6@ad«xrpor, -ov, τό. Mint—ndvocpoyr,
κου, T6. Mistletoe—ifds, -ov, 6. Mustard—varv, -vos, τό.
Nut—xapvoy, ov, τό. Peas—rigoyp, -ov, τό. Sea-kail—xpayBn
θαλασσία. Seed—ozéppa, -aros, rd. Snapdragon—drrippt-
νον, -ov, τό. Southernwood—d8pérovov, ov, τό. Stock gilly-
flower—)evkdiov, -ov, τός Monkshood—dxdviroy, -ov, τό.
Wormwood—dyiv6cor, -ov, τό.

DIALOGUE ELEVENTH.

ON ROCKS, STONES, AND THE
STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH.

What shall we do now
that the winter is over?

When the flowers bloom,
I study Botany.

And I Geology.

Surely living flowers are
more worthy of study
than dead stones.

I think not; books also
are dead, but though dead
they are full of wise dis-
course.

But what can a barren
rock say ?

If you attend, I will tell
you.

Well, proceed.

IIETPAI, AIOOI, KAI H ΤΗΣ
ΤῊΣ KATAZKEYH.

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς τί ποτε χρὴ πράτ-
τειν, παρελθόντος ἤδη τοῦ χει-
μῶνος;

Ἐγὼ, ἅμαϊ ἀνθοῦσι τοῖς ἄνθεσι
τὰ περὶ τὰς βοτάνας μελετῶ.
Ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν τῆς γῆς κατασκευήν.
Καὶ μὴν τά γε ζῶντα ἄνθη τῆς
σπουδῆς ἀξιώτερά που ἐστὶν ἢ

οἱ ἄψῦχοι λίθοι.

Οὐ σύμφημι: εἴγε δὴ καὶ αἱ
βίβλοι ἀψῦχοι μέν εἰσι, σοφῶν
δὲ λόγων πληθύουσι.

Πέτρα δὲ δὴ γυμνὴ καὶ ἄκαρπος
τί ποτ᾽ ἂν φαίη ; 3
Λέξω, εἰ βούλει προσέχειν.

Λέγε δή.

1 ἅμα with the dat. for as soon as.—J. 699.
2 ἂν with opt. expressing possibility.—J. 425 ; F. 177 ; C. 43, Ὁ, 2.

48

The rock is full of stereo-
type forms from the most
ancient times.

What types do you mean ?
I never saw them.

If you go into a quarry,
and cleave the stones, you
may stumble on them
without difficulty.

I never found any in the
granite quarries at Aber-
deen.

I am not surprised; there
are none in granite: but
what Xenophanes found
five hundred years before
Christ in the quarries of
Syracuse, and in the flags
of Malta, you may tind in
the coal layers of Scot-
land—at Dunfermline
perhaps, or Tranent. Of
course you have heard of
the Old Red?

O yes; and seen it too!

Where?

At Thurso.

Well; the Thyrso flags are
full of all sorts of impres-
sions of strange antedi-
luvian fish.

Were they drowned in the
Flood ?

In the mud certainly ; and
their bodies remain, like
a seal stamped in the
rock.

DIALOGUE ELEVENTH.

Πλήθνουσι yap ai πέτραι orepe-
ὧν τινων τύπων πάνυ ὠγνγίων.

Τοὺς ποίους λέγεις τύπους; οὐ
γάρ ποτε ἔμοιγε ἤδη εἰς τὴν
ὄψιν εἰσέπεσον.

Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὰ
μέταλλα, καὶ τοὺς λίθους κατα-
σχίσας, εὑρήσεις τοὺς τοιού-
τους" πρόχειροι γάρ.

Ἔν τοῖς γε τοῦ γρανίτου μετάλ-
λοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αβερδονίαν
οὐδενὶ οὐδέποτε τοιουτοτρόπῳ
περιέπεσον τύπῳ.

Οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν: ἄκαρπος γὰρ
τῶν τοιούτων ὁ γρανίτης" ἀλλ᾽
ὅμως ἅπερ ὁ Ἐενοφάνης ὁ ἀκ-
μάσας φ΄ ἔτη πρὸ τῆς ἐνσάρκου
οἰκονομίας εὗρεν ἐν ταῖς τῶν
Συρακουσῶν λατομίαις καὶ ταῖς
τῆς Μελίτης πλαξὶ, ταῦτα δὴ
εὕροις ἂν 1 ἐν τοῖς καταχθονίοις
τοῦ ἄνθρακος καταστρώμασι
παρὰ τῷ Δουμφερμλίνῳ εἰκό-
τως, ἢ τῷ Τρανέντῳ. ᾿Αμέλει
ἥκει πού σοι εἰς τὴν ἀκοὴν ἡ

4 ς »
lag ἢ καλουμένη παλαιερυ-
ά.

Πὼς γὰρ οὔ ; καὶ εἶδον πρός.

Ποῦ γῆς;

Ἔν Θυρσώνι.

Καὶ γὰρ αἱ πλάκες παμμεγέθεις
ai τοῦ Θυρσῶνος ἀθρόους παρ-
έχουσι τοὺς τύπους ἰχθύων τιν-
ὧν πάνυ Κρονίων καὶ προσελή-
νων.

"Ap οὖν ἐπνίγη ἐν τῷ κατακλυσ-

pe τὰ ἰχθύδια;

Ἔν τῷ πηλῷ μᾶλλον ἣ ἐν τῷ
πελάγει: τὰ δὲ σώματα διαμέ-
νει, καθάπερ ἐκ σημάντρου τύποι

σι 3 ‘
ἐναργῶς ἐσφραγισμένοι εἰς τὴν

πέτραν.

1 Opt. with ἂν for licet.

DIALOGUE ELEVENTH.

What kind of fishes are
found there ?

Strange creatures with
wings and bright glanc-
ing scales, whence they
are called ganoid fishes.

Are there any other crea-
tures besides fishes found
in the rocks ?

O yes! In the limestone
rocks of England all sorts
of monsters—winged liz-
ards, crocodiles, all sorts
of serpents, gigantictoads,
mammoths, mastodons,
and what not. I have
seen them myself.

Where, I pray ?

In the Crystal Palace.

Oh! mere imitations,

Yes; but I have seen the
real creatures also at
Lyme Regis, at York, and
in various parts of Eng-
land.

Do you mean to make a
geological tour this sum-
mer?

Certainly; with hammer
in hand, from Gretna
Green to John O’Groat’s
House, I will knock these
strange monsters out of
their coffins.

And when you return will
you show me the booty?

Of course; and give you
part of it too—that is,

. provided you promise
mever again to talk
against geology.

49

Ta ποῖα εὑρίσκεται ἐνταῦθα ἰχθύ-
δια;

Θρέμματα δὴ ἐξηλλαγμένα πάνυ
καὶ ἄτοπα, πτέρυγας ἔχοντα καὶ
λεπίδας στιλβουσας, ὅθεν δὴ
γανοειδὲς ὀνομάζεται τὸ γένος.

᾿Αρά γε “παρὰ τοὺς ἰχθὺς ἄλλ᾽
ἅττα εὑρίσκεται θρέμματα ἐν
ταῖς πέτραις ;

Καὶ μάλα ye: ἐν ταῖς πέτραις τῆς
᾿Αγγλίας ταῖς τιτανώδεσι παν-
τοδυπὰ εὑρίσκεται θρέμματα,
οἷον σαῦραι, κροκόδειλοι, δρά-
κοντες πολύτροποι, φύσαλοί
τινες γιγάντειοι, τὰ ὑὕπερμε-
γέθη μαμμώθια, μετὰ τῶν μασ-
τοδόντων, καὶὅσα τοιᾶυτα. Ἑ ὠ-
ρᾶκα αὐτὸς τὰ τέρατα ταῦτα.

Ποῦ" ἀντιβολῶ σε.

Ἔν τοῖς ὑαλίνοις βασιλείοις.

Μιμήματα λέγεις.

Μιμήματα: οὐ μὴν ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὰ
ἔτυχον ἰδὼν τὰ θηρία, ἐν τῇ
πόλει Λαιμρῆγις, ἐν ᾿Εβοράκῳ,
καὶ ἄλλοθι κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αγγλίαν.

4 3 Φ 3 ~ .ἢ “

Ap οὖν ἐν νῷ ἔχεις πορείαν πο-
ρεύεσθαι γεωλογικὴν, κατὰ τὸ
ἐπιγιγνόμενον θέρος ; 7

Παντάπᾶσι μὲν οὖν' καὶ yap τὴν
σφῦραν ἐχων ἐντῇ χειρὶ, βαδίζων
ἀπὸ τοῦ Τρετναλειμῶνος μέχρι
πρὸς τὸ ᾿Ιωάννου Tpwrov οἰκί-
διον ἐκκρούσω τὰ παράδοξα
ταῦτα θηρία ἐκ τῶν νεκροθηκῶν.

Καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐπιστρέψας ἔμοιγε
δείξειας ἂν τὰιλάφῦρα ;

᾿Αμέλει γοῦν, καὶ δωρήσομαι
πρός: emt) τοῖςδε ὥστε ὑποσ-
χέσθαι σε μήποτε μηδαμῶς μη-
δὲν λέγειν, φαυλίζοντα τὴν Τεω-

᾿ λογικήν.

1 ἐπί with dat. for conditions of a bargain.—J. 688, 8; F. 86; C. 88, obs.

10 Ὁ, 98",

o

D

50
That I do;

sermons in stones.

you have
taught me how to find

DIALOGUE TWELFTH.

Κείσθω ταῦτα" καὶ γὰρ ἐδίδαξάς
με καὶ ἐν τοῖς λίθοις εὑρεῖν
λόγους.

And good in everything, I Kai δὴ καὶ ἐν ἅπᾶσιν τὸ ἀγαθὸν,

hope.—Farewell !

ὡς ἐλπίζω ye. "Ἔρρωσο.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Agate—dyarns, -ov, ὁ.

Arsenic, red—oavdapaxn, -ns, 7.
του, 6. Calamy white—oppdrv§, -vyos, 7. Copper, oxide
Carbonate of soda — — αίτρον, νίτρον,

Litharge—Adpyvpos, -ov, 7. Loadstone—Hpak-

of — Aeris χαλκοῦ.

.ου, τό.

Alkaline, ashes—xovia, “ας, ἧ.

Blood-stone— αἱματίτης,

λεία λίθος, 7. Orpiment—dpoenxdy, -ου, τό. Petrifaction—

ἀπολίθωσις, “EWS, i

Pumice—xionpts, -ews, 7.

Silex—

χάλιξ, -ἰκος, dandy. Foliated sulphate of lime—ceAnvirns

λίθος.

Sulphurate of ἱγοη-- πυρίτης, -ov, 6. Inlaid with
precious stones—ABoxddAnros.

A vein—dagun, -ijs, ἡ.

DIALOGUE TWELFTH.

ON CHEMISTRY.

Well! I see you are just
come from the Chemistry
class ; what did the Pro-
fessor say ?

He said that chemistry
was the most interesting
of the sciences.

This is the old adage; all
shopmen praise their own
wares.

Yes ; no doubt he naiped
his subj ect that the stu-
dents might take an in-
terest in it; but I agree
with him it is both in-
teresting and useful.

Would it were also pleas-

ΠΈΡΙ XHMEIAZ.

᾿Αλλὰ σύγε ἄρτι ἥκεις ἐκ τοῦ
ἀκροατηρίου τῆς χημείας: τί
δὴ λέγων ἐτύγχανεν ὁ καθηγη-
τῆς ;

Τὴν χημείαν ,ἀπεφαίνετο παρ᾽
ας ἐπιστήμας ἔχειν τὸ ἐπα-
ωὡγόν.

Τοῦτο δὴ τὸ τῆς παροιμίας" ἕκασ-

τος ἐγκωμιάζει τὰ ἐν αὑτοῦ
καπηλείῳ κάπηλος.

Ἔπῇνει γάρ τοι περὶ οὗ ὅ λόγος

ἣν αὐτῷ, ἵνα δὴ οἱ μαθηταὶ
σπουδαίως περὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα
σπουδάζοιεν" a karari-
θεμαι αὐτῷ ἐπαγωγὸν φάσκοντι

εἶναι τὴν bas ταντηνὶ καὶ
ησίμην.
ie καὶ ὡσαύτως εἴη τερπνή.-

DIALOGUE TWELFTH.

ant ! but the smells are
often hateful; and last
year I was almost choked
with chlorine gas, which
my cousin Tom, dabbling
in these matters, was
preparing,—burning my
finger also at the same
time severely with phos-
phorus.

No doubt great care is
necessary in performing
experiments. I observed
that whenever the Profes-
sor handled phosphorus
he was particularly care-
ful, and sometimes used
@ small pincers,

I understand chemistry
is altogether a modern
science.

Yes; Empedocles taught
that there were four
elements, where now
chemists number about
sixty simple bodies.

What were the elements
of Empedocles ?

Whatevery one knows: air,
fire, earth, and water, —
which are all compounds.

Is water not an element?

Certainly not; it is com-
posed of one volume of
oxygen and two of hydro-
gen,—a liquid made up
of two gases.

δ]

ἀλλὰ μὴν αἵ γε ὀσμαὶ βδελυ-
κταί τινές εἶσιν: καὶ μὴν καὶ
πέρυσι παρὰ μικρὸν ἀπεπνίγην
τῇ τοῦ χλωρίου ἀτμίδι, ἣν
παρακευάζων ἐτύγχανε Θωμα-
σίδιον ὁ ἀνεψιός μου, τῶν τοι-
οὕτων δήπου ἀκροθιγῶς ἅπτό-
μενος, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῷ φωσ-

ὅρῳ τὸν δάκτυλον καυσάμενος
ὀδυνηρῶς.

᾿Αμέλει μεγίστην δεῖ ἐπιμέλειαν
ποιεῖσθαι ὅσοι ἂν εἰς διάπειραν
ἴωσι τῶν στοιχείων. Tlapedpv-
λαττον ἐγὼ τὸν καθηγητὴν ὁσά-
κις τοῦ ye φωσφόρου πεῖραν λά-
Bot} πάντα διὰ ἀκριβοῦς πράτ-
τοντα εὐλαβείας, καὶ δὴ καὶ
ἐνίοτε ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ μικράν τινα
ἔχοντα λαβίδα.

Τὴν χημείαν φασὶ τῶν πάνυ
νεοκτίστων ἐπιστημῶν εἶναι"
οὐχ οὕτως;

Οὕτως" ὁ γοῦν Ἐμπεδοκλῆς φορ-
τικῶς που διισχυρίσατο τέτταρα
εἶναι τὰ τῶν ὅλων στοιχεῖα,ὅπου
γε τὰ νῦν οἱ τεχνικοὶ ὡς ἑξή-
κοντα ἐξαριθμοῦνται τὰ πρῶτα
σωμάτια.

Τὰ δὲ τέτταρα ταῦτα ποῖά τινα
ἦν, τὰ TOU Ἐμπεδοκλέους ;

ἽΑπερ δὴ καὶ νήπιος ἂν φαίη,
δηλαδὴ ὁ ἀὴρ, τὸ πῦρ, ἡ γῆ,
καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ.

Exeivo* λέγεις, ὡς οὐδὲ τοῦ ὕδα-
τος στοιχείου ὄντος ;

Πῶς γάρ' εἴγε δὴ σύνθετόν ἐστι
τὸ ὕδωρ, ἐκ ἑνὸς μὲν μεγέθους
τοῦ ὀξυγόνον, δυεῖν δὲ τοῦ
ὑδρογόνου, ὑγρὸν δήπου ἐκ δυεῖν
συνεστηκὸς ἀέρων.

3

1 Arecurrent action, in past time, preceded by ὅτε, ὁσάκις, ὅς, ὅστις, etc,
takes the opt.—J. 843 ; F. 188 ; C. 40, 1 Ὁ.

3 ἐκεῖνο like illud in Latin, often used for τόδε or τάδε to emphasize what
is immediately to be mentioned—J. 657 ; F. 101; C. 80, 6.

52 DIALOGUE TWELFTH.

But the air we breathe, I
presume, is quite simple.

By no means; the air is a
mixture of four-fifths of
a dull inert gas called
nitrogen, and one-fifth of
an active vital element
called oxygen.

You astonish me! What
do your modern wise
men make of fire ?

Fire is not matter ; it isa
motion. You may pro-
duce heat by simple fric-
tion, and elicit sparks by
striking the pavement
with your heel. The
Professor said it was
necessary for so much
dull nitrogen to be in
the air in order that the
energetic oxygen might
not burn us all up.

Oh, wonderful! I shall cer-
tainly join the chemistry
class with you, in spite
of the sulphuretted hy-

drogen and the other
Tartarean exhalations.

You are wise. A man
should notbe toosensitive
about smells, especially
in Edinburgh. Come
with me, and I will show

‘you how to prepare oxy-
gen from black oxide of

‘O δὲ ἀήρ που, ᾧ χρώμεθα ἀνα-
πνέοντες, ἁπλοῦς ἐν τοῖς μά-
λιστα.

οὐ ) δῆτα' σύνθετον γάρ τοι ὁ ἀὴρ,
οἷα δὴϊ συγκείμενος ἐκ τεττάρων
μὲν͵ πε πτημορίων ἀργοῦ τινος
καὶ νωθροῦ ἀέρος ¢ ᾧ τοὔνομα wer
ρογόνον, ἑνὸς δὲ πεμπτημορίου
στοιχείου μάλα δραστηρίου καὶ
ζωτικοῦ, καλουμένου ὀξυγόνον.

Θαυμάσια λέγεις" ἀτὰρ περὶ τοῦ
πυρὸς τί ποτε λέγετε ὑμεῖς, οἱ
νῦν σοφισταί;

Τάδε λέγομεν, ,τό γε πῦρ οὐδὲν
ἔχειν ὑλικὸν, κίνησιν γὰρ εἶναι.
Ἔστι μέντοι ἀποτελεῖν τὸ θερ-
μὸν ψιλῇ τῇ ecw τ καὶ δὴ καὶ
σπιν npas ἐξέλκειν τῇ πτέρνῃ
ἐκκρούοντα τοὺς πλάκας κατὰ
τὴν ὁδόν. Τῆς δὲ τοιαύτης Kivn-
σεως αἴτιον γίγνεται τὸ ὀξυγό-
ον. "Ey id ὁ a ἀράς ΜΛ
ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ὄγκον verpoydvou
τηλικοῦτον ἐ ἐνυπάρχειν τῷ ἀέρι,
ἵνα δὴ μὴ καταφλεχθῇ τὸ τῶν
ὅλων σύνταγμα διὰ τὸ λίαν
ἐνεργητικὸν τοῦ ὀξυγόνονυ.

Θαυμάσια λέγεις" βούλομαι, τῷ
ὄντι, συμφιλοσοφεῖν c σοι περὶ
τὴν χημείαν, βίᾳ τῶν ἀπο-
τροπαίων δυσωδιῶν, τῶν τε GA-
λων, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῦ ὑδρογόνου
τοῦ ἀποτεθειωμένον.

Σοφὸς ouye ταῦτα λέγων" οὐ
γὰρ δεῖ περὶ τὰς ὀσμὰς ὀξυ-
παθέστερον ἔχειν: ἄλλως τε
καὶ ἐν ᾿Εδιναπόλει. Τοιγαροῦν
ἀκολουθήσας μοι ὄψει πῶς δεῖ
ποιεῖν τὸ ἀξυγόνον ἐκ τοῦ μέλα-
vos ὀξειδίον τοῦ μαγγανησίου"

1 οἷα δή, like ἅτε δή ; above, p. 29.

2 ἔχειν, with an adverb, to be in any state or condition of mind or
body, like didxetwas.—J. 528; C. 74, obs.

DIALOGUE THIRTEENTH. 53

manganese; and then ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ' ἐπτοημένος
your eyes shall bedazzled τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, ὑπερλάμπρας
with some brilliant com- τινὰς τῶν πυριφλέκτων στοιχεί-
bustion. ITamacunning wy μαρμαρυγὰς θεώμενος, συν-
old fox, andknow howto θαμβήσεις. Kat yap ποικίλος
handle both chlorine and ἐγὼ, ἔν ye τούτοις, ἀλώπηξ, καὶ
oxygen.—Come along ! οἷος μεταχειρίζεσθαι τὸ τε χλώ-

ριον καὶ τὸ φωσφόρον εὖ μάλα

τεχνικῶς" Ἴωμεν.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES,

Affinity— συγγένεια, -as, 7. Alumina — ἄργιλλος, 7.
Alum—orummpia, -as, 7. Carbon—7 ἀνθρακικὴ ὕλη. Car-
bonicacid— ἀνθρακικὸν ὀξύ. Condensation— ἐπιπύκνωσις,-εως,
9. Crucible—ywrviov,-ov,rd. Decoction—agpénza, -ατος, τό.
Disengage or liberate—eéxAvew. Ductility—dAxiudrns, -nros,
ἧ. To distil—dmrogradd(w. To dissolve—8iadktw. Expan-
sion—é€xracts, -ews, 7. Fixed—€ppovos. Glass versel
shaped like a gourd—ovxva, -as, 7. Laughing gas—mpo-
τοξείδιον τοῦ νιτρογόνου. ΜΛ ΔΝ τ AH as alent
τοῦ, 6. To melt—rnxoptau. Muriatic δοϊά---ὑδροχλωρικὸν
ὀξύ. Nitric acid—mrpidv ὀξύ. Phosphate of hme—dwo-
φορικὴ riravos. Pneumatic trough—ynpixomvevparuxn συσ-
xeun. Precipitate—xataBvOiopds. Quartz—yadixn, -ῆς, ἡ.
Receiver—8oxeiov, -ov, τός Sulphate of lime—yiyfos, -ov,
ἡ. Sediment—i{npa, -aros, ré. To separate—amoxwpilo.
Smelting furnace—ywvevrnprov, -ov, τό. Soda—vdrpoy, -ov,
τό. Common salt—vdpoxdwptxdy νάτρον. Test—doxipacrn-
ριον. Tube or pipe—owAny, -nvos, 6. To unite—évdw. Vola-

tile—amryrixés.

DIALOGUE THIRTEENTH.

RHETORIC AND BELLES H PHTOPIKH KAI TO
LETTRES. ®IAOMOYSON.

Good morrow, my dear χαῖρε ὦ θαυμάσιε: ἀλλὰ τί τοῦτο
fellow! what 15 ὑμαῦ you γράφεις οὕτως ἐπίτρόχως ; F
are scribbling—poetry ? που ποιήματα;

1 ἐπί, with the dative, expressive of something precedent which stands
as a necessary foundation for what follows.—J. 634, 2 ; C. 88, obs, 10, Ὁ.

54 DIALOGUE

Yes; some verses to the
moon.

When did you compose
them ?

At twelve o'clock last
night on the top of
Arthur Seat.

‘O folly, instead of lying
quiet in your bed !

I do not know; I am 80
disturbed in the day-
time that I cannot write
verses.

But perhaps it were wiser
not to write verses at all.

You might as well com-
mand the birds not to
sing, or the springs not
to run water. Not to
write verses would be
contrary to nature with
me.

Well, you must not be as-
tonished, if you do not
find many readers.

I do not mean to publish ;
I write only to give mu-
sical utterance to my feel-
ings.

᾿ Wise, wise! What kind
of poetry do you like
best ?

The drama.

You are not writing a
drama to the Moon?

No ; this is only a sonnet.
But I am entitled to ad-
mire what I cannot

THIRTEENTH.

Κομιδῇ μέν ody: στιχίδιά ye τινὰ
πρὸς τὴν σελήνην.
Πηνίκα δὴ ἐποίησας τοὺς στί-

ους ;

χθὲς, τῷ μεσονυκτίῳ, “ἀκροτάτῃ
κορυφῇ θρόνου ᾿Αρτούροιο κά-
θίζων."

ὯὮ τῆς ἀνοίας, 8éov! γε ἐν τῷ
κραββάτῳ ἠρεμεῖν.

Οὐκ οἶδα: καὶ γὰρ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν
οὕτως διακόπτουσί με, ὥστε
σχολάζειν ταῖς Μούσαις τῶν
πάνυ ἀδυνάτων εἶναι.

Ἴσως δὲ δὴ οὐ χεῖρον μηδένας
ἀρχὴν 3 συρράψαι στίχους.

Δίκαιος 8 ἂν εἴης ὁμοίως ἀπαγο-
ρεΐειν ταῖς ὄρνϊσι μὴ " qdew, ἢ
ταῖς πηγαῖς μὴ διασκιρτᾶν ἐκ
τῶν πετρῶν. Κομιδῇ παρὰ φύ-
σιν ἔμοιγε ἂν εἴη τὸ μὴ συρ-
pamrew στίχους.

Εἶεν’ μὴ εὑρόντα γε ἀθρόους
τοὺς ἀναγνώστας οὐδέν σε
δεήσει ἐκπλαγῆναι.

Οὐ διανοοῦμαι ἐκφέρειν eis τὸ
φῶς τὰ γεγραμμένα, ᾿ τόδε
μόνον θέλων ἐκφωνεῖν ἐρρύθ-
pos τὰ κινοῦντα τὸν γοῦν.

Σοφῶς σύ γε. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγοις
ἂν, ποῖον εἶδος τῶν ποιημάτων
μάλιστα ἀγαπᾷς;

Τὰ δράματα.

Ἦ mov τυγχάνεις δρᾶμα τι συγ-
καττύων σεληνιακόν ;

Οὐ δῆτα" τὸ γοῦν ποιημάτιον τυν-
νουτονί ἐστι τῶν καλουμένων
σονεττίων. Κύριος μέντοι εἰμὶ

1 δέον, part. absol. quum deberes, and so ἐξόν, quum liceret.—J. 700 ;

F. 245; 0. 64, obs. 2, 6.

2 ἀρχήν, omnino, after a negative.—J. 580, 2; F. 67; 0. 50, b*.

8 δίκαιος, and other adjs. used personally in Greek, for an impersonal or
adverbial form in English.—J. 677; F. 69 ; C. 22, Ὁ.

4 μή after verbs of forbidding.—J. 749; F. 277; C. 48, obs. 4, Ὁ.

DIALOGUE THIRTEENTH.

achieve. Shakespeare is
my favourite poet,

Do you prefer him to Ais-
chylus and the great
ancients?

Every man of sense does.

But do you not think
that the Greek drama was
one of the noblest public
amusements ?

On the contrary, as a
popular recreation I
maintain it igs superior
even to our drama, but
not as a drama.

How am I to understand
this ?

The Greek tragedy is a
composite, containing, as
you are aware, four parts
—poetry, religion, music,
and dancing. No modern
drama is so rich.

Religion, for one, is alto-
gether excluded from the
modern tragedy.

From Protestant tragedies
certainly.

This seems a strange di-
vorce.

Strange indeed ; but there
are reasons for it, which,
however, you will not
understand, unless you
look a little into the
history of the old mys-
teries.

55

θαυμάζειν ἅπερ οὐκ ἰσχύω κα-
τορθῶσαι. “ον δὲ δὴ ὑπερβαλ-
λόντως θαυμάζω ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ
τῶν ποιητῶν λόχῳ ἐστὶν ὁ
Σχακσπήρ.

"Ap οὖν προκρίνεις τὸν ΓΑγγλον
τοῦ Αἰσχύλου καὶ τῶν πάλαι
ἐνδόξων τραγῳδῶν ;

Καὶ γὰρ πάντες mpoxptvover, ot
γε νοῦν ἔχοντες.

"H mov ἕξαρνος εἶ τὰ τῶν Ἕλ-
λήνων δράματα μὴ γενέσθαι
τῶν μάλιστα γενναίων ἀγώνων
δημοτικῶν ;

Μᾶλλον δὲ ἀποφαίνομαι διαρρή-
δην καὶ τῶν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς δρᾶμά-
τῶν κρείσσω γενέσθαι τὰ τῶν
“Ἑλλήνων, εἰς διαγωγὴν γε δη-
μοτικὴν, οὐ μέντοι γε ἡ δλά ας.

Πῶς ταῦτα λέγεις ;

a ? 4
Καὶ yap σύνθετόν τι τυγχάνει
a Ud
ὃν 9 τῶν Ἑλλήνων τραγῳδία,
4
ἔχουσά ye, οἶσθα yap, τέσ-
“ ,
σαρα στοιχεῖα, THY τε ποίησιν
A AY ‘ 4 Ν b |
καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς, ἔτι δὲ
καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν καὶ τὴν ὄρχη-
σιν, ἣν δὴ ποικιλίαν οὐδεμία
οὐδαμοῦ προσποιεῖται τῶν γε
νῦν τραγωδιῶν.
U , A 4 ,¢ >
Td. ye περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ ἡ καθ
ἡμᾶς τραγῳδία καθ᾽ ἅπαντά εἶσι
χωριστά.
an 4 a
᾿Αληθῆ λέγεις, περί ye THs τρα-
, A > “ ον
γῳδίας τῆς ἐν τοῖς τῶν Διαμαρ-
τῦρομένων τόποις.
Παράδ οξόν τι ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ ὁ
χωρισμὸς οὑτοσί.
ες “ A > 3 4 >
Ὑπερφνῶς μὲν οὖν" οὐ μὴν av-
αἴτιόν ye τὸ πρᾶγμα" τὰς δὲ
αἰτίας ὁποῖαι τυγχάνουσιν οὖ-
σαι οὐκ ἔστι διαγνῶναι τοὺς μὴ
παρακύψαντας εἰς τὴν τῶν πα-
λαιῶν μυστηρίων ἱστορίαν.

56 DIALOGUE

Do you mean the Eleusi-
nian mysteries ?

What nonsense you talk !
I mean the old ecclesias-
tical dramas called mir-
acle-plays and mysteries.

There are no such plays
now ?

Perhaps in Italy and Spain
some echoes of them may
be found ; besides, there
is a famous exhibition of
ἃ sacred drama every
ten years at Ammergau,
in Bavaria.

When did they cease to
be common?

The Reformation put a
stop to them.

Why?

That is a difficult question.
Some religious people in
Scotland object to the
theatre altogether.

Why?

Well, there are various
tastes; some people ob-
ject to wine, some to
dancing, some to organs.
The Jews-had no drama:
the Presbyterians de-
nounce what they have.
But I have no time to
answer all your questions,
I hear the bell sounding,
I must hurry to College.

Go then; and take your
moon-sonnet with you.
Yes; I mean to give it in

THIRTEENTH.

"H που λέγεις τὰ μυστήρια τὰ
ev Ἐλευσινι;

Φλυδρεῖς ἔ ἔχων" τὰ παλαιὰ λέγω
δράματα τὰ ἐκκλησιαστικὰ, τὰ
θαύματα προσαγορενόμενα καὶ
μυστήρια.

Τῶν τοιούτων δραμάτων οὐχ
εὑρίσκεται, τὰ νῦν γε, οὐδένα"
οὐχ οὕτως;

Ἔν τῇ γε Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ
ἴσως ἀντηχήσεις τινὲς αὐτῶν
περιπλανῶνται" πρὸς δὲ τού-
τοις διδάσκουσιν ἱερόν τι δρᾶμα
ἄνα δέκα ἔ ἔτη οἱ χωρῖται οἱ ἐν
᾿Αμμεργαβίᾳ τῶν Βαβαρῶν.

Πηνίκα δὴ ἐπαύσατο διδαχθέντα
τὰ δράματα ταῦτα; :

Ἔπαυσεν αὐτὰ ἡ μεταρρύθμισις
τῆς θρησκείας, ἡ ἡ κατὰ Γερμανίαν.
Πῶς ταῦτα ἐγένετο ; :

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἀπορίας ἔχει τάδε
οὐκ ὀλίγας. Καὶ γὰρ τῶν
ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶν ἔ ἔστιν οἵ συν-
τόνως ἐνίστανται ὡς μὴ δεῖ
ἀρχὴν γενέσθαι τὰ θέατρα.

Τί παθόντες ;

ἔΑλλοι ἄλλαις ἄλλοτε ἥδονται
ἡδοναῖς" οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὸν οἶνον,
οἱ δὲ τὴν ὄρχησιν ἀπογιγνώ-
σκουσιν, ot δε τὰ ὄργανα τὰ
μουσικά. Καὶ μὴν καὶ οἱ Ἰου-
δαῖοι ὅλως οὐκ εἶχον τὴν τρα-

φδίαν' οἱ δε Πρεσβυτεριανοὶ

ἣν ἔχουσι διαβάλλουσιν. _ Ἀτὰρ
οὐ σχολάζω, τὰ νῦν γε, ἀποκρί-
νασθαι πρὸς ὅ ὅσα ἂν προ έροις
ἐρωτήματα: ἀκούω γὰρ ἠχοῦν-
τος τοῦ κώδωνος, καὶ ἀνάγκη ἐπ-
εἶγεσθαι εἰς τὸ Πανεπιστήμιον.
Ἴθι δὴ. τὸ σονέττιον τὸ σεληνια-
κὸν προσλαβών.

Προσλήψομαι γὰρ" διανοοῦμαι

1 Superfiuous use of éxw.—J. 698 ; F. 244; C. 84, a.

DIALOGUE THIRTEENTH. 57

to the Professor, who has ἐγχειρίσαι αὐτὸ τῷ καθηγητῇ
offered a prize for the ὃς δὴ ἄθλον προύθηκε τῷ περὶ
best sonnet. τὸ σονέττιον ἀριστεύσαντι.

I hope you may get it. A Εὔχομαί σοι γενέσθαι τὰ ἀρισ-
night spent on Arthur’s τεῖα' εἴπερ ἀξιώτατοί ye στε-
Seat under the cold sky φανωθῆναι of κατὰ τὸ μεσονύ-
deserves to be rewarded. κτιον ἐπὶ τῆς ᾿Αρτούρου ἕδρας

αἰθριάσαντες.

None of your jeering! I Σὺ δὲ δὴ μή τώθαζε- ἔμοιγε οὐ
shall never repent my μεταμελήσειενἄνποτε τῆς εὖσε-
pious service paid to the βοῦς θεραπείας, τῆς πρὸς τὴν
chaste midnight huntress ἁγνὴν τῇς μεσονυκτίας Spas
while you were snoring κυνηγέτιδα, καθ᾽ ὃν χρόνον σὺ
in your sheets, and your δὴ ἔκεισο ῥέγκων ἐν τοῖς στρώ-
soul juggled by those un- μασι, τὴν Ψψῦχὴν ἔχων pepay-
reasoned phantasmswhich γανευμένην ὑπὸ τῶν ἀλόγων
men call dreams. φασμάτων, ods of ἄνθρωποι κα-

λοῦσιν ὀνείρους.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

e

Accuracy—dxpiBera,-as,7. The argument—imd6eots,-ews,
ἧ. To appear before the public—maprévat εἰς τὰ πλήθη. An
author—ovyypagevs, -ews, 6. Composition—ovvbects, σύν-
ταξις, -ews, 7. Conciseness—rd σύντομον. Dignity—oepyd-
της, -ntos, 7. Edition—éxdoars, -ews, 7. Eloquence—7 περὶ
τοὺς λόγους δεινότης. Emendation— διόρθωσις, -ews, 7. Ex-
hibition of literary talent—éridefis, -ews, ἡ. A fancy or
notion—vénpa, -aros, τό. Fluency—edpora, -as, ἡ. A florid
writer—doyodaidados. Literary man—duiddAcyos, -ov, ὁ.
Literary man superficial—goguorns, -ov, 6. Manuscript—
χειρόγραφον, -ov, τό. Neatness—xopwdrns, τητος, 7. Proof
—rexpnptov, -ov, τό. Propriety—rd πρέπον, -ovros. <A re-
cension of the ἰοχὺ---διασκευῆ, -ἧς, 7. Simile—eixoy, -dvos,
9. Sketch—irorimwots, -ews, 7. Style—yapaxrnp, -jpos,
6. Subject of discourse—rd ὑποκείμενον, -ov. Taste—
φιλοκαλία, -as, 7. Turgidity—dyxos, -ov, 6. Weight—rd
ἐμβριθές, -ovs. Wit—evrpameNXia, -as, 7. Coarse wit, buf-
foonery— βωμολοχία, -as, ἡ.

DIALOGUE

ON ARITHMETIC AND
MATHEMATICS.

Will you never be done

bending over these cir-
cles and triangles, and
wasting your brain on
the barren relations of
space and time ὃ

My dear Sir, you talk of
what you do not under-
stand. Mathematics is,
next to poetry, the purest
element in which the soul
delights to move.

What figure is this you
were looking at so intent-
ly, and puzzling about ?

You are an ignoramus. 1
am not puzzling, only en-
joying the beautiful de-
monstration of the fam-
ous forty-seventh propo-
sition of the First Book
of Euclid.

Read the proposition.

In every right-angled tri-
angle the square of the
side subtending the right
angle is equal to the
squares of the two sides
containing the right angle.

Hold! hold! I already

58

FOURTEENTH.

H APIOMHTIKH KAI H
MAOHSI2.

᾿Αλλὰ σύγε οὐκ ἂν παύσαιό ποτε
ἐγκύπτων τοῖς κύκλοις τουτοισί
καὶ τριγώνοις, κατατρύχων τὸν

.ἐγκέφαλον περὶ τοὺς ἀπείρους
τόπους, τὸ κενὸν καὶ τὸν χρό-
γον;

Λαλεῖς, ὦ θαυμάσιε, περὶ ὧν οὐδὲν
συνῆκας. Μετά γε τὴν ποίησιν
οὐκ ἂν εὕροι τις καθαρώτερόν
τι τῆς θήσεως, ἐν ᾧ πέφυκεϊ
κινεῖσθαι ἡ ψυχῆ.

Ποῖόν τι τὸ σχῆμα τουτί εἷς ὃ
ἀτενίζων ἡπόρεις ;

᾿Αμαθής tis? εἶ. ἐγὼ οὐδὲν
ἀπορῶ, μᾶλλον δὲ ἑστιῶμαι τῆς
κομψῆς ἀποδείξεως τῆς περι-
βοήτου προτάσεως, τῆς ἐν τῇ
πρώτῃ τοῦ Ἑὐκλείδου βίβλῳ.

᾿Αναγνοίης ἂν τὴν πρότασιν.

Ἐν τοῖς ὀρθογωνίοις τριγώνοις
τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς τὴν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν
,’ ΄ι
ὑποτεινούσης πλευρᾶς τετρά-

ὠνον ἴσον ἐστὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν
Ύ
τὴν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν περιεχουσῶν
πλευρῶν τετραγώνοις.
a” ‘ 3 a“ ‘ [2 ‘
Exe δὴ αὐτοῦ" ἤδη γὰρ ἄνω καὶ

1 πέφυκα, to have a natural genius for doing anything. —J. 668.
2 Idiomatic use of ris.—J. 659, 4; C. 28, a.

DIALOGUE FOURTEENTH.

feel quite confused. But
why do you call this
proposition famous ?

Because they say Pytha-
goras first found out the
demonstration.

Do you believe that ?

Why not? The Samian was
unquestionably a great
mathematician,andtaught
that the first principle
of all things is number.

What could he mean by
that ? I hate arithmetic ;
and, to confess the truth,
am constantly confound-
ing addition and subtrac-
tion in my calculations.

I am sorry for you; for
here you plainly confess
that you have a weak
brain, and claim near
relationship with certain
savage tribes who cannot
count above twenty.

Well; don’t bother me
about figures: at the
same time, I should be
very glad to hear what
Pythagoras meant by
making number the first
principle.

He meant, what any man
of sense may see, that
all things in the world
are measured and calcu-
lated.

Is there any calculation in
the clouds ?

Yes ; every drop of water,
as the chemists will tell
you, is composed of cer-

59

κάτω ἕλκεις μοι τὰ διανοήματα.
Ταύτην δὲ δὴ τὴν πρότασιν διὰ
τί εἶπες περιβόητον ;

Διότε τὸν Πυθαγόραν φασὶ
πρῶτον τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἐξευρεῖν.

Μῶν σὺ ταῦτα πιστεύεις ;

Πιστεύω δῆτα" καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ Σά-
μίος ὡς ἀληθῶς δεινὸς περὶ τὴν
μάθησιν, διδάσκων γε τὴν τῶν
ὅλων ἀρχὴν εἶναι τὸν ἀριθμόν.

Ταῦτα δὲ τί βουλόμενος ἀπεφή-
νατο; Μισῶ τὴν ἀριθμητικήν'
καὶ, ἵνα λέγω τὰ ἀληθῆ," λογιζό-
μενος ἀεὶ λανθάνω οὐ διακρῖ-
γὼν τὴν τε ἀφαίρεσιν καὶ τὴν
προσθήκην.

᾿Ἐλυπήθην ἀκούων' ταῦτα γὰρ
λέγων δῆλος εἶ ὁμολογούμενος
πάνυ μᾳλακῇ χρῆσθαι τῇ δια-
voia, ὥστε δικαίως ἀποδέξασθαι
ἀγρίων τινῶν φύλων τὴν συγ-
γένειαν, τῶν μὴ δυναμένων πεμ-
πάζειν ὑπὲρ τοὺς εἴκοσι.

Εἶεν" ἐμὲ δὲ μὴ κόπτε τοῖς ἀριθ-
pots: ov μὴν ἀλλὰ ὅ ye Πυθαγό-
ρας τίποτε ἐβούλετο θεὶς ἀρχὴν
τὸν ἀριθμὸν μάλα ἡδέως ἂν
ἀκούσαιμι.

Ἐκεῖνο γοῦν ἐβούλετο, τοῖς γε
νοῦν ἔχογνσιν δῆλον, τὸ ἅπανθ᾽
ὅσα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἀριθμοῖς τισι
καὶ μέτροις ῥυθμίζεσθαι.

Μῶν ῥυθμός τις ἐστὶν ἐν ταῖς
ΒΈΡΊ Ὁ ἑμῆλα

Καὶ μάλα γε" σταγὼν γὰρ ὕδα-
Tos πολλοστὴ, ὡς διδάσκουσιν
οἱ χημικοὶ, σύγκειται ἐξ ὡρισ-

1 As in Latin μέ vera ἀΐοαπι; but the infin. also, with ὡς 8 used in

Greek.—J. 893, d.

60

tain fixed measures of
two gases, oxygen and
hydrogen ; and, .in fact,
the whole of chemistry is
nicely quantitative, and
depends on arithmetic.
And must I then be an
arithmetician in order to
study chemistry ?

Of course. Time and
Space, which you call
empty relations, are no
doubt empty in them-
selves, but, like bottles,
can easily be filled with
good wine. Nothing ex-
ists which is not con-
tained by these universal
forms.

What do you say to
Mind ?

Well, I grant that thoughts
cannot be measured by
inches ; but mind can act
only through space and
time.

Then you mean to say
that unless I study ma-
thematics and arithmetic
I must be a fool ἢ

I say that without those
universal measures men
cannot attain to accuracy
in science. You may
float about with our good
friends the Germans in a
region of misty metaphy-
sics.

Don’t speak against meta-

DIALOGUE FOURTEENTH.

μένων τινῶν μέτρων δνεῖν ἀέρων,
δηλαδὴ τοῦ ὀξυγόνον καὶ τοῦ
ὑδρογόνου" ὅλως δὲ δὴ σύμ-
πᾶσα ἡ χημικὴ κατὰ τὸ πόσον
ὁρίζεται ἀκριβῶς, καὶ ἐξήρτηται
τῆς ἀριθμητικῆς.

Εἶτα, νὴ Δία, καὶ ἐμὲ μέλλοντα
μελετᾶν τὰ χημικὰ δεῖ πάντως
διαπονεῖσθαι τὰ περὶ τοὺς
ἀριθμοὺς ;

Κομιδὴ μὲν οὖν' ὁ γὰρ δὴ χρόνος
καὶ οἱ ὡρισμένοι τόποι ods
κενοὺς λέγεις, καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς τῷ
ὄντι διάκενοί εἶσιν, ῥᾳδίως δε,
καθάπερ οἱ ἀσκοὶ, οὐ πολλῷ
πόνῳ ἀγαθοῦ οἴνου ἂν ἐκπλη-
ρωθεῖεν. Ὅλως δὴ ἐν τῇ τῶν
ὅλων συστάσει ὑπάρχει οὐδὲν
ὅ τι οὐχ ὁρίζουσιν ὁ τε χρόνος
καὶ οἱ τόποι.

Εἶτα, περὶ τοῦ νοῦ τί ποτε λέ-
γεις;

Ἐκεῖνο δὴ συγχωρῶ, μὴ δύνασ-
θαι μετρηθῆναι τὰς διανοίας
δακτύλων γε λογισμῷ" δὺ μὴν
ἀλλὰ ὅ γε νοῦς οὐχ οἷός τε ἐστὶν
ἐνεργεῖν χωρὶς τοῦ ποῦ καὶ τοῦ
πότε.

Τοιγάρτοι ὡς ἐμοῦ ἠλιθίου ἀπο-
βησομένου, μὴ σπουδάσαντοςϊ
περὶ τήν τε μάθησιν καὶ τοὺς
ἀριθμοὺς, οὕτως ἔχεις τὴν γνώ-

3 μην; 4 > 0 a»

Exeivo δήπου ἀποφαίνομαι, ἄνευ
τῶν μέτρων τούτων τῶν πάντα
περιεχόντων οὐχ οἵους τε εἶναι
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐξακριβοῦν
ὁποιανδήποτε ἐπιστήμην. Πά-
ρέστι δήπουθεν μετὰ τῶν
χρηστῶν Τερμανῶν ἐν μεταφυ-
σικοῖς τισι κενώμασιν ἔνθα καὶ
ἔνθα μετεωρίζεσθαι.

Σὺ δὲ μὴ κακολόγει τὰ μετα-

1 μὴ, with aor. part. Ξε υὐδί, with perf. subj.—J. 646, 2; F. 276; C. 48,1.

DIALOGUE FIFTEENTH. ΕΝ

physics ; that is a vulgar
habitude of the English
mind.

Then don’t speak you
against mathematics. The
next time I see you 1
hope to find you not
ignorant of the difference
between 9+2 and 9-2,
and perhaps even ad-
vanced to the compre-
hension of the great mys-

_tery of (a+b)?=a?+ 6?
+ ab.

? 4 4 Ὁ
φυσικά: βαναυσικὴ γὰρ ἔξις
αὕτη τῆς τῶν Αγγλων διανοίας.

ζά
Καὶ σὺ ὡσαύτως μὴ κακολόγει

τὴν μάθησιν. ᾿Ατὰρ ὕστερον
περιτυχών σοι ἐλπίζω οὐ πάνυ
ἄπειρον εὑρήσειν σε τοῦ, πῶς
διαφέρει τὰ 9 - 2 καὶ τὰ 9 -- 2,
καὶ μὴν καὶ ἴσως εἰς τοσοῦτον
προαχθέντα σοφίας ὥστε κατα-
λαβεῖν τὸ μυστικὸν τόδε (a + β)3
=a? + β5-- 2αβ.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Angle—yovia, -as, 7. Circumference—repipépera, -as; ἧ.
Circle—kvxXos, -ov, 6. A complement—zapar\npapa, -aros,
τό. Distance or interval—S:aornpa, -ατος, τό. Figure—
σχῆμα, -aros, τό. Line—ypappn, -ns, 7. Magnitude—peye-
Gos, -ovs, r6. A perpendicular—xaOeros, -ov, 7. A plane—
ἐπίπεδον, -ov, Té6. A point—onpeioy, -ov, td. A ratio—dé-
γος, -ov, 6. Segment—rpiya, -atos, τό. A straight line—
εὐθεῖα, -as, 7. A surface—émipavera, -as, 7. A triangle—
τρίγωνον, -ov, τό.

DIALOGUE FIFTEENTH.

LOGIC AND METAPHYSICS. H AIAAEKTIKH KAI TA

META®YSIKA.
Well, my good friend, in λέγοις ἂν, ἀντιβολῶ σε, ὦ δαι-

what net are you en-
tangling yourself now?
You never seem happy
unless when you have
lost your way in the
-clouds or in a bog.

If I had been a German, I
might have lost my way

μόνιε, ποίῳ τινὶ δικτύῳ νῦν δὴ

τυγχάνεις ἐμπλακείς ; Καὶ ὰρ

οὐδέποτε ἔμφασιν ἔχεις εὐδαι-

μονοῦντος, εἰ μὴ παρεκτραπείς

γε εἰς τὸ νεφελῶδες, 7) τὸ τελ-
τῶδες.

Ἐγὼ, εἰ Γερμᾶνὸς ἔφυν, εἰκότως

εἰς ὑπερνεφέλους τόπους

62 DIALOGUE FIFTEENTH.

in the clouds, but being
as I am, a_hard-faced
utilitarian Scot, there is
no great risk of any such
transcendental extrava-
gation.

Of course that is a book
on metaphysics over
which you are poring.
Let me see. Oh, Hegel!

Yes, Hegel; and a very
sensible fellow he is too.

You pretend to understand
him?

In this book I have found
nothing incomprehen-
sible. The account that
he gives of the Sophists
hits the golden mean be-
tween the Whigutilitarian
Grote and the old Oxon-
ian Tories, who loved to
run down everything
Athenian that was the
natural outgrowth of de-
mocracy.

You say this, who are a
plain practical Scot! Who
would have thought to
find you ballooning about
with those transcendental
Germans 3

I tell you I have plenty of
ballast.

But tell me this rather—
what use can there pos-
sibly be in metaphysics ?

Man is a thinking animal.

I can think without help
from Kant or Hegel.

μετεωρισθεὶς eLerpatmy νῦν
δὲ, Καληδόνιος ὧν ἀνὴρ, σκλη-
ρομέτωπός τις διηνεκῶς τὰ
ὠφέλιμα διώκων, οὐδὲν κινδῦ-
νεύω ταῖς τοιαύταις ὑπερανθρώ-
ποις ἐκτοπισθῆναι φοραῖς.
Βίβλος μέντοι μεταφυσικὴ αὕτη
ἐστίν cis ἣν ἐγκύπτεις. φέρ
ἴδω" €a, €a, τὸν “Ηγήλιον.

Αὐτὸν τὸν Ἡγήλιον" καὶ, εἴ τις
ἄλλος τῶν νῦν φιλοσοφούντων,
μάλα συνετὸν ἄνδρα.

Εἶτα σύγε προσποιεῖ ἐπίστασ-
θαι τὰ αὐτῷ δεδογματισμένα ;
Ἔν ταύτῃ γε τῇ βίβλῳ εἰς οὐ-
δέν πω προσέπταισα ἀκατάλη-
πτον. “A γοῦν περὶ τῶν σο-
ἱστῶν λέγει δοκεῖ εὐστοχεῖν
ἀκριβῶς τοῦ μέσου τῶν δυεῖν
ἄκρων, δηλαδὴ τοῦ δημοτικοῦ
Τρώτου τοῦ τὰ ὠφέλιμα ὑμ-
νοῦντος, καὶ τῶν ἐν ᾽Οξονίῳ τὰ
τῶν δυνατῶν φρονούντων, τῶν
Κρονικῶν, οἱ δὴ ἐφίλουν ἀεὶ κα-
τατρέχειν τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ὅσα
κατὰ φύσιν ἐκ τοῦ δήμου ἐξ-

έβλαστεν.

Ταῦτα σὺ λέγεις, ὁ αὐθέκαστος
καὶ σφόδρα ἀληθευτικὸς Καλη-
δόνιος. Τίνι δὴ ἐπῆλθεν ἂν
περιπεσεῖν σοι ᾿δΔεροβατοῦντι
μετὰ τούτων τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων
Γερμανῶν.

"AAN’ ἐγὼ διισχῦρίζομαι ᾿ἱκανόν
ἔχειν τὸ ἕρμα.

Τοῦτο δὲ εἰπὲ μᾶλλον, τί ποτ᾽
ἂν ἔχοι ὄφελος τὰ μεταφυσι-

Κα;

Ἔστι δὴ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ζῶον δια-

νοητικόν.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἔγωγε, βουλόμενος
περί τινος φροντίζειν, οὐδὲν ἐν-
dens εἶμι τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ re Καν-
τίον καὶ τοῦ Ηγηλίου βοηθείας.

DIALOGUE FIFTEENTH, 63

So you can dance without
the dancing-master, but
you will dance better
with him.

“Have you read Aristotle’s
Metaphysics?

Yes; a little: but it is a
very tough book.

Is it true that Aristotle
was an atheist ?

Quite the contrary ; in his
doctrine of the four causes
he excludes the possibi-
lity of atheism.

What are the four causes?

Well, let us take the ex-
ample of a sculptor; the
first cause is the mind
of the sculptor, and his
determination to make a
statue. This Aristotle
calls the beginning of mo-
tion. The second cause
is in the purpose for
which the work is made,
as to be placed in some
public street. This he
calls the cause on account
of which. The third is
the matter out of which
anything is made, as the
statue out of marble;
and the fourth cause is
the idea of the thing it-
self which the sculptor is
going to make. This
Aristotle called the τὶ ἦν
εἶναι, which the medizval
metaphysicians transla-
ted quidditas, what we

“Ὡσαύτως δήπου ἄνευ μὲν ὀρχη-
στοδιδασκάλον ὀρχήσαιτο ἄν
τις, τεχνικώτερον δὲ χρώμενος
αὐτῷ.

᾿Ανέγνως τὴν τοῦ ᾿Αριστοτέλους
πραγματείαν, τὴν περὶ τῶν μετὰ
τὰ B teeters

᾿ Καὶ yap éyevoduny πως" ἔστι δὲ
γὰρ ἐγευσάμη

εἐπωτέρα.
σι a 4
Οὐκοῦν ἀληθῆ λέγουσι, al eb
ἄθεον εἶναι τὸν ᾿Αριστοτέλην ;
? 2 , ” -Oi » a
Ἐξ ἐναντίας" εἴγε δὴ ἐξηγούμε-
vos περὶ τῶν αἰτιῶν τῶν τεττά-
ρων ἀδύνατον ἀποφαίνεται μὴ
ov! θεῖναι τὸ θεῖον.
Τὰς δὲ ποίας λέγεις αἰτίας ;
Ἐπὶ ἀγαλματοποιοῦ3 μάλιστά
“ “ ε A’ >
τις dy ἴδοι ταῦτας Ἢ μὲν οὖν
πρώτη αἰτία ὁ νοῦς ὑπάρχει ὁ
τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, καὶ ἡ αὐτόθεν
προαίρεσις τοῦ ποιεῖν ἄγαλμα,
a
ἣν δὴ αἰτίαν προσαγορεύει ὁ
“a LA
᾿Αριστοτέλης THY τῆς κινή-
a ,
σεως ἀρχήν. ᾿Ἐφεξῆς λέγει
wn [4
τὸν σκοπὸν οὗ τυχεῖν βούλεται
¢ ~
ὁ δημιουργὸς, τελεσθέντος τοῦ
Ε ς a a
Pye οἷον τὸ ἱδρυνθῆναι τὸ
ον ἐν πλατείᾳ τινὶ ὅπον τοῖς
, id a
ἀνθρώποις περίβλεπτον ἂν εἴη"
ταύτην δὴ τὴν αἰτίαν καλεῖ τὸ
οὗ ἕνεκα. Ἢ 8 αὖ τρίτη αἰτία
‘» eg 3 , Q
ἐστὶν ἡ ὕλη ἐξ ἧς πεποίηται τὸ
» ε 3 a a
ἔργον, ws ek λίθον λευκοῦ τὸ
αλμα. Τετάρτην δὲ δὴ τί-
θησιν αἰτίαν τὴν τοῦ πράγματος
ἔννοιαν, ἤτοι εἶδος, οἷον ἢ θεοῦ
τινὸς ἣ στρατηγοῦ ὃ βούλεται
,
πλάττειν ὁ δημιουργός" ταύτῃ δὴ
τῇ αἰτίᾳ προσέθηκεν ὁ φιλόσο-
ς τοὔνομα τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι,
Ῥωμαιστὶ quidditas, perappac-

1 μὴ ov before infinitive, after certain words implying a negation.—J,

750 ; F. 208; C. 48, 4, c.

3 ἐπί with gen. in the case of.—J. 683; C. 88, 10, a.

64 DIALOGUE FIFTEENTH.

might call the whatness
of the thing, or that
which makes it what it
is, as distinguished from
other things.

All very fine; but what
has this to do with the
theism of Aristotle ?

Who would have thought
that you would not see
that the four causes are
all contained in the one
eternal and infinitely wise
energy which we call
God ?

Indeed! so metaphysics
is just another name for
theology ?

Just so; and-every man
who believes in the doc-
trine of causes must be
a theologian, and must
be a metaphysician.

What do you say to
Logic ?

Logic dissects and lays
bare the laws of thought,
and is useful, like any
other dissection.

But is it necessary for the
discovery of truth ?

Not absolutely ; it is ex-
tremely useful however
for the exposure of fal-
lacies, besides being, like
mathematics, a necessary
and purely intellectual
-acience.

I once imagined that no-
thing could ever have
induced me to open a

book on Logic ; but what .

Gev ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὸν μεσαιῶνα
προσκειμένων τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αρι-
στοτέλους σοφίᾳ: ἴσως δὲ καὶ οἱ
καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς λέγοιεν ἂν the what-
ness of the thing, δηλαδὴ τὸ
τὸν τύπον ὁρίζον τοῦ εἴδους ἣ
γε τῶν ἄλλων εἰδῶν διαφέρει.

Κομψὰ ταῦτα" τεκμήριον δὲ δὴ
τί ἔχει τοῦ νομίζειν θεοὺς τὸν

ΣΤ ειρίτην ; ;

Τίς “ἂν φήθη οὐχ ὁρᾶν σε τὰς
αἰτίας ταῦτας ᾿συμπᾶσας ἀναγ-
καῖον εἶναι ἀνάγειν εἰς μίαν
πηγὴν, δηλαδὴ τὴν ἐνερ οὖσαν
δύναμιν, τὴν ἀίδιον καὶ | ἀπέραν-
τον καὶ πάνσοφον, ἣν καλεῖ
ἕκαστος τὸν Θεόν ; 3

Eira ravra εἶναι TH θεολογίᾳ τὰ
μεταφυσικά' οὕτως λέγεις ;

Οὕτως" καὶ μὴν καὶ ,ἀνάγκη
ἅπαντας, ὅσοι τὰς τέσσαρας
αἰτίας ἀποδέχονται, θεολόγους
τε »χρηματίζειν, καὶ μεταφυσι-
κούς.

Περὶ δὲ τῆς Λογικῆς τίνα δὴ
ἔχεις γνώμην ;
᾿Ανατέμνει μὲν οὖν ἡ Δογικὴ καὶ
ἀπογυμνοῖ τὰ περὶ τὰ .διανοή-
ματα, ὄφελος. δὲ ἔχει οἷον ἄλλη
ὁποιαδήποτε ἀ ἀνατομή ; ;

"Exeivo “μέντοι ἐρωτῶ' μῶν ἂν
καία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ τέχνη πρὸς
τὸ ἐξευρεῖν τὰ ἀλ ηθῆ; ;

Οὐχ ἁπλῶς" ἀλλὰ, μὴν εἰς τὸν
τῶν παραλογισμῶν ἔλεγχον
ῥοπὴν ἔχει μεγίστην" πρὸς δὲ
τούτοις, καθάπερ ἡ μάθησις,

διανοίᾳ χρῆται καθαρᾷ μηδὲν
ἐνδεὴς οὖσα τῶν ἐκτὸς.

᾿ρήθηνπάλαι ἐ ἐγὼ οὐδὲν, οὐδέποτε
ἰσχῦσαι ἂν πεῖσαί με βίβλον
ἀναγνῶναι περὶ τῆς λογικῆς- τὰ
δὲ νῦν ὑπό σου λεχθέντα ὀλίγου

DIALOGUE SIXTEENTH. 65

you say almost makes δεῖν διαπράττεται ὅπως pera-
me change my mind. γνώσομαι.

Change your mind by all Μετάγνωθι δὴ ὁ “γὰρ μηδὲν μη-
means. The man who δέποτε μεταγνοὺς ἤτοι μωρός
never changes his mind ἐστιν ἣ θεός.
is either a god or a fool.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Actuality—eévreAéyeva, -as, 7. Acquired—émixryros. Con-
ception—timdAnWis, -ews, 7. Experience— ἐμπειρία, “ας, ἡ.
Element—-ororxeiov, -ου, τό. External objects—ra ἐν τῇ
αἰσθήσει. Effects or results—rd ἀποβαίνοντα. A final
end— τέλος, -ους, τό. General principles—17 καθόλου ἐπι-
στήμη. The infinite—ré a ἀπέραντον. Τηηδῦο---ἔμφυτος. An
idea—évvora, -as, ἧς A Platonic idea—eidos, “ous, ro. Par-
ticulars comprehended under a general—rd ὑποκείμενα.
Means to an end—rd πρὸς τὸ τέλος. Potentiality—
δύναμις. The sentiments and emotions—ro παθητικόν.
Relation—ré πρὸς τί, Sensation—aioOnots, -ews, 7. The
subject—rd ὑποκείμενον. The self-identical—ré det κατὰ
ταυτὸ dv. Absolute being—rd ὄντως ὄν. The accidental
- τὸ συμβεβηκός. An affection of substance — πάθος,
τους, Td. The possible—ré ἐνδεχόμενον. A first prin-
ciple— ἀρχή.

DIALOGUE SIXTEENTH.

MORAL PHILOSOPHY. H ΠΕΡῚ THN APETHN
ΣΟΦΙΑ.
What book is that you Τίνα ποτὲ βίβλον ἀναγιγνώσ-
are reading ? κεις 5
Aristotle’s Ethics. Ta τοῦ ᾿Αριστοτέλους ἡθικά.
Oh, vile! ᾿Απέπτυσα.
What do you call vile ? Ti τοῦτο ἀπέπτυσας ;
Aristotle. Τὸν δὴ ᾿Αριστοτέλην.
Why? Ti παθών ;

Because he is a crabbed Διότι χάλεπός τις ἐστὶν καὶ
and thorny old fellow, ἀκανθώδης, οὗ δὴ τὴν ὁμιλίαν

66 DIALOGUE SIXTEENTH.

with whom I will have
nothing todo. I do not
care to eat briers.

I grant he is not without
thorns ; but as he him.
self said of Virtue, Though
his roots are’ bitter his
fruit is sweet.

I prefer the blooming
garden of Plato, full of
flowers and fragrance.

No person denies that
Plato is magnificent; but
Aristotle perhaps is a
more solid architect and
a more substantial writer.
At least I for one should
think it a disgrace that
the Ethics of Aristotle
were not read in the
University.

Well, for certain hard heads
—Aberdonians, and such
like,—he may be better
adapted than Plato, whom
Cicero, not without rea-
son, calls the god of the
philosophers.

Sense is good for all, not
for Aberdonians only.
Aristotle is the perfec-
tion of sense.

A great virtue for com-
mon people !

A necessary virtue for all
people, and an uncom-
mon virtue sometimes
with men of genius.

What is Aristotle’s defi-
nition of Virtue.

Hear :—By the excellence

? > , 9 € ?
πάντως ἀπέγνωκα. Οὐχ ἡδέως
ἂν ἑστιῴμην τῶν βάτων.

Συγχωρῶ ταῦτα: ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως,

καθάπερ αὐτὸς ἔλεγε περὶ τῆς
“ Ἂν

ἀρετῆς, πικρὰς μὲν ἔχει τὰς

cs “ ‘ AY

ῥίζας, γλυκεῖς δὲ τοὺς καρ-

πούς.

Αἱρετώτερος ἔμοιγε ὁ τοῦ Πλά-
τωνος κῆπος ὁ θαλερὸς, ἀνθέων
ὑπέρπλεως καὶ ὀσμῆς.

Οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐξαρνοῖτο μὴ οὐκ εἶναι
μεγαλοπρεπῆ τὸν Πλάτωνα" ὁ
μέντοι ᾿Αριστοτέλης ἀρχιτέκτων
πού ἐστι μᾶλλον εὐπαγὴς,
καὶ συγγραφεὺς γονιμώτερος.
Ἐπονείδιστον ἔγωγε ἂν ἡγοί-
μην. ἡ οὐκ ἀναγιγνώσκεσθαι
τὰ ηθικὰ ἐν τῷ πανεπιστημίῳ.

Εἶεν: ἴσως γε δὴ σκληροκε-
φάλοις τισὶ---τοῖς ᾿Αβερδωνία-
θεν καὶ ὅσοι τοιοῦτοι---ἁρμόζοι
ἂν μᾶλλον ὁ Σταγειρίτης ἣ ὁ
Πλάτων, ὃν δὴ ὁ Κικέρων θεόν
τινα ἐν τοῖς φιλοσόφοις δικαί-
ὡς προσαγορεΐει.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν τό γε νοῦν ἔχειν
πᾶσιν ὠφέλιμόν, οὐ τοῖς ἐξ
᾿Αβερδωνίας μόνοις" τῶν δὲ
δὴ λίαν νοῦν ἐχόντων ἀναμφι-
σβητήτως κορυφαῖος τυγχάνει
ὧν ὁ ᾿Αριστοτέλης.

Τοῦτο τὸ νουνεχὲς, ὅπερ ὑμνοῦ-
σιν οἷ πολλοί, καλὴ ὁ γπουθεν
ἀρετή ἐστιν τοῖς τυχοῦσι τῶν
ἀνθρώπων.

᾿Αναγκαία δὴ ἀρετή ἄλλοις τε
σύμπᾶσι, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ
τῇ εὐφυίᾳ σεμνυνομένοις.

Ὅρον δὲ δὴ τίνα τίθησιν ͵ ὁ

᾿Αριστοτέλης τῆς ἀρετῆς ;
"Ακουε" ᾿Αρετὴν λέγομεν ἀνθρω-

DIALOGUE SIXTEENTH. 67

or virtue of man we
mean that which belongs
to the soul, and not to
the body, and happiness
we say consists in the
energizing of the soul.

That sounds very grand.

Very true also, if you will
consider.

Can you prove that he is
right in saying ‘that Vir-
tue lies in the mean be-
tween two extremes ?

That is easy; name any
virtue, and I will give
you the two extremes
between which it lies.

Well, take generosity.

The excess is prodigality
or thriftlessness, the de-
fect stinginess or niggard-
liness.

What say you to truth?
Can a person be too
truthful ?

O yes! in many ways; a
person may fling pearls
before swine, and get
himself hanged by a
rope of his own making.
Children should not play
with knives; and truth
to fools is a thorn which
runs up into their flesh
and makes them bleed.

Who speaks too little
truth ?

The very prudent and
over cautious person, who
is always afraid of giving
offence, and who _ habi-
tually betrays wisdom,
that he may purchase
favour from fools.

πίνην οὐ τὴν τοῦ σώματος,
ἀλλὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς" εὐδαι-
μονίαν δὲ ψυχῆς sd id
λέγομεν.

4

Σεμνὸν δήπου ἠχεῖ ταῦτα.

Καὶ ἀληθές γε ὑπερφνῶς, εἰ
βούλει σκοπεῖν.

ἜΧχοις ἂν ἀποφαίνειν ὀρθῶς
λέγειν τὸν φιλόσοφον λέγοντα
μέσην κεῖσθαι τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν
ἄκρων τὴν ἀρετήν; ;

Ῥάδιον τοῦτό γε" σοὶ γὰρ λέξ-
αντι ὁποιανδήποτε ἀρετὴν ἐγὼ
παραντίκα δηλώσω τὰ δύο
ἄκρα ὧν κεῖται ἐν τῷ μέσῳ.

Φέρε νυν, καὶ πεῖραν λάβε τῆς
ἐλευθεριότητος.

Ταύτης γοῦν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡ «μὲν
ὑπερβολή ἐστιν ἀσωτία, ἡ ἡ δὲ

ee ἀνελευθερία, ἣ ἐῶ

χρότη

Περὶ δὲ. τῆς ἀληθείας τί ἔχεις λέ-
yew; μῶν ἐσθ' ὅπως ἁμάρτοι ἄν
τις ὑπερβάλλων τῷ ἀληθεύειν;

Πολλαχῶς γὰρ' τάχα γὰρ dv
ὁ προέμενος μαργαρΐτας τοῖς
ὑσὶν ἀπάγχοιτο͵ ᾧ αὐτὸς
παρεσκεύασε σπάρτῳ. Ov
yap προσήκει τοῖς παιδαρί-
ous παίζειν ταῖς μαχαί ais" καὶ
ὡσαύτως, τοῖς νοῦν μὴ ἔχουσιν
ἡ ἀλήθεια εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἀνα-
δραμοῦσα ἕλκει αἷμα.

Ποῖός τις ἐστὶν ὁ ἧττον τοι
δέοντος ἀληθεύων ;

‘O ἄγαν φρόνιμος καὶ σφόδρα

εὐλαβὴς, ὅσπερ δέδιε μὴ λέγων
τι ἐμβριθέστερον τυγχάνῃ
προσκόπτων τοῖς ἀκούουσιν,
ὥστε προδοῦναι ἑκάστοτε τὴν
σοφίαν, θηρῶν δήπου τὴν χάριν
τὴν τῶν μωραινόντων.

68 DIALOGUE SIXTEENTH.

I see you have always an
answer ready. What is
Aristotle’s favourite vir-
tue ?

Greatness of soul.

I have heard it said that
he praises men for pride
and arrogance.

This is not true; never-
theless I cannot deny
that there is perhaps a
touch too much of stoical
αὐτάρκεια in his great-
souled man.

I once heard a preacher
maintain in the pulpit
that the ancients knew
nothing about humility.

The preacher was wrong ;
pride or overweening
self-estimate is constant-
ly spoken against by the
wise Greeks as a great
sin, and the mother of
many sing; the opposite
virtue which they ap-
proved being of course
humility or moderate self-
estimate.

I wonder how preachers
can say these things in
the pulpit if they are
not true!

They display great folly
in not studying moral
philosophy.

But they do attend the
moral philosophy class.

True; but they do not
thoroughly meditate on

Ἦ που ῥᾳδίως ἑκάστοτε ἀποκρί-
vel, ὦ ἑταῖρε. Ποίαν μάλιστα
τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπαινεῖ ὁ ᾽Αριστο-
τέλης ; ;

Τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν.

᾿Ακήκοα λέγοντας ὡς ἐπαινεῖ
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τῇ τε
ὑπερηφανίᾳ καὶ τῷ τύφῳ.

Ὑευδῆ ταῦτα' ob μὴν οὐδ᾽
ἀρνοίμην ἂν μὴ οὐ κεχρωματί-
σθαι τὸν μεγαλόψῦχον αὐτοῦ
τῇ τῶν Στοικῶν αὐταρκείᾳ
ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον.

Ἤκουσά ποτε εὐαγγελιστοῦ
διισχῦριζομένοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήμα-
τος τοὺς πάλαι Ἕλληνας πάνυ
ἀγεύστους εἶναι τῆς ταπεινο-
φροσύνης.

ἭΜμαρτε ταῦτα λέγων ὁ ὁ εὐαγγε-
λιστής" ψέγουσι γὰρ δὴ τὴν
μὲν ὕβριν οἱ σοφοὶ τῶν Ἑλλή-
vov καὶ τὸν τῦφον ὡς δεινήν
τινα πονηρίαν, καὶ δὴ καὶ πολ-
λῶν μητέρα ἁμαρτιῶν" τὴν δὲ
ταπεινοφροσύνην ἤτοι τὴν με-
τριότητα εἰκότως ἐπαινοῦσιν
ὡς τὴν ἀντίστροφον οὖσαν

ἀρετήν.

Θαυμάζω εἰ ei! τὰ τοιαῦτα ᾿λέγου-
σιν οἱ εὐαγγελισταὶ, μὴ ἀληθῆ
ὄντα.

Πολλὴ ἄνοιά ἐστιν μὴ οὐ σπου-
δάζειν αὐτοὺς περὶ τὰ ἡθικά.

Καίτοι ἅπαντές γε φοιτῶσιν εἰ εἰς
τὸν καθηγητὴν τὸν παραδίδοντα
τὰ ἠθικά.

Οὐ μέντοι ἔγκεινταί γε ταῖς €v-
δοκίμοις βίβλοις τῶν πάλαι

1 εἰ for ὅτι after θαυμάζω and similar verbs.—J. 804. 9; C. 48. 2.

DIALOGUE SIXTEENTH. 69

the great books of the
ancient moralists, at least
in Scotland.

I cannot but say you are
right, at least up to a cer-
tain point, but they know
much more than they usu-
ally get credit for.

True ; they cannot afford
to publish books, and they
cannot hope for promo-
tion from a knowledge of
Greek philosophy.

You hit the nail on the
head; if we had only
bishops !

Hush! I am a good Pres-
byterian.

So am I; but you wish
impossibilities. We shall
never have bishops in this
part of the world.

Then I say that we shall
never have Greek philo-
sophy wedded to Chris-
tian wisdom, as we find
it in the great English
divines.

Perhaps we may stumble
on some substitute for
bishops.

What might that be?

It is a long story ; at pre-
sent I am not at leisure.
To-morrow, if you please,
we will discuss this sub-
ject. Meanwhile, adieu!

περὶ τὰ ἠθικά φιλοσοφούντων,
κατὰ γε τὴν Καληδονίαν.

Οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅ ὅπως οὐ φημὶ ὡς λέ-
γεις τὰ ἀληθῆ, μέχρι γέ τινος"
πλὴν πλείω γε Ἰσᾶσιν οἱ εὐαγ-
γελισταὶ ἢ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν av-
θρώπων πιστεύουσιν.

Ov yap παρείκει αὐτοῖς, ota δὴ
χρημάτων σπανίζουσιν, ἐκδοῦ-
vat συγγράμματα' οὐ μὴκ οὐδ᾽
ἂν ἐλπὶς ὑπολάμπει αὐτοῖς οὐ-
δεμία προβιβασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς
περὶ τὸν βίον, διὰ τὸ ἐμπείρους
γενέσθαι τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων oo
φίας.

Ναὶ σύγε, ταῦτα λέγων ὀξυτά-
τῆς ἔτυχες τοῦ πράγματος ἀκ-
μῆς" εἰ γάρ πως συμβαίη ἡ ἡμῖν
ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τυχεῖν ἐπι-
σκόπων.

Εὐφήμει, ὦ παῖ" φρονῶ γὰρ ἐγὼ
τὰ τῶν Πρεσβυτεριᾶνῶν.

Καὶ ἐγὼ ταὐτά: ἀλλὰ σύγε τυγ-
χάνεις εὐχόμενος τὰ Hdl
οὐ μὴ γένωνται οἱ ἐπίσκοποι,
ἐν τοῖς ἐνθάδε γε τόποις.

Καὶ ἀκόλουθα τούτοις ῥητῶς ἀπο-
aivopat ὡς ov μέτεσταί ποτε
ἡμῖν γε ,τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων

σοφίας μέρος, τῇ τῶν Χριστια-
νῶν γνώσει κεκρᾶμένης, καθ᾽ ov
γε τρόπον ἐπὶ τῶν εὐδοκίμων
τῆς ᾿Αγγλίας θεολόγων evpi-
σκεται.

Εἰκὸς περιπεσεῖσθαι ἡ ἡμᾶς εὑρή-
ματί τινι τὴν τῶν ἐπισκόπων
δύναμιν ἔχοντι, χωρὶς τοῦ ὀνό-
ματος.

Τοῦτο δὲ δὴ τί ποτ᾽ ἂν εἴη; :

Μακρὸς ὁ λόγος" ἐν τῷ δὲ πα-
ρόντι οὐ σχολάζω. Αὔριον, εἴ
σοι [βουλομένῳ ἐστὶ, καιρὸς
ἂν εἴη ταῦτα διεξελθεῖν. Τὰ
νῦν ἔρρωσο.

70 DIALOGUE SEVENTEENTH.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Approbation, excessive love of—8ofoxoria, -as, ἡ. Aban-
doned—efaAns. Affected —erhacpevos. To give one’s-
self airs—oepvivopat, θρύπτομαι ἐπί τιν. A Ῥοτοε--- ἐπαχθὴς
καὶ φορτικός. To be δττορδηΐ---φρονηματίζομαι. A bully—
θρασύδειλος. Conceited — τετυφωμένος. Choleric — ἀκρό-
χολος. Conscience—ovveidnars, -€WS, 1). Character, natural
— vos, -ews, ἡ. Character, acquired—76os, -ovs, rd. Crot-
chety and obstinate—id:oyyapov. Curmudgeon—x«ipfré£,
“LKOS, 6. Determined and firm—ioyupoyvopwv. To be elated
—é€naipopa ἐπί τιν. A direct blunt fellow—avOéxaoros,
-ov, 6. Facetious—evtpamedos. Forbearance—aveftxaxia,
-as, 7. Free-spoken—appnoworns, -ov, 6. Gentlemanly
--ὀλευθέριος. A humorous dissembler—eipav, -wvos, 6.
Grave and pompous—cepvorpdowmos. To be moderate—
μετριάζω. A niggard—xvpivonpiorns, “ov, 6. Peevish—
χαλεπός. To be proud of—peya φρονῶ ἐπί τινι. Pedantic
—pixpoddyos. Plucky, mettlesome— θύμοειδής. Practical
matters—ra mpaxta. Perfect and complete -- τετράγωνος
ἄνευ ψόγου. Ῥαγροβε--προαίρεσις, -ews,7. Profligate extrava-
gance—dgeria, -as, ἡ. Scurrility—Bopodoyxia, -as, 7. Self-
ish—didavros. To be in any state of mind or body—did-
κειμαι, or ἔχω with an adverb expressing condition. Silly
conduct—dBedrepia, -as, 7. To sober down a person—
σωφρονίζω. Viciousness—pox Onpia, -as, ἢ. Vulgar display
—Pavavcia, -as, 7.

DIALOGUE SEVENTEENTH.

ON LAW AND LAWYERS. OI NOMOI KAT OI NOMIKOI.

This is a magnificent hall MeyaXonpemis δὴ ἡ αὐλὴ αὕτη.
It is the old Parliament ὌἜΕστι γὰρ τὸ παλαιὸν βουλεντή-
House, where the great ριον, εἰς ὁ ἡ μεγάλη σύνοδος
council of the nation as- τοῦ ἔθνους συνελέ ETO, καθ᾽ ὃν
sembled, when Scotland χρόνον ἡ Καληδονία, οὕπω ἕνω
was a separate kingdom. θεῖσα τῇ ᾿Αγγλίᾳ, κυρίας εἶχε

τὰς ἀρχάς.

And what use is made οὗ Τὰ νῦν δὲ εἰς τί χρησίμη ἐστὶν ;

it now ?

DIALOGUE SEVENTEENTH.

It is the place where the
lawyers congregate, and
walk about waiting to
plead their cases.
morrow, if you come
here, you will see the
throng of these learned
gentlemen with their
gowns and wigs.

Where do the judges sit?

In side-rooms. You may
see them to-morrow. To-
day is a holiday.

What picture is that on
the great window ?

That is a painting recently

executed, representing
James the Fifth, King of
Scotland, inaugurating

the College of Justice.

Who was the artist ἢ

Kaulbach.

A German? ἡ

Yes ; the Germans are the
greatest artists in Ku-
rope, at least on the great
scale, and in the histori-
cal style.

They are a wonderful peo-
ple, and whether with
the pen, the pencil, or
the sword, they seem to
give the law to Europe.

No doubt the advocates
had recourse to Germany
from the consideration}
that the Germans were
likely to do the work
better than any native.

I am afraid we are behind
in the arts, though cer-

To- ᾿

71

"EvOd8e οἱ συνήγοροι συναγερ-
θέντες περιπατοῦσι, περιμέ-
νοντες ἕως ἂν εἰσκληθέντες
δικολογῶσι παρὰ τοῖς δικασταῖς.
Αὔριον, εἰ βούλει παρεῖναι,
ὁρῴης ἂν τούτους τοὺς τεχνικοὺς
ἄνδρας, σύρμασι λαμπρῦνομέ-
νους καὶ φενάκαις.

Τῶν δὲ δικαστῶν ποῦ εἶσιν οἱ
θρόνοι ;

Ἐν παροικοδομήμασί τισιν, οὗ δὴ
πάρεστιν αὔριον. ἰδεῖν: σήμερον
γὰρ ἀπραξίᾳ χρῶνται.
Τίς ποτε ἡ γραφὴ ν ἦ εἰς τὴν με-
γάλην θυρίδα ἐ ἐγκεχρωσμένη ; ;
Αὕτη ἡ γραφὴ νεωστὶ ἐζωγραφη-
μένη ἔχει ᾿ἸΙάκωβον τὸν πέμ-
πτον τῆς Καληδονίας βασιλέα
καθιεροῦντα τὸ σύστημα τῶν
νομικῶν.

Τίς ἦν ὁ ζωγράφος; ;

‘O Καυλβάχιος.

"Ap οὖν Teppavds ; ;

Τερμᾶνός' τῇ γὰρ δὴ καλλιτεχ-
νίᾳ διαφέρουσιν οἱ Γερμᾶνοὶ
πάντων. τῶν ἐν Εὐρώπῃ, ὅσον
πέρ γε πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ
σεμνὸν τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἔργων.
᾿Αξιοθαύμαστον δήπου ἔθνος
οἱ Γερμᾶνοὶ, εἴτε τῷ καλάμῳ,
εἴτε τῇ γραφίδι, εἴτε δ᾽ αὖ τῷ
ξίφει πρωτεύοντες ἐν τοῖς Εὐ-
ρωπαίοις.

᾿Αναμφισβητήτως οἱ συνήγοροι
ἐτράπησαν πρὸς τὴν Τερμανίαν,
ὡς τῶν ἐνταῦθα μεγαλοτέχνων
ἀνδρῶν τὸ ἔργον εἰκότως τεχ-
νικώτερον ἐργασομένων ὅποι-
ουδήποτε τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ζω-
γράφων.

Τοῦτο φοβοῦμαι, μὴ τῇ καλλιτεχ-
via τῶν ἄλλων λειπωμεθα ἐθνῶν"

1 This often expressed by ws with gen absolute.—Jelf, 701; C. 64.

72 DIALOGUE SEVENTEENTH.

tainly we have good cause
to plume ourselves upon
our landscape - painters.
But tell me, have you
passed advocate ?

No; but I am studying
for the bar: I pass my
first examination to-mor-
row.

On what are you examined?
Oh! quite a simple affair :
the Institutes of Justi-
nian.

What have you, a Scot, to
do with Roman law?

The advocates allow no
one to join their body
who is ignorant of Latin
and Roman law, holding
that the general princi-
ples of the science are
best stated in the Pan-
dects; besides, as a mat-
ter of fact, we actually
do derive whole sections
of our law from the Ro-
man law, as for instance,
the doctrine of obliga-
tions.

How came this about?

Ancient Rome bequeathed
her language, her laws,
and her policy, a wide-
working legacy to modern
Europe.

Don’t you think Law a
very crabbed and thorny
science ?

Not at all; Law is like a

καίτοι δικαίως γε σεμνῦνόμενοι
ἐπὶ τοῖς τὴν χώραν ζωγραφοῦσι,
καὶ τὰ ὄρη, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰς τοῦ
τε οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν νεφελῶν
ποικιλίας, καὶ τὰς τοῦ φωτὸς
ἐμμελεῖς μεταβολάς. Ατὰρ
εἶπέ μοι, ἦ που ἐγκαταλεγεὶς
ἤδη τυγχάνεις τῷ τῶν συνηγό-
poy | συστήματι;
Οὐκ ἔγωγε" πλὴν αὔριόν γε μέλ-
λουσι δοκιμασίᾳ δοκιμάζειν με
τῇ πρώτῃ.

Ποῖά τις ἡ δοκιμασία; τ

Εὐμαρὲς πάνυ τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἥ
εἰσαγωγὴ ἡ εἰς τὴν τῶν νόμων
ἐπιστήμην, ἡ τὰ ᾿ἸΙνστιτοῦτα
καλούμενα.

Τί ποτε μέτεστί σοι, Καληδονίῳ
γε ἀνδρὶ, τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων νο-
μικῆς ;

᾿Απαγορεύουσι γὰρ δὴ οἱ συνή-
γοροι μὴ ἐγγραφῆναι τῷ συ-
στήματι τοὺς μὴ ἐμπείρους τῆς
τε “Ῥωμαικῆς γλώττης καὶ τῆς
τῶν Ῥωμαίων περὶ τοὺς νόμους
ἐπιστήμης, ὡς δὴ τῶν καθόλου
περὶ τοὺς νόμους διασεσαφηνι-
σμένων σαφέστατα ἐ ἐν τοῖς Παν-
δέκταις" καὶ μὴν καὶ, τῶν γε ἡμῖν
νομίμων ὁλόκληρα κεφάλαια
ἀνάγομεν εἰς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους,
οἷον σύμπαν τὸ σύνταγμα τῶν
περὶ ἐνοχῶν.

Ταῦτα δὲ πῶς συνέβη;

Ἢ Ῥώμη ἡ παλαιὰ διέθετο τὴν
τε γλῶτταν αὑτῆς καὶ τὴν πο-
λιτικὴν σοφίαν καὶ τοὺς νόμους,
εὐρυσθενῆ κληρονομίαν τῇ νῦν
Εὐρώπῃ.

Οὔκουν αλεπήν τινα καὶ ἄκαν-
θώδη ἡγεῖ τὴν περὶ τοὺς νό-

μους ἐπιστήμην ; ;
Ov δῆτα' ὁμοία γὰρ δή ἐστιν ἡ

DIALOGUE SEVENTEENTH. 73

garden full of well-flav-
oured and _ salubrious
fruits, but fenced round
with a hedge of thorns,
these thorns being the
forms of process, and acer-
tain cumbrous phraseolo-
gy lumbering on through
centuries.

And that does not annoy
you?

It would annoy me if 1
did not know that time
makes all these asperities
smooth. A workman who
worksdiligently every day
cannot help knowing the
names of his tools, be
they: ever so barbarous.

You take a comfortable
view of what appears to
me a very disagreeable
business. I once thought
of being a lawyer my-
self, but gave it up from
the feeling that I should
be smothered in the ter-
rible lumber-room of the
endless pedantries which
compose the art of plead-

ing.

You should have gone to
a writer’s (attorney’s)
office to learn the details
of the forms of process
by practice.

So I did; but I was con-
stantly brought to a
stand by their arbitrary

νομικὴ κήπῳ, εὐχύλων μεστῷ
καὶ ὑγιεινῶν καρπῶν, περιφραγ-
μένῳ μέντοι φραγμῷ ἀκανθῶν.
Φραγμὸν δὴ λέγω ἐκ δυεῖν συγ-
κείμενον νόσων, πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ
τοῦ ὡς δεῖ μεταχειρίζεσθαι τὴν
δικαιολογίαν παρὰ τοῖς δικα-
σταῖς, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐξ ὀγκώδους
τινὸς ἑρμηνείας, ἑλκούσης τὸ
βάρος φορτικῶς διὰ τῶν ἐκα-
τονταετηρίδων.

Οὔκουν κόπτει σε ταῦτα;

Κόπον δήπου μοι ἂν παρέχοι, μὴ

εἰδότι γε φιλεῖν τὸν χρόνον τὰ
τραχέα λεαίνειν, εἴπερ ἀδύ-
νατα" δημιουργὸν, καθημερινῇ
ἀσκήσει ἐντριβῆ, μὴ οὐκ
εἰδέναι2 τὰ ὀνόματα ὧν μετα-
χειρίζεται ὀργάνων, κἂν μάλι-
στα βεβαρβαρωμένα.

Νὴ τὸν κύνα, μάλα εὐκόλως ἔχειν

δοκεῖς ἐν πράγματι, ὅπερ ἔμοιγε
ἑκάστοτε ἀηδὲς φαίνεται ἐν τοῖς
μάλιστα. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς πάλαι
ἐν νῷ εἶχον γενέσθαι συνήγο-
pos: ἀπείρηκα δὲ, ὡς δεινὴν
πάνυ οὔσαν3 καὶ πνϊγηρὰν τὴν
γρυτοδόκην τῆς ἀπεράντον μι-
κρολογίας τῶν τὴν δικανικὴν
ἐπᾶιόντων τέχνην.

Οὕτως δὴ ἐχρὴν παρὰ δικανικῷ
τινὶ ἐμπειρίᾳ ἐκμα ev τὰ κα
ἕκαστα τῶν περὶ τὰς δικαιο-
λογίας τεχνημάτων.

Καὶ μὴν παρὰ συνδίκῳ ἐπραγ-

> ‘ 3 3
ματευόμην---οὐ μὴν ἀλλ᾽ εἰς
ἀπορίας ἑκάστοτε ἐνέβαλέ με οὐ

1 Plural for singular.—C, 65. 6.

2 μὴ ov, before infin., after certain words expressing a negative, supra,

p. 63.

8 The accus. with part. exactly as the gen., note, p. 71, above.

74 DIALOGUE SEVENTEENTH.

formalities paraded with
such empty gravity.

Oh, you are too much of a
philosopher! you must
have a reason for every-

. thing. But what are
your present studies ?

T am a medical man.

Ha! ha! and you work
in that filthy dissecting-
room, keeping company
with death and putridity.
Allow me to prefer the
forms of process, with
the quirks and quibbles,
the subtleties and the
subterfuges, and the nice
shavings of the experts
in the art of pleading.

Well, it is a strange thing ;

the entrance to almost
all studies is disagree-
able. Aller Anfang ist
schwer, as the Germans
say.

Exactly so; I hope you
will see me on the bench
some day soon, having
triumphantly overleaped
all that terrible fence of
prickles, Meanwhile Jus-
tinian waits for me. I
have an _ appointment
with my grinder, what
they call a coach in Cam-
bridge.

Just so. Good-bye. I go
to dissect the body of a
murderer who was hanged
last week for poisoning
his wife.

τὰ πράγματα, ἀλλὰ τὰ περὶ τὰ
πράγματα, ἀφοσιώσεως ἕνεκα,
σεμνῶς τετραγῳδημένα.

Ἔν τούτοις οὐκ ἐν χώρᾳ τὸ ἄγαν
φιλοσοφεῖν" καὶ γὰρ οὐχ ἅπαν-
τα ὁμοίως ἐνδέχεται κατὰ τὸν
λόγον ἐξακριβοῦν. ᾿Ατὰρ, τὰ
νῦν, τί μελετᾷς ;

᾿Επαγγέλλομαι τὰ ἰατρικά.

Βαβαί: οὐκοῦν ἐργάζει ἐν αὐχ-
μηρῷ ἐκείνῳ καὶ πιναρῷ ἐργα-
στηρίῳ, ὅπου ἀνατέμνουσι τὰ
σώματα τὰ νεκρά, ὁμϊλῶν τῷ
τε θανάτῳ καὶ τῇ σηπεδόνι.
Ἔμοιγε συγγνώμη εἴη παρὰ
σοῦ προκρίνοντι τὰ τε περὶ
τὰς δίκας τεχνήματα, καὶ τὰς
συμπᾶσας λεπτολογίας καὶ
λυγισμοὺς καὶ στροφὰς καὶ
λόγων ἀκριβῶν σκινδαλάμους
τῶν ἐντέχνως δικαιολογουμένων.

Θαυμάσιον γοὖν τοῦτο: πάντων
τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἡ εἴσοδος
xarern —aller Anfang ist
schwer—ro τῶν Τερμᾶνῶν.

᾿Αληθέστατα λέγεις" ἔμεγε ἔλπί-
ζω ὡς ὄψει ποτὲ ἐν μέσῃ
τῇ συνεδρίᾳ τῶν δικαστῶν,
πηδήματι ὑπερπηδήσαντα νικη-
φόρῳ ἐκεῖνον τὸν φραγμὸν
ἀκανθώδη. Ἔν τοσούτῳ δὲ
μένει με ἐλθεῖν ὁ ᾿Ιουστινιᾶνὸς"
καὶ γὰρ ὑπεσχόμην συγγενέ-
σθαι ats λύγος τῷ παιδοτριβῇ
μου, ὃν δὴ οἱ μὲν ἐπιχώριοι
ἀκονητὴν καλοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ ἐν
Κανταβριγίᾳ ἅμαξαν.

᾿Εὔλογα ταῦτα ἔρρωσο' Ἐγὼ
δὲ ἀπέρχομαι, ἀνατεμῶν τὸ
σῶμα αὐτόχειρός τινος, ᾧ βρό-
χος meptereOn τῇ παρελθούσῃ
ἑβδομάδι, διὰ τὸ φαρμάκῳ δια-
φθεῖραι τὴν γυναῖκα.

DIALOGUE EIGHTEENTH. 75

A pleasant occupation! Κομψὺὸν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα' χαῖρε.
Farewell !

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Bring ἃ case into court—eicayew δίκην. Burglary—
rotxwpuxia, -as, 9. The bar—ai κιγκλίδες. A bond—
συμβόλαιον, -ov, τό. Caution-money—mpuraveia, «ων, τά.
Charge or accusation—éykAypa, -atos, τός Consuetudinary
law—ra νομίζομενα. To be convicted οἵ---ἁ«λῶναί τινος.
Defendant-—6 φεύγων. Demurrer—mrapaypagn, -ῆς, ἡ. Di-
vorce—arémepypis, -εως, ἧ. Detect—dupdo. Equity—ro
ἐπιεικές. Embezzlement—ogerepuo, os, -ov, 6. A fine—
ἐπιτίμιον, -ov, τό. Flogging—paoriywors, -ews, 7. Hang-
ing—rd κρεμάσαι. Indictment— γραφή, -js, ἡ. Make
appearance in Court—dmavré πρὸς δίκην. The Commis-
sioner of Police—doruvédpos, -ov, 6. The pursuer—6 διώκων.
Preliminary pleadings to settle the issue—dvaxpiots, -εως, ἧ.
Pillory—xugor, -wvos, 6. Prescription a acbio ala “ας, ἡ
Pay a penalty—Oixny δίδωμι. Resurrectionist—rupBwpv-
xos, -ov, 6. Refer a matter to a judge—enravayw. To
sanction—kvpde. Usufruct—émxapria, -as, 7. Underlie
the Jlaw—tméxo δίκην. Witnesses, to produce—pdprupas

παρέχομαι.

DIALOGUE EIGHTEENTH.

POLITICS AND FORMS OF TA TOAITIKA KAI AI
GOVERNMENT. ΠΟΛΙΤΕΙ͂ΑΙ.

Well, I must say, it is a Ἔργον, ἁ ὡς ἀληθῶς, τοῦτό a δια-

difficult matter to govern χειρίζειν τὰ τῶν. ἀνθρώπων
human beings ! πράγματα.

What makes you moralize Τί παθὼν τὰ τοιαῦτα σεμνολο-
in this fashion? γεῖς

I am just returned from “Ho ἤδη ἀπὸ σνλλόγου δημοτι-
a public meeting; and κοῦ" ὅπου δὴ ἐγένετο βοὴ καὶ
there there arose such a κραυγὴ καὶ ὀγκηθμὸς περὶ φαύ-
wretched yelling, scream- Ans τινὸς δασμολογίας ἐπιχω-

76 DIALOGUE EIGHTEENTH.

ing, and braying about
some paltry piece of local
taxation, that I wished
myself in Bedlam twenty
times before the meeting
was dismissed. Verily I
was ashamed of my
species.

I have often been in the
same case ; but can you
tell me how it comes to
pass that reasonable
beings are often so un-
reasonable ?

No! but I know that
tigers are sometimes more
pliable than men.

I will tell you; the rea-
son is that man, a com-
plex animal, is driven by
many hostile tendencies,
besides being liable to
be lifted up and overboil
with all sorts of heaven-
scaling aspirations, and
spurred on by unbridled
passions, in consequence
of which weighty matters
are often handled in the
manner of a scramble,
and everything is pushed
to an extreme. If we
could be prevailed on to
take a more modest mea-
sure of ourselves, we
should be more easily
governed.

What form of government
do you think best ?

Like Aristotle, I wisely
refuse to answer that
question in the abstract.
A monarchy suits a sub-
missive and passive
people ; but an energetic

ρίας, εἰς τοσοῦτον ὥστε ηὐξά-
μὴν εἰκοσάκις εἰς τὸ τῶν
φρενοβλαβῶν νοσοκομεῖον με-
τασταθῆναι, πρὶν διαλυθῆναι
τὸν σύλλογον. Ἦ μὴν ἠσχύν-
θην ἔγωγε περὶ τοῦ γένους τοῦ
ἀνθρωπίνου.

Ταὐτὰ ἔπαθον καὶ αὐτὸς οὐχ

ἅπαξ' τάδε δὲ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν ὅπό-

θεν ζῶα λογικὰ οὕτως ἐνίοτε
,’

πολιτεύονται ἀλόγως ;

Οὐκ ἔγωγε' οἶδα δὲ τὸ τίγρεων

γένος ἔστιν ὅτε μᾶλλον ὃν
εὐχείρωτον.

Λέξω eyo: φέρεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος

a 4 ΄ Α
---τε δὴ ποικίλον θρέμμα καὶ
περίπλοκον---πολλαῖς καὶ ἐναν-
τίαις ὁρμαῖς" καὶ δὴ καὶ πεφῦκε
μετεωρίζεσθαι καὶ ἐπιζεῖν παν-
τοίαις φιλοτιμίαις οὐρανομή-
κεσι, καὶ πάθεσι μνωπίζεσθαι
2 πος τ ἢ ef . > -Δ-“-
ἀχαλϊνώτοις, ὥστε τὰ ἐμβριθῆ
φύρδην πράττειν, καὶ ἕλκειν
σ € , ?
ἅπαντα eis ὑπερβολῆν. Ei
δυνατόν ye εἴη πεῖσαι τοὺς
ἀνθρώπους μέτρον ἑαυτοῖς προ-
στιθέναι μετριώτερον, μᾶλλον
ἂν εἴη εὔμαρες τὸ εὐνομίαν ὗπο-
μένειν.

Τίνα δὲ δὴ πολϊτείας σύνταξιν

4 > »,
νομίζεις ἀρίστην ;

Κατὰ τὸν ᾿Αριστοτέλην σοφός

εἰμι ἀρνούμενος μὴ πρὸς τὰ
τοιαῦτα ἀποκρίνεσθαι ἁπλῶς.
Προσήκει μὲν ἡ μοναρχία ἔθνει
χειροήθει καὶ ἡσύχῳ’ δραστή-
ριον δὲ ἔθνος καὶ θυμῶδες δη-

DIALOGUE EIGHTEENTH. 77

and high-spirited people
demands democracy.

Then you are a democrat,
and you would hand us
over to America to be
educated !

Not at all. The demo-
cratic element is quite
strong enough in Great
Britain already, without
borrowing from abroad.

Then you do not advocate
a pure democracy.

Of course not. I have
nothing to say in favour
of any unmixed form of
government. All un-
mixed polities are meagre
and monotonous com-
pared with the variety
and wealth of mixed
constitutions.

I believe Aristotle, Cicero,
Polybius, and all the
wisest ancients were in
favour of the happy tem-
pering which arises out
of the mixture of con-
traries.

Yes; and the greatest
modern writers to boot.

I admire an energetic de-’

mocracy as I do a mettle-
some steed at full gallop;
but the horse requires a
rein, and democratic vig-
our without the aristo-
‘cratic check is apt to run
into excess. :

μοκρατικῶς μᾶλλον οἰκεῖσθαι
ἀξιοῖ.

Οὐκοῦν δημοκρατικός εἶ, καὶ
βούλοιο ἂν παραδοῦναι ἡμᾶς
παιδεύεινϊ τοῖς ᾿Αμερικᾶνοϊς.

Οὐ δῆτα" ἱκανῶς ἤδη ἐπιχωριάζει
ἐν τῇ γε μεγάλῃ Βρεταννίᾳ τὸ
δημοκρατικὸν, ὥστε μηδὲν μη-
δαμῶς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἔξωθεν
προσλαβεῖν.

Οὔκουν ἐπαινεῖς ἄκρᾶτον τὴν
δημοκρατίαν.

Μὰ Δία οὐκ ἔγωγε: πῶς yap:
ἀβοήθητος δὴ, ἐμοῦ γε ἕνεκα
ἔσται ἄκρᾶτος ἑκάστη πολὶτεία,
κἂν εἰ καλλίστη ἐστίν. Αἱ γὰρ
τοιουτότροποι σὐμπᾶσαιϊσχνόν
τι ἔχουσι καὶ ψυχρὸν, πρός γε
τὴν ποικιλίαν καὶ τὴν ἀφθονίαν,
τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐμμελῶς κεκρᾶμέ-
vats πολιτείαις.

Ὃ γοῦν ᾿Αριστοτέλης, φασὶ, καὶ
ὁ Κικέρων καὶ ὁ Πολύβιος καὶ
τῶν πάλαι συγγραφέων ὅσοι
σοφώτατοι ἐπήνουν τὴν εὐκρᾶ-
σίαν, τὴν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων
μίξεως.

Πάνυ μὲν οὖν" καὶ οἱ εὐδοκιμώ-
τατοι πρὸς τῶν νῦν συγγρα-
φέων.

Θαυμάζω ἐνεργητικὴν se a-
tiav, ὥσπερ καὶ ἵππον bipwdn
δρόμῳ καλπάζοντα ἐντενεῖ" οὐ
μὴν ἀλλὰ δεῖται ὁ μὲν ἵππος
χαλινοῦ, ἡ δὲ δραστηριότης ἡ
δημοκρατικὴ, μὴ ἔχουσα ἐποχὴν
ἀριστοκρατικὴν, φιλεῖ φέρεσθαι
εἰς τὸ ἄγαν.

1 Verbs of handing over, delivery, etc., which are followed by the par-
ticiple in dus in Latin, take in Greek the infin. act. or passive.—F. 218 ;

C. 81 ¢,

3 So far as I am concerned ; for me, p. 34, supra.

78 DIALOGUE EIGHTEENTH.

That is Aristotle’s doc-
trine ; but I am afraid our
modern Liberals will not
accept him as a teacher.

That is just the danger ;
the mass of the people,
blown up by windy flat-
terers, get possessed with
the conceit that they re-
quire no check, and so
they are apt to bubble
over and to explode, like
a crazy boiler from too
much steam.

You do not fear anything
of this kind, I hope, in
reference to the British
Constitution ?

I am no prophet; but I
should think Great Bri-
tain just as likely to make
a great blunder in the
slippery business of re-
forming its constitution
as any other country.
The results of time have
given us some very com-
bustible materials, which
it is not every man’s
business to deal with.

Well, notin my day atleast!

After us the deluge! a
most comfortable maxim ;
and I for one hope to slip
into my grave in peace,
crowned with the mossy
honours of old age, but
scathed by no whiff of
gusty revolution. But
you are a young fellow,
and when the next Re-
form Bill comes, some
thirty years hence—

Ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν ἀκριβῶς ἃ διδά-

σκει ὁ ᾿Αριστοτέλης" φοβοῦμαι
δὲ δὴ μὴ oi νῦν τὰ τοῦ δήμου
φρονοῦντες οὐκ ἀποδέχωνται
τὴν αὐτοῦ σοφίαν.

Ἐν τούτῳ δὴ ὁ κίνδῦνος" ὁ γοῦν
πολὺς λεὼς, ὕπο τεθυμμένων
πεφρονηματισθεὶς κολάκων,
δαιμονᾶν φιλεῖ τῷ δοξαρίῳ, ὡς
μηδενὸς μηδαμῆ δεόμενος χαλῖ-
νοῦ, ὥστε ἐπιζεῖν én, καὶ πατα-
γῆσαι διὰ τὴν λίαν ἀτμίδα,
σαπροῦ δίκην λέβητος σιδηρο-
δέτου, ἐν μηχανῇ ἀτμοκϊῖνήτῳ.

? A
Η που τοιοῦτον τι ἐλπίζεις

ἀποβήσεσθαι περὶ τῆς ἐνθάδε
πολιτείας ;

Οὐ μάντις ἔγωγε: τὴν δὲ δὴ
μεγάλην Βρεταννίαν πιστεύω
μηδὲν ἧττον ἢ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν
ἔθνος qiay ἁμαρτεῖν ἐν τῷ
σφαλερῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ διορθῶ-
σαι τὴν πολιτείαν. Οὐκ ὀλίγα
ε τῶν καυσίμων πεπόρικεν
ἡμῖν ὁ πολὺς χρόνος, ἅπερ οὐ
παντός ἐστι διαχειρίζειν.

Εἶεν" οὐκ ἐμοῦ γε ζῶντος ; ;
Γένοιτο, ἡμῶν οἱ χομένων, ὁ κατα-

κλυσμός" καλὴ, νὴ Δία, ἡ ῆ γνώμη
καὶ μάλα εὐπαθὴς" καὶ ἔγωγε
ἐπίδοξός εἶμι eis τὸν τάφον
ὀλισθεῖν, γήρως μὲν εὐρῶτι καὶ
πάχνῃ ἐστεφανωμένον, τῶν δὲ
δεινῶν, συν θεῷ, ἄθικτος καται-
γιζόντων νεωτερισμῶν" σὺ δὲ
πάνυ νέος τις εἶ, καὶ ἐπειδὰν,
πρὸς τοῖς ἄρτι διορθωθεῖσιν
ἄλλο τι ἀφίκηται πολίτευμα
διορθωτικὸν, τριάκοντα περίπου
ἔτη ἀπὸ τοῦδε---

DIALOGUE EIGHTEENTH. 79

What then ?
Perhaps you will awake

Εἶτα τί γενήσεται ; ;
Εἰκὸς ἐγερθήσεσθαί ποτε σὲ

some morning sitting on
the rim of a volcano,

which will not be favour- —

able for the digestion of
your breakfast.

Well, after all, I would
rather be blown up in a
popular tumult than rot
away under the living
death of an absolute
despotism.

So would I perhaps ; but
the sorrow is that these
violent outbreaks of popu-
lar violence are generally
the prelude to despotism,
and a despotism which,
having once obtained a
footing, may last for
centuries.

May God preserve us from
such a fate!

Amen ! say I.

καθήμενον € ἐπὶ τῶν χειλῶν κρα-
τῆρος ὄρους πυρπνόου, ὅπερ
οὐ συμβαλεῖται πρὸς τὴν τοῦ
ἀκρατισμοῦ κατεργασίαν.

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ “μέντοι ἀποδεξαίμην
ἂν ἐν στάσει διαρριφῆναι δη-
μοτικῇ μᾶλλον ἣ βίον βιοὺς
ἀβίωτον κατασήπεσθαι ἐν ἐσ-
χάτῃ τυραννίδι.

Ἴσως καὶ ἐμοὶ ταῦτα αἱρετά"
ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ κεῖται
τὸ δεινὸν, τῷ τοῦς τοιούτους
βίας δημοτικῆς ῥύᾶκας, ὡς
ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον, τὸ ἐνδόσιμον
εἶναι τυραννίδος, ἣ 7 δὴ, ὁ ὁρμητη-
ρίου τυχοῦσα, πολλὰς ἂν ια-
μένοι ἑκατονταετηρίδας ἀκρά-
δαντος.
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν τῶν τοιούτων δεινῶν
ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῖν ἀλεξητήριος γέ-
γοιτο.
Τένοιτο δή.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

The army—rd μάχιμον.

λογιστής, -ov, ὁ.
guard—oi δορυφόροι.

βουλήν. Bribery—Sexacpés, -οὗ, 6.
Consul, foreign—mpdfevos, του, ὁ.
of Public Works—emipedyras, «οὔ, ὁ.
Woods and Forests—oi ὑλωροί.
Commons, House οἱ--- βουλευτή-

«ας, 7).

καθεστῶτα μὴ κινοῦντες.
ριον, του, τό.
αἰσυμνήτης, -ου, ὁ.
--ἀ πογράφομαι.

To job—xarayapifopat.

Ballot-box—xadioxos, του, ὁ.
A bill, to bring in—eiocdyew eis

Canvassing— épi6eia, “ας, 1).

Electors, to put one’s-self on the roll of
A resident foreigner—peroixos, -ov, ὁ.
Leader of a party—mpoorarns, του,

Auditor of public accounts—
Body-

Club, political—érarpia,
Commissioner
Commissioners of
Conservatives—oi τὰ

A dictator—

6. Lords, House of—yepovoia, -as, 7. Member of Parlia-

ment—ovvedpos, του, ὁ.

navy—rd ναυτικόν, -OU, TO.
To be a_place-hunter—omovdapxidw.

τικόν.

Magistrates—oi ἄρχοντες. The
Politic, the body—rd πολι-
Principle,

80

DIALOGUE NINETEENTH.

the fundamental of a constitution—tmddects, -ews, 7.

Public business, to conduct— χρηματίζω.
Τη8η---πράττειν τὰ τῆς πόλεως.

€

μιεῖον, -ov, τό.

DIALOGUE

ON LATIN LITERATURE.

The talk we had yesterday
about politics made me
think about the Romans,
who surely were great
politicians ;

“Romanos rerum dominos

gentemque togatam.”

Yes ; they understood war
and discipline. By discip-
line, Rome, though taken,
was not conquered by the
Gauls; by the want of
discipline, among other
causes, France has been
laid prostrate beneath
the weighty strategy of
Moltke, and the well-
drilled youth of Ger-
many. Are you fond of
Latin ?

Indeed I am; there is a
lofty senatorian tread
about it which I admire;
and I confess I like it

6. To be a trimmer—éezapdorepiCa.
ὑποτελεῖν φόρους, or τὰ τέλη εἰσφέρειν.

To be a public
A spy—®rakovorns, -ov,
Taxes, to pay—
Treasury—ra-

Upper classes—oi γνώριμοι, οἱ δυνατοί.

NINETEENTH.

H PQMAIKH ΦΙΛΟΛΟΓΊΑ.

Ta χθὲς ἡμῖν διαλεχθέντα περὶ
τῶν πολιτικῶν ὑπέμνησέ | με
τοὺς “Ῥωμαίους ὡς πάνυ ἄκρους
ὄντας ἐν τοῖς πολιτικοῖς"

““ Romanos rerum dominos gen-

temyue togatam.”

᾿Ἐμπειρότατοι γὰρ ἦσαν τοῦ τε
πολέμου καὶ τὴς πειθαρχίας.
Τῇ γοῦν τῆς πειθαρχίας δυνά-
μει, καίπερ αἱρεθείσα ὑπὸ τῶν
Κελτῶν, ἡ μὲν Ῥώμη ἡ πα-
λαιὰ οὐκ ἐνίκήθη: ἡ δὲ Φραγ-
κία ἡ νῦν ἄλλοις τε ἁμαρτή-
μασιν οὐκ ὀλίγοις, καὶ δὴ καὶ
τῇ ἀκοσμίᾳ, πρηνὴς καταβέβλη-
ται ὑπὸ τῇ τοῦ Μολτκίου εὐόγκῳ
στρατηγίᾳ καὶ τῷ εὐπειθεῖ καὶ
καλῶς γεγυμνασμένῳ κόσμῳ
τῶν τῆς Γερμανίας. νεᾶνιῶν.
Ἀτὰρ συγε ἀγαπᾷς τὴν Popat-
κὴν γλῶτταν;

Καὶ σφόδρα γε: σεμνοπρεπές
τι ἔχει καὶ μεγαλόψῦχον βῆμα,
ὡς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς βουλευτοῦ καὶ
apxtxov,! ὅπερ δικαίως θαυμά-

1 πρὸς with gen., such as becomes; such as might be expected from.—J.

638. 2b. ; C. 18. 4 ο.

DIALOGUE NINETEENTH. 81

even in its modern

smooth Avatar—

£ With isstmo and INO, and
sweet poise
Of words in flow of plea-
ant scandalous talk,’
as Mrs. Browning has it ;
besides, I must know La-
tin professionally.

How?
I am going to the bar.

Oh then, of course you
must have a regular de-
luge of Latin flung over
your ears. They who con-
quer the world by the
sword must rule the world
by law; and therefore the
Romans, being great sol-
diers, were necessarily also
great lawyers. And I
think they seem to have
been conscious of their
mission.

Yes; hence that line of
Virgil—
‘Tu regere imperio popu-

los, Romane, memento;’

ἃ wise man always knows
what he can do well.

Did the Romans excel the
Greeks in any other thing

“ besides war, politica, and
law ?

Scarcely ; though as his-
torians they are by no
means contemptible.

Livy, of course, you mean,
and Tacitus ?

Yes; I think the style of

ζω" καὶ μὴν καὶ ὁμολογῶ ἀγα- .
πᾶν καὶ τὴν νεωτέραν αὐτῆς
ἐνσάρκωσιν---

‘With ἸΙΒΙΜῸ and INO, and

sweet poise
Of words in flow of pleasant
scandalous talk.’
τὸ τῆς ποιητρίας Βραύνιγγος"
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀναγκάζει με
τὸ ἐπάγγελμα ἐπᾶίειν τι τῶν
“Ῥωμαικῶν.

Πῶς τοῦτο λέγεις;

Μέλλω γὰρ ἐπιτηδεύειν τὴν τῶν
νόμων τέχνην. .
σ΄ A “ ‘ ’ 2

Οὕτω δὴ δεῖ τοὺς τούτων ἐπι-
peAntas ὅλον κατακλυσμὸν
τῶν Ῥωμαικῶν καταντλῆσαι σοι
κατὰ τῶν ὥτων. Τοὺς γοῦν τῷ
ξίφει καταστρεψαμένους τὴν
οἰκουμένην ἀνάγκη τοῖς νόμοις
οἰκεῖν τὰ κατεστραμμένα" ὥστε
εἰκότως οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, ἅτε διαφέ-
povres τοῖς περὶ τὸν πόλεμον,
οὐκέἔσθ᾽ ὅπως οὐκ ἐγένοντο ἄκροι
τῇ τε πολιτικῇ καὶ τῇ νομικῇ.
Καὶ μὴν καὶ φαίνονται εὖ συ-
νειδότες ταὕτην ἔχειν τὴν ἀπο-
στολήν.

Ὑπερφυῶς μὲν οὖν" τεκμήριον δὲ
τὸ τοῦ Βιργιλίου---

‘Tu regere imperio populoa,
Romane, memento ?—

οἶδε yap σοφὸς ἀνὴρ ἑκάστοτε

ἃ δύναιτ᾽ ἂν κατορθῶσαι.

Μῶν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ὑπερεῖχον τῶν
Ἑλλήνων ἄλλῳ ὁτῳοῦν πράγ-
ματι, χωρίς γε τῶν περὶ τοὺς
τε νόμους καὶ τὸν πόλεμον καὶ
τὴν πολιτικήν ;

Μόγις" καίτοι τῇ γε ἱστορίᾳ κατ᾽
οὐδὲν ἦσαν εὐκαταφρόνητοι.

Τὸν Λίβιον, οἶμαι, λέγεις καὶ τὸν
Τάκιτον ;

᾿Αμέλει' τὴν μὲν γὰρ τοῦ Λι-
F

82

Livy is perfect ; but his
matter is not always cor-
rect.

Dr. Arnold says that in
the history of the Punic
War Polybius is more
worthy of credit.

This is generally allowed ;
but still Livy is a first-
class historian.

What do you think of the
Roman poets ?

Virgil, Horace, Naso, Lu- —

cretius were men of great
genius; but they could
not achieve the highest
things.

Why?

Because they either wasted
good materials, or lived
in an age that was defi-
cient in lefty inspiration.
Rome was cerrupt and
rotten before her litera-
ture reached its eulmina-
tion.

Some people prefer Virgil
to Homer.

Very few now; neverthe-
less I myself prefer cer-
tain books οὗ the Hneid
to the corresponding ones
in Homer.

Which books do you mean?

If I must specify, I will
say that in my opinion
the sixth book of the
fEneid is superior to the
eleventh book of the
Odyssey, and the fifth

‘book of the Aneid to
the twenty-third book of
the Iliad,

DIALOGUE NINETEENTH.

βίου λέξιν μονονουχὶ τελείαν

ἡγοῦμαι" τὰ δὲ συμβάντα οὐ
πάνυ ἀκριβῶς μνημονεύει.
Λέγει γοῦν ὁ ᾿Αρνόλδιος ἐν τοῖς

Καρχηδονικοῖς ἀξιοπιστότερον
εἶναι τὸν Πολύβιον.

Τοῦτο συνομολογοῦσιν ἅ ἅπαντες"
καίτοι ὅ γε Λίβιος ἐν τοῖς
ἱστορικοῖς πρωτεύει.

Περὶ δὲ τῶν ποιητῶν τῶν Ῥω-
μαικῶν τίνα ἔχεις γνώμην; ;
“Axpot δήπου ἦσαν περὶ τοὺς
ἐρρύθμους λόγους ὁ τε Βιργί-
λιος καὶ δ᾽ Οράτιος καὶ ὁ Νάσων
καὶ ὁ Λουκ ἥτιος" ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως
ἐμποδών τι τ αὐτοῖς τοῦ μὴ δύ-
νασθαι κατορθῶσαι τὰ μέγιστα.

Τί ποτ᾽ ἂν εἴη τοῦτο;
ὑστέρησαν γὰρ δὴ, ἣ τῷ
μὴ ἔχειν ὕλην τῇ ποιήσει
ἐπιτηδείαν, ἣ διὰ τὴν τότε κα-
τάστασιν τῶν πραγμάτων, τῷ
μὴ δύνασθαι ἱ ἱκανῶς ἐνθουσιᾶν.
Καὶ γὰρ διε Lat, ἦν ἡ
Ῥώμη καὶ σαθρὰ, πρὶν τῆς ἀκ-

μῆς ἐφικέσθαι τὴν περὶ τὰ
γράμματα σπουδήν.

Ἔστιν οἱ τὸν Βεργίλιον προκρί-
νουσι τοῦ Ὁμήρου.

οὐ πολλοὶ, τὰ νῦν γε" οὐ μὴν
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς μᾶλλον ἐ ἐπαινῶ
ἐνίας τοῦ Βιργιλίον ῥαψῳδίας,
παρὰ τὰς ἀντιστρόφους, τὰς
παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ.

Τίνας μάλιστα λέγεις ῥαψῳδίας ; ;

Ei χρὴ λέγειν ἀκριβέστερον, ai-
nv ἂν τὴν μὲν ἕκτην τῆς Αἰνει-
ados ῥαψῳδίαν περιγί νεσθαι
τὴ; παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ νεκυίας, τὴν

€ πέμπτην τῶν τῆς Ἰλιάδος
ἄθλων.

DIALOGUE NINETEENTH. 83

What is your opinion οὗ

Lucretius ?

A sublime and fervid gen-
ius; but his subject is
quite unpoetical. A poem
in praise of Atheism is a
poem in praise of non-
sense; and I have no
stomach for nonsense,
even with the relish of
genius.

Oh! you are very imperi-
ous.

Yes! in some things I am
a dictator. But in the
meantime I must pack
off: there is an auction
at Nisbet’s, where I mean
to buy Heyne’s Virgil.

Yes ; Heyne was a man of
taste and culture, and
raised scholarship far
above the elegant and
empty verbalism of his
predecessors. Farewell!

The same to you.

Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Aovxpnriov τίνα
ἔχεις γνώμην;

Σεμνοπρεπήῆς tis ὡς ἀληθῶς
ἐστιν ὁ ἀνὴρ καὶ διάπυρος τὴν
φύσιν" τὰ δὲ πράγματα πάντως
ταῖς Μούσαις ἀπάδει, εἴγε ποίη-
μα ἐγκωμιάζον τὴν ἀθεότητα
ἰσόρροπόν ἐστι τῷ ἐγκωμιάζειν
ἀτοπίας" ἀτοπήματα δὲ οὐκ ἂν
δυναίμην ἔγωγε καταπέψαι, κἂν
ὄψον ἔχοντα τὴν εὐ eat

Βαβαί: μάλα γοῦν δεσποτικῶς
ἔχεις περὶ τοῦτο.

Καὶ ὁμολογῶ γε κατά τινα aiov-
μνήτης εἶναι. ᾿Ατὰρ νῦν δὴ
πάντως ἀνάγκη ἀνασκευάζειν.
Γίνεται ἀποκήρυξις παρὰ τῷ
Νισβετίῳ, ὅπου διανοοῦμαι τὸν
τοῦ Eiviov Βιργίλιον πρίασθαι.

Σοφῶς σύγε" καὶ γὰρ δὴ φιλό-
καλος ἦν ἀνὴρ ὁ Ἑΐνιος, καὶ ἐν
τοῖς μάλιστα πεπαιδευμένος, ὅς
ye! προήγαγε τὴν τῶν Τερμᾶ-
Jovechuudberio ἐπὶ πολὺ πέρᾶν
τῆς κομψῆς καὶ κενῆς μικρολο-

ias τῶν πρότερον λεξιθηρῶν.
Ἐρρωσο.
“Eppwoo καὶ σύ.

The additional vocabulary suitable for this dialogue will
be found in the chapter on RHETORIC AND BELLES LETTREs ;

above, p. 57.

1 ὃς ye, quippe qui, utpote qui.

DIALOGUE

ON MECHANICAL SCIENCE.

What beasts are these
with which your room is
crammed ?

They are not beasts ; they
are machines.

That one is puffing and
blowing like an infuriated
animal: I should like to
know what you call the
monster?

It is a steam-engine,

Oh, I understand. It is
very curious; and the
huge arm goes up and
down as regularly as the
pulse of a healthy man.

Yes ; it is a wonderful
creation of human wit,
and a grand triumph
of Scottish genius. If
I had time I should
gladly explain the parts
to you. Here, for in-
stance, is the boiler pro-
ducing the steam, which
is the moving power.
The heat, of course, is
produced by the furnace
which you see below.
Then here is the cylinder
in which the piston moves
up and down; here the
beam; there the wheel
by which the motion be-
comes circular ; and there
a variety of other wheels

84

TWENTIETH.

TA ΠΕΡῚ TAS MHXANAS.

Ποῖα τὰ κνώδαλα ταῦτα, ois Be-
¢
βυσμένον ἔχεις τὸ δωμάτιον ;

Οὐ κνώδαλα ταῦτα' μηχαναὶ
γάρ.

Καίτοι ἐκεῖνό γε δῆλόν ἐστιν
ἀναπνέον καὶ φυσῶν ἀπηγριω-
μένου δίκην θηρός. Ασμενος
ἂν μάθοιμε τὸ τοῦ τέρατος
ὄνομα.

᾿Ατμομηχανή ἐστιν.

Μανθάνω. Κομψὺὸν τὸ τέχνημα"
ὁ δὲ βραχίων ὁ ὑπερμεγέθης
οὐχ ἧττον ταλαντεύεται εὑρύθ-
pos τῶν σφυγμῶν, τῶν ἐν ταῖς
φλεψίν.

ἐγ se θαυμαστόν ἐστι τῆς ἀν-
ἡρωπίνης ἐπινοίας πλάσμα, ἐν

LY 3 ? LY a

ᾧ δὴ ἀκμάζει τὸ τῶν Καληδο-
νίων ἀνδρῶν εὐφυές. ᾿Ἐγὼ, εἰ
σχολὴ παρείη, ἡδέως ἂν ἐξήγη-
σιν ποιησαίμην τῶν μορίων,
οἷον τοῦ μὲν λέβητος τουτουί
ὅσπερ γεννᾷ τὴν ἀτμίδα, ὅθεν
ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κινήσεως" τὸ δὲ
θερμὸν φανερόν ἐστιν ὁρμώ-
μενον ἐκ τῆς καμΐνου τῆς ὑπο-
κάτω. ᾿Εφεξῆς τὸν κύλινδρον
ὁρᾷς ἐν ᾧ ἄνω καὶ κάτω ἕλκεται
cw ἂν A 4

ὁ ἔμβολος: ἔπειτα τὸν βραχίονα"
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὸν τροχὸν δὲ
οὗ ἡ κίνησις μεταβάλλει εἰς
τὴν κυκλικήν. Ἕπεται μέγα τι
σύνταγμα ἄλλων τροχῶν καὶ
τροχίσκων ὀδοντωτῶν, καὶ ἐφ-
εξῆς ταινίαι τινὲς, τοῦ μετα-

DIALOGUE TWENTIETH.

with teeth; after that,
bands to transfer the

-motion to these drums,
and so cause the spindles
to revolve.

Very wonderful !

In Manchester you may
see huge palaces full of
such gigantic spinning
machines.

What do you call this
monster ?

Put your hand here, and
you will feel.

Ah! ah! a spark has come
out and gone into my
body.

Yes! it is electricity. The
spark is lightning, and
the crack was thunder.

Very small thunder.

Of course; not the thun-
der of Jove; but witha
big machine I could easily
kill a mouse,or even adog.

Say you so?

Yes; and here is another
machine with which I
could kill a mouse, and a
bird, and an ox too, if I
could only get it in be-
neath the receiver.

What is it?
It is an air-pump.

Can one pump out air like
water ?

Of course; with this ma-
chine; and of course
when the air is out the
animal dies.

Are you going to be an
engineer ?

85

a ,’
στῆσαι τὴν κΐνησιν εἰς τὰ τύμ-
java ταῦτα, καὶ οὕτω ποιεῖν
ἕλίττεσθαι τοὺς ἀτράκτους.

Θαυμάσια ταῦτα.
3 a“ , ¥ 4 a
Ev τῷ Μαγκουβίῳ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν
κ᾿ ,’
βασίλειά τῶν τοιούτων γέ-
“a ᾽
μοντα μηχανῶν ἀἁτμοκινήτων,
πάνυ γιγαντείων. τὸ μῆκος.
Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ θηρίον τίνα ἔχει
‘

προσηγορίαν;

ροσηγορίν; ὁ 6
ad τὴν χεῖρα ἐνθάδε aic-

oto ἄν.

΄, σι a
Φεῦ, φεῦ" σπινθήρ ye ἐκπηδήσας
εἰσεδύσατο εἰς τὸ σωμάτιον.

Καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἠλεκτρικόν ἐστι" καὶ
ὁ μὲν σπινθὴρ ἀστραπὴ ἐτύγ-
χανεν οὖσα, ὁ δὲ πάταγος
βροντή.

Πάνυ σμικρά γε 7 βροντή.

Οὐ μὲν οὖν ἡ τοῦ Διός" πῶς γάρ;
καίτοιγε μείζω μεταχειριζόμε-
νος μηχανὴν ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀποκτεί-
ναιμι μῦν ἢ καὶ κύνα.

Μῶν ἀληθῆ ταῦτα λέγεις;

᾿Αληθέστατα γάρ' καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄλλη
προσέτι μηχανὴ, ἧπερ ἂν δυναί-
μὴν διαφθεῖραν ἣ μῦν ἢ ὄρνιν,
ἢ νὴ Δία βοῦν γε, εἰ μόνον τὸ
κατόρθωμα προχωρήσειε καλῶς
συγκλεῖσαι τὸ βόσκημα ἐντὸς
τοῦ ὑαλίνου ἀγγείου.

Τὴν ποίαν λέγεις μηχανήν;

᾿Αντλητήριον ὀνομάζεται πνευ-
ματικόν.

"Apa γε τὸν ἀέρα ἐξαντλήσειεν
ay τις, καθάπερ τὸ ὕδωρ;

Πῶς γὰρ od: ταύτῃ γε χρώμενος
τῇ μηχανῇ" καὶ εἰκότως, ἅμα
ἐκκενωθέντι τῷ ἀγγείῳ ἀπο-
θνήσκει τὸ θηρίον.

Ἦ που σύ βούλει γενέσθαι μη-
χανοποιός ; +

86

Yes; and this is the rea-
son why I occupy myself
with these beasts, as you
call them.

Would a knowledge of
these machines be of any
use to persons who are
not to be engineers ?

It is always good to know
something, as Goethe says;
and in this country above
all others an educated
man ought not to be al-
together ignorant of ma-
chinery. The British are
the great machine-makers.

I hate the noise and the
confusion of so many
wheels and rollers.

Well! well! if you prefer
quiet, go to the primrose
banks, and write sonnets
to the spring. I must
go to the class of en-
gineering. The Professor
is a very clever fellow.
Adieu !

DIALOGUE TWENTIETH.

Nai: καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν
καταγίγνομαι περὶ τὰ ὑπό σοῦ
προσαγορευθέντα κνώδαλα.

Ἦ που ὄφελός ἂν γένοιτο ἣ
περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας μηχανὰς
ἐπιστήμη τοῖς μὴ ἐπαγγελλο-
μένοις τὰ μηχανικά;

᾿Αγαθὸν ἑκάστοτε εἰδέναι τι, τὸ
τοῦ Γοεθίον" ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐν
τοῖς ἐνθάδε τόποις οὐ πρὸς εὖ-
παιδεύτου ἀνδρός ἐστι πάντως
ἄγευστον εἶναι τῶν περὶ τὰς
pnxavds. Οἱ γὰρ δὴ Βρεταννοὶ
τῇ τῶν μηχανῶν κατασκευῇ
τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν συμπάντων
ἀμήχανον ὅσονπαραλλαττουσιν.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν μῖσῶ γε τὸν τε πά-
ταγον καὶ τὴν ταραχὴν τοσού-
των τροχῶν τε καὶ κυλίνδρων.

Elev: σὺ μὲν οὖν, εἰ βούλει npe-
μεῖν, καταφυγὼν εἰς τὰς τῶν
ποταμίσκων ὄχθας ἄνθεσι δή-
που ἐαρινοῖς πεποικιλμένας, δια-
τέλει συντάττων ποιημάτια, τὰ
κομψά. ᾿Ἐγὼ δὲ μετέρχομαι
ἀκρόᾶσιν περὶ τῶν μηχανικῶν.
Δεινὸς γοῦν ἐστι περὶ ταῦτα

ὁ καθηγητής. “Ἔρρωσο.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.
Attraction— ἕλξις, -ews, ἡ. Attraction, to be drawn up

by capillary—dvaonacOa. Air-tight—oreyvss. Bulk—
ὄγκος, -ov, ὁ. Catapult—dpyavoy λιθοβόλον, -τό. Compress
--πϊλέω. Contraction—avoroAn, -ἣς, 7. To counterpoise
---ἀντισηκόω. Concave—xoidos. Convex—xvuprés. De-
scribe a circle—xvxrov γράφω. Density—zrvxvdrns, -nros,
9. Exhaust—xevdo. Expel—éxxpovo. Incline—yetvw
eis. Fitted closely—oupguns. Force—dvvapus, -ews, 7.
To be borne along by a force—épopa. Groove—awdAnp,
τῆνος, 6. Lever—poyAds, -ov, 6. Leyden jar—dAdyivos
Λουγδουνικός. Momentum—pomn, ἧς, 7. Orbit, career—
φορά, -as, 7. Polish—opnpico. A press—mteornpiov, -ου,
τό. Press against—dmepeiSouat eis τι. Pressure—rieccs,

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIRST.

“EOS, ἥ.

87

Perforated—ovvrerpnpevos. Pin or wooden nail—

τύλος, -ov, 6. Propel—mpowbew. Pulley—rpoyxiréa, -as, ἡ.
To be at rest—npepety. Rarity—dpaiorns, -nros, 7. Revolve

--Οοπιστρέφομαι. ἈἘοά--- κανών, -ovos, 6. Rope—ozdpror,
-ov, τό. Screw—xoxXias, του, 6. To solder—oreyvéw. To
unite together, intrans.—ouvrpéxyw εἰς ἄλληλα. Valve—

πλατυσμάτιον, -ου, τό.
Windlass—dvos, -ου, 6.

To weigh by a balance—(vyoorara.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIRST.

ON MUSIC,

Well, of all things in the
world, I must say I de-
test metres most !

Of all things that might
have been said by an
educated man this is per-
haps the most unreason-
able.

How so ?

Because even the wild
beasts acknowledge the
power of rhythm and
music; and you like a
perfect barbarian disown
it.

I was not speaking about
music.

Nay, but you were. Me-
tres are a part of music.

I was never taught that.

Then you had a bad
teacher: How were you
taught ?

H MOYSIKH.

᾿Αλλὰ νὴ Ala πάντων ὅσα ἔχει
ε aA a
ἡ τῶν ὅλων σύστασις βδελύτ-
Topat ἐν τοῖς πρῶταϊΐ τὰ με-
τρικά.
᾿Απάντων τῶν ὑπ᾽ ἀνδρὸς av?
4
οὐκ ἀπαιδεύτου λεχθέντων
, a } 4 \ 2 ,
τάχα τοῦτ᾽ dy εἴη τὸ ἀλογώ-
τατον.

Διὰ δὲ τί;

Διότε καὶ τὰ θηρία δῆλά ἐστιν
αἴσθησιν ἔχοντα τοῦ τε ῥυθμοῦ
καὶ τῆς μουσικῆς, σὺ δὲ, ὡς
βεβαρβαρωμένος πάνν, παντε-
λῶς ἀπέγνωκας.

"AAN’ ἐγὼ οὐδὲν ἔλεγον περὶ τῆς
μουσικῆς.

Ἔλεγες yap: μόριον δήπου τῆς
μουσικῆς ἡ περὶ μέτρα σοφία.
Ταῦτα οὐκ ἐδιδάχθην ποτὲ ἔγωγε.
Καὶ γὰρ φαύλῳ ἐτύγχανες χρώ-
μενος τῷ διδασκάλῳ" Tis δὴ
ἦν ὁ τρόπος αὐτῷ τοῦ διδά-

σκειν;

1 ἐν τοῖς, with πρῶτος, and superlatives.—J. 444, δ᾽; C. 8. 2. 6.
2 ἄν, with participle.—J. 420, 4; F. 266; C. 46 ο.

88

He made me learn rules
about the quantity of
syllables, and long jaw-
breaking names, such as
antispastic and polysche-
matistic and ischiorrogic.-

Was that all ?

All.

Of all ways that could
have been chosen this
appears to me to be the
worst.

How would you have pro-
ceeded ?

I would have sung a
strophe to a tune, and
made you feel that it
was most excellent music.

But our master knew no
more about music than a
braying ass.

Then he would have done
wisely to let metres alone;
though perhaps he might
have taught rhythm with-
out knowing much of
melody.

What do you understand
by rhythm ?

I mean what we call in
English, time or measure ;
that is, equality of spaces
in a procession of musi-
cal notes, or articulate
speech.

Must all music be mea-
sured ?

Yes ; not only the march
of the notes is divided
into equal spaces, which
are called feet, or, as we

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIRST.

Ἐποίησέ pe ἐκμαθεῖν κανόνας
τινὰς περὶ τῆς τῶν συλλαβῶν
ποσότητος, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὀνόματα
μῦρία στίχων τινῶν ἀντισπα-
στικῶν καὶ πολυσχηματίστων,
καὶ ἰσχιορρωγικῶν, καὶ ἄλλας
λέξεις μακρορρύγχους καὶ δυσ-
φώνους.

"Ap οὖν παρὰ ταῦτα οὐδέν ;

Οὐδέν.

Πασῶν τῶν μεθόδων ὅσαις ἐξῆν
χρῆσθαι αὕτη γε ἐμοὶ φαί-
νεται παγκακίστη.

Οὐκοῦν σὺ τί ποτε ἂν ἔπραξας ;

᾿Εγὼ, στροφήντιναἐκ τῆς τραγῳ-
δίας ἐμμελῶς ᾷσας, ἐνεποίησα
ἂν τῇ ψῦχῇ σου αἴσθημα
τερπνότατον ῥυθμοῦ μουσικοῦ.
Πλὴν ὅ γε διδάσκαλος ἡμῶν
τοσοῦτον ἐτύγχανε μετέχων τῆς
μουσικῆς ὅσον ὀνίδιον ὀγκώ-
μενον.

Οὕτω δὴ σοφῶς ἂν ἐπραξεν
’ἐάᾶσας τὰ μετρικά- καίτοι ἐξῆν
γε αὐτῷ παραδοῦναι τὰ περὶ
τοὺς ῥυθμοὺς, καίπερ πάνυ
ἀθίκτῳ τῆς μελῳδίας.

Ὃ δὲ δὴ ῥυθμὸς οὑτοσί τί ποτε
δύναται ;

᾿Αμέλει τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν ἔχει
ὁ ῥυθμὸς τῇ ᾿Αγγλικῇ λέξει,
time, roe measure, ἥπερ ση-
μαίνει ἰσότητα διαστημάτων
ἐν ὁποιᾳδήποτε φθόγγων
φωνῶν συνεπείᾳ.

"Apa γε τοῦτο λέγεις, ὡς σύμ-
πᾶσαν δεῖ μετρεῖσθαι τὴν μου-
σικήν ;

Παντάπᾶσι μὲν οὖν" καὶ γὰρ οὐ
μόνον ἡ τῶν φθόγγων ἔμβασις
εἰς μόριά τινα διαιρεῖται, τοὺς
καλουμένους πόδας, ᾿Αγγλιστί

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIRST.

say, bars ; but the notes
themselves are produced
by the vibration of strings
which bear δὴ exact
arithmetical relation to
one another.

This is very strange.

It ought not to appear so.
Pythagoras taught the
world long ago that the
great principle of the
cosmos is number.

Oh! you are always quot-
ing these ancients.

Well, no harm—especially
in a point of musical
science, to which the
Greeks were so devoted.
I should like to see the
day when Edinburgh
will be as ambitious to
excel in music as Athens

was.

Edinburgh is the modern
Athens.

I am afraid its likeness to
ancient Athens is a skin-

deep affair. I amasham- .

ed to think how we have
neglected our national
songs, overflowing as they
do with rich sentiment
and humaur.

I think there has been a
revival lately in this
matter.

Yes, in a faint sort of a
way; but a Scot, taken
overhead, is still a some-
what hard, angular, un-
graceful and unmusical
animal.’

Are the English better ?

89

bars; ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς
φθόγγους ἀποτελεῖ παλίντονος
νεύρων τρόμος, λόγον πρὸς
ἄλληλα ἐχόντων ἀριθμητικόν.

Θαυμάσια λέγεις.

"ANN οὐκ ἐχρὴν ταῦτα θαυμάσια
φαίνεσθαι: εἴγε ὁ Πυθαγόρας
πάλαι ἀπεφήνατο ἀρχὴν τῶν
ὅλων οὖσαν τὸν ἀριθμόν.

Ναὶ σύγε τοὺς Ἕλληνας τούτους
τοὺς παλαιοὺς ἕλκεις ἑκάστοτε
eis τὸ μέσον.

Δικαίως yap: ἄλλως τε καὶ δια-
λεγομένων ἡμῶν περὶ τῆς μου-
σικῆς, ἥνπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες μάλα
προθύμως ἐμελέτων. Ἐγὼ
ἡδέως ἂν ἴδοιμι τὴν νῦν ᾿Εδινά-
πολιν φιλοτιμουμένην περὶ τὴν
μουσικὴν οὐχ ἧττον τῶν πάλαι
Ἑλλήνων.

Ἔστι γοῦν ἡ ᾿Ἐδινάπολις αἱ
νεώτεραι ᾿Αθῆναι.

Φοβοῦμαι μὴ πάνυ ἐπιπόλαιόν
τι ἢ ἡ ὁμοιότης αὕτη. Ἔρυ-
θριῶ πολλάκις, ἐνθυμούμενος
ὡς τυγχάνομεν ὀλιγωροῦντες
τῶν ἐγχωρίων ἡμῶν ἀσμάτων,
καίπερ σπαργώντων τῷ τε περὶ
τὰ πάθη γενναίῳ καὶ θείᾳ τινὶ
εἰρωνείᾳ.

"AAN ὅμως ἐγένετο ἔναγχος,
οἶμαι, ἀναζωπύρησις περὶ
ταῦτα.

Ἴσως ἀσθενῆς τις ἐγένετο eis
τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολή: οὐ μὴν
ἀλλὰ Καληδόνιός γε ἀνὴρ, ὡς
ἐν τύπῳ, σκληρόν τι θρέμμα
ἐστὶ καὶ γωνιῶδες καὶ ἄχαρι
καὶ ἄμουσον.

Ἦ που κατά γε τοῦτο προεχου-
σιν οἱ “AyyAot ;

90 DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIRST.

I cannot say; both nations
are greatly deficient in
the culture of the emo-
tions. The church-music
besouth the Tweed is
certainly superior to ours.

Well, I perceive I must
go and take instructions
from a music-master ;
otherwise I shall never
cease to be tormented
with those detestable
anapests and antispasts.

It is neither among things
that are nor things that
might be, to understand
the doctrine of metres
without music. I never
knew what a Dochmiac
verse meant till I read
Apel.

Who is Apel ?

A German.

Oh ! a German of course ;
it seems we can do no-
thing without these Ger-
mans !

Wegenerally find them use-
ful, where either thought
or learning is required.
But go you to your music-
master first, and learn
the difference between
march time and triple
time.

Tobey. Adieu!

Οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν: ἐπείπερ ἰσ-
νοτέρα που καὶ βαναυσικωτέρα
ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐστιν ἡ
παιδεία ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὰ πάθη"
τὰ γοῦν μέλη τὰ ἐκκλησιαστικὰ
πέραν τῆς Τουήδας πολὺ δια-
φέρει τῶν ἐνθάδε.
Οὐκοῦν δῆλα᾽ ταῦτα, ὡς ἔμεγε
πάντως δεῖ ἀπιόντα διδάσκε-
σθαι τὴν μουσικήν" εἰ δὲ μὴ,
διηνεκῶς στρεβλώσομαι ὑπὸ
τῶν τρισκαταρᾶτων τούτων ἀνα-
παίστων καὶ ἀντισπαστικῶν.

Οὔτε δὴ τῶν ὄντων ἐστὶν οὔτε
τῶν γενομένων ἂν ἐπαίειν τὰ
περὶ τὰ μέτρα χωρισθέντα τῆς
μουσικῆς. Αὐτὸς γοῦν μέτρον
δοχμιακὸν ὅ τι ποτ᾽ ἦ, οὐκ ἥδειν,
πρὶν ἀναγνῶναι τὸν ᾿Απήλιον.

Ὃ δὲ ᾿Απήλιος οὗτος ποδαπός
ἐστι;

Γερμᾶνός.

Νὴ Δία, Γερμανός: ἐπεὶ δοκοῦ-
μεν δήπουθεν οὐδὲν οἷοί τε
εἶναι διαπράξασθαι, μὴ βοη-
θούντων τῶν Τερμᾶνῶν.

Οὐ σμικρὸν γὰρ ὄφελος παρέ-
χουσιν, ὁσάκις ἢ διανοίας τυγ-

ἄνομεν δεόμενοι ἢ πολυμα-
Bilas. ᾿Ατὰρ σύγε πρὸ πάντων
καταφυγὼν πρὸς μουσικόν τινα,
ἔκμαθε ἀνύσας; τί διαφέ-
ρουσιν ὃ τε ἐμβατήριος ῥυθμὸς
καὶ οἱ ἼΙαμβοι.

Πείθομαι δή. “Eppoco.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.
Ariette, or ditty—pedvdpiov, -ov, τό. Castanets—xpép-

1 aviw, after an imperative, to express an eager command, do it, and
have done with it.—J. 696, 1; F. 240; C. 46 b.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-SECOND. 91

Bada, -ων, τά, Concert—ovvaviia, -as, 7. Concord—ovp-
φωνία, -as, ἡ. The fifth—dia πέντε. The fourth—éd:a reo-
σάρων. A high note—vearn. Kettledrum—pdmrpor, -ov,
τό. A low note—tnratn. Major third-—dirovoy. “Minor
third—rpinpurdmov. Major tone—rdvos. The octave—dua
πασῶν. To play an octave higher or lower—payadiCo.
Pitch of a note—rdots, -ews, ἡ. Prelude—dvaBodn, -ῆς, ἡ.
A rattle—mdarayn, ns, 7. A scale—yévos, -ovs, τό.

tuning-pipe—rovapov, --ov, τό. To scan—pvOpifo. To
trill or quaver—reperi{w. A whistle—viyNapos, -ου, ὁ.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-SECOND.

Ἢ TON ΠΙΝΑΚΩΝ
ἘΠΙΔΕΙΞῚΣ.

THE EXHIBITION OF
PAINTINGS.

Where have you been ?

I am just come from the
Mound.

What doing there ?

Of course at the Exhibi-
tion.

Are you a connoisseur of
paintings ?

I do not pretend to be a
great critic ; but I know
ἃ good picture when I
see it.

I rather prefer Sculpture ;
there is a noble simpli-
city about it which puri-
fies while it elevates the
soul.

I feel pretty much the
same; and if all men
had the head of Jove, the
breast of Neptune, and
the grace of Mercury, I

70 βέλτιστε, πόθεν ἥκεις ;
” a 3 aw
Αρτι ἥκω ἀπὸ τοῦ Χώματος.

*Evravéa δὲ τί ποτε πράξας ;
᾿Αμέλει θεώμενος τὴν ἐπίδειξιν.

"Ap οὖν ἐπαίεις τὴν γραφικήν ;

Οὐκ ἐπαγγέλλομαι τὴν περὶ

πίνακας ἀκριβεστέραν κριτικήν"
ὅμως οἷός τε ον δ διαγνῶναι

A \ ,
καλὴν γραφὴν, εἴ ye συμβαίη
τοιαύτη τις ἐμπεσεῖν μοι εἰς

ὄψιν.

᾿Ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ μᾶλλον τὴν ἀγαλ-

,

ματοποιίαν" ἔχει γὰρ δή σεμνήν
τινα ἀφέλειαν, ἥπερ ἅμα μὲν
τὸ καθαρὸν ἅμα δὲ τὸ ὕψος
ἐμποιεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ.

Τάχ᾽ ἂν ἴσως ταὐτὰ πάσχοιμι

καὶ ἐγώ: ὥστε, εἰ συμβαίη
πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἔχειν,
πρὸς τῇ τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλῇ, τὰ
στήθη τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ τὴν

92 DIALOGUE TWENTY-SECOND.

should abolish all por-
traits, and make only
statues; but fine feat-
ures are rare, and beyond
the region of pure forms
sculpture fails. A coarse
ugly fellow is vile in
marble, but with the
attractions of colour may
be made tolerable, per-
haps agreeable.

Then you confess that
colour is meretricious.
Not at all; it is, like
charity, a beauty which
covers defects. A stupid
swineherd overlooking a
pigstye may be ugly in
nature, mean in marble,
but agreeable in paint-
ing.

Then you are an admirer
of the Dutch school.

By no means. I hate
those vulgar stupid Dutch
boors of Ostade; but
some of Teniers I can
enjoy ; and the sea-pieces
of Cuyp speak to my
eyes, like music to my
ears,

Are you fond of land-
scapes ?

Yes ; especially the High-
land landscapes of Mac-
culloch, Peter Graham,
and MacWhirter.

What do you think of
Harvey ?

He is a true Scot ; he has

τοῦ ‘Eppov χάριν, οὕτω δὴ,
ἀποψηφισάμενος τὰ ζωγραφη-
ματα, κελεύσαιμι ἂν πλάττειν
μόνους τοὺς ἀνδριᾶντας. Νῦν
δὲ σπάνια πέφῦκε πρόσωπα
γλαφυρῶς γεγλυμμένα: καὶ,
ἐκτὸς τῆς συμμέτρου μορφῆς,
οὐδέν ἐστιν ἡ γλυπτική" καὶ γὰρ
τραχύδερμόν τινα καὶ πάνυ
αἰσχρόν ἄνθρωπον λίθῳ γεγλυμ-
μένον οὐκ ἂν ἀποδέχοιντο οἷ
γε χαρίεντες" 6 δὲ τοιοῦτος, εἰ
προσθήκην λάβοι τὸ χρῶμα,
ἀνεκτὸς ἂν γένοιτο, ἴσως καὶ
ἐπαγωγός.

Οὐκοῦν ὁμολογεῖς πεπλασμένον
τι ἔχειν τὸ χρῶμα.

Οὐ δῆτα: μᾶλλον δὲ, καθάπερ ἡ
ἀγάπη, καλόν τι ἐστὶν, οἷον προ-
πετάσαι κάλυμμα πρὸ ἁμαρ-
τιῶν παντοδαπῶν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰκὸς
νωθρὸν ὑφορβὸν τὸ συφεῖον
ἐπισκοποῦντα, καίπερ ἔργῳ
αἰσχρὸν, καὶ λίθῳ ταπεινὸν,
γραφῇ γε γενέσθαι ἐπαγωγόν.

Οὐκοῦν θαυμάζεις τὴν τέχνην
τὴν γραφικὴν τὴν τῶν Βαταούων.

Μὰ Δία οὐκ ἔγωγε: καὶ γὰρ
μνσάττομαι τοὺς τοῦ Ὄστα-
δίου χωρΐτας τοῦς φορτικοὺς.
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῶν γε τοῦ Τενιερ-
σίου i ad τρόπον τινὰ ἔστι-
Gpat: αἱ δὲ τοῦ Κυίπου γραφαὶ
αἱ θαλάσσιαι ἁρμόττουσι τοῖς
ὀφθαλμοῖς μου ἐμμελῶς πως,
καθάπερ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡ μουσική.

"Apa πρὸς ἡδονήν σοι ἐστὶ τὰ
ζωγραφήματα τὰ χωρικά;

Σφόδρα γε: ἄλλα τε πολλὰ καὶ
τὰ τοῦ Μακουλοχίου, καὶ τοῦ
Πέτρου Τραιμίου καὶ τοῦ Μα-
κονιρτῆρος.

Τὸν δὲ δὴ ᾿Αρβεῖον ἐν rin χώρᾳ
τίθης ;

Τοῦτον δὴ πεοὶ πλείστον τί-

DIALOGUE TWENTY.SECOND.

done more for our heroic
old Covenanters than our
best historians.

Do you think there is
much of the poetic ele-
ment about the Cove-
nanters ?

Nobility of character is
always poetical.

What do you think of
Paton ?

There are two Patons, the
Castor δῃᾶ Pollux of
Scottish art. I admire
Waller’s landscapes; he
is glorious in sunsets,

It was Noel I meant..

Sir Noel is a man of ideas ;
he might have been a
great poet if he had not
chosen to be a great
painter.

Tell me this further—for,
like Socrates, I seem
somewhat of a bore ask-
ing questions—you who
love sculpture, what is
your favourite work
among the glorious mas-
terpieces of the ancients?

Well, the choice is diffi-
cult ; but, on the whole,
I think I prefer the dying
gladiator, the sleeping
satyr, and the boy pulling
ont a thorn from his foot.

93

θεμαι ὡς ἄνδρα Kadnddnov
ἐν πρώτοις γόνιμον καὶ ἀλη-
θινόν. καὶ γὰρ τὰ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ
γεγραμμένα μείζω ἔχει ῥοπὴν
πρὸς τὸ μεγαλῦναι τοὺς προ-
_paxous τῆς σεμνῆς περὶ τὰ
πάτρια ἱερὰ συνωμοσίας i ὅσα
οἱ συγγραφεῖς ἐμνημόνευσαν
σύμπαντες.

Μῶν πολλοῦ τοῦ ποιητικοῦ ἡγεῖ
μετέχειν τοὺς Συνωμότας ;

ἮΘθος δὴ γενναῖον πανταχοῦ
πνεῖ τὸ ποιητικόν. :

Περὶ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Πάτωνος τίνα
ἔχεις γνώμην ;

Δισσοὺς εὔχεται ἡ Καληδονία
Πάτωνας, Διοσκούρους δήπου
τῆς ἡμετέρας καλλιτεχνίας. Τὰ
μὲν οὖν τοῦ Οὐαλλῆρος ζωγρα-

ἤματα τὰ χωρικὰ ὑπερφυῶς
αυμάζω, ἄλλα καὶ δὴ καὶ
ἡλίου δυσμὰς πάνυ θείας.

Ἐγὼ δὲ ἔλεγον τὸν Νοήλ.

Ἔστιν ὁ ἱππεὺς Νοὴλ ἀνήρ
ἔχων νοήματα’ ἐξὴν αὐτῷ
ἐνδόξῳ γενέσθαι ποιητῇ, εἰ μὴ
ἐτύγχανε μᾶλλον ἀγαπῶν τὴν
γραφικήν.

Εἰπὲ καὶ τάδε--- δοκῶ γὰρ, κατὰ
τὸν Σωκράτην, ἐπαχθῆς πως
εἶναι, ἐπασσύτερα ἐπειγόμενος
τὰ ἐρωτήματα---εἰπὲ δὴ σὺ, ὁ
φιλόκαλος ὧν περὶ τὰ ἀγάλ-
ματα, τί κάλλιστόν σοι φαί-
νεται τῶν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς καλ-
λιτεχνίας ἔργων, τῶν μάλιστα
ἀπηκριβωμένων ;

Οὐκ εὔκολος νὴ Δία ἡ αἵρεσις"
τὸ δὲ σύνολον δοκῶ προκρΐνειν
τὸν ἀποθνήσκοντα μονομάχον,
καὶ τὸν ὑπνώσσοντα Σάτυρον,
καὶ τὸν παῖδα ἐκ τοῦ ποδὸς
ἐξέλκοντα ἄκανθαν.

94

Do you not admire the
Venus de Medici ?

No; there is no dignity
about the Greek women,
they are too sensuous ;
their beauty consists alto-
gether in delicate feat-
ures, ἃ certain melting
softness, and nicely
rounded limbs.

I fancy you are pretty
nearly right there. It is
to Christianity, I pre-
sume, that we have to
attribute the elevation of
the female sex.

Yes, and to Christianity
we owe Raphael.

And to the Greeks Titian.

So be it. I can look ona
Titian also with pleasure,
in a picture gallery ; but
save me, in the name of
all the godsand goddesses !
from Titian, Epicurus,
and Jeremy Bentham in
the pulpit !

DIALOGUE TWENTY-SECOND.

Od θαυμάζεις τὴν ’Adpodtrny,
THY τῶν Μεδικῶν καλουμένην ;
Οὐ θαυμάζω: καὶ γὰρ σεμνὸν
ἔχουσιν οὐδὲν αἱ «Ἑλληνίδες
γυναῖκες, πνέουσαι μόνον τὸ ἐν
τῇ αἰσθήσει ἡδύ" τὸ δὲ κάλλος
αὐτῶν συνέστηκε To παράπαν
ἐκ προσώπου μὲν ἐμμελοῦς καὶ
τακερόν τι ἔχοντος, μελών δὲ
μάλα τεχνικῶς καὶ γλαφυρῶς
ἐρρνθμισμένων.

Ταχ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα λέγων λέγοις τὰ
ἀληθῆ. Τῷ Χριστιανισμῷ,
οἶμαι, δεῖ ἀπονεῖμαι τὸν τοῦ τῶν
γυναικῶν γένους προβιβασμόν.

Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ραφαὴλ
ἀνέδωκεν ὁ Χριστιανιόμός.

Ὃ δὲ Ἑλληνισμὸς Τιτιᾶνόν.

Ἔστω ταῦτα' ἔγωγε καὶ Τι-
τιᾶνὸν οὐκ ἄνευ ἡδονῆς θεα-
σαίμην ἂν, ἔν γε πινακοθήκῃ"
ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τοῦ ἱεροῦ βήματος
ἢ τὸν Τιτιᾶνὸν ἣ τὸν ᾿ἜἘπί-
κουρον ἣ τὸν Ἱερεμίαν Βενθά-
prov τῆς ἡδονικῆς ἐπίδειξιν
ποιεῖσθαι σοφίας, τούτον δὴ
πάντες οἱ θεοὶ ἀλεξητήριοι.
γένοιντο, πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Artistic—évreyvos.

Balance of parts—dvriorotyia, -as, 7.

Bas-relief—dvayAvn, -7js, 7. Colouring, bright—av6n, -éwv,

τά.
ἔντονος.

hos, -ου, 6.

Decline of art—rapaxpn, -7s, 7.
Chisel—yAvgavor, ov, τό. Etching-tool—oxapt-
Easel—éxpiBas, -avros, 6.

Decided, marked—
Forced— βεβια-

opévos. Flesh colour—avdpeixedovr, -ov, τό. Tdeal— ἰδανικός.

Laboured—xardadrrovos.

Outline—vmroypag7, -7s, ἡ.
spective—diowis, -ews, 77.
Shading off—dméxpwors τῆς σκιᾶς.

Per-
Sketch—tmorvmwots, -ews, 7).
Severe—avornpds.

95

DIALOGUE TWENTY-THIRD.

ON HEALTH, STRENGTH,
AND DISEASE.

How pale you are looking !

No wonder ; I have been
up for a whole week till
three in the morning,
and had only a scanty
share of sleep.

I am surprised that you
behave so foolishly ; you
will kill yourself.

Oh, there is no danger of
that. [am made of very
tough materials. I never
have been a single day
ill since the time I had
the measles.

You are sowing the seeds
of disease now at a smart
pace. I have been ob-
serving you all winter.
How changed! you came
ἃ rose—you are now 8
lemon.

Do you pretend to under-
stand medicine, to make
a diagnosis of disease, to
bleed, to blister, and to
administer drugs ?

I pretend to nothing of
the kind; but I can tell
whether a man is acting
according to the laws of

H YTIEIA H PQMH KAI
AI NOZOI.

Ὡς ὠχριᾷς τό πρόσωπον.

Οὐδὲν αὐυμαστόν" ἐτύγχανον
γὰρ ἐγρηγορὼς ὅλην τὴν ἐβδο-
μάδα συνεχῶς ,μέχρι ὑποφαι-
νούσης τῆς ἡμέρας, ὥστε πάνυ
σπανίου ἀπολαῦσαι τοῦ ὕπνου.

Θαυμάζω el! οὕτως διαιτᾷ a dvon-
τως. Μέλλεις μέντοι ἐπιφέ-
ρειν σεαυτῷ τὸν θάνατον.

Τοῦτό γε κίνδῦνον ἔ ἔχει οὐδένα.
ΓΑκαμπτος γάρ τις ἐγὼ εὔχομαι
εἶναι, καὶ ἀτειρὴς τὸ σώμα,
ὅς γε μηδὲ μίαν ἡμέραν
νοσῶ, ἀφ' οὗ ἔκαμον τὰ ἐξαν-
θήματα τὰ τῶν παίδων.

Δρόμῳ νῦν γε χωρεῖς πολλῶν
σπείρων σπέρματα νοσημάτων.
Φυλάττω δή σε, ὅλον τὸν χει-
μῶνα. Ὡς μεταβέβληκας εἰς
τὸ χεῖρον, ὅς γε πρότερον μὲν
ῥόδῳ, νῦν δὲ κιτρομήλῳ ἔοικας.

Μών προσποιεῖ σύγε ἐπᾶίειν τὴν
ἰατρικὴν, καὶ διαγνῶναι τὰς
νόσους, καὶ | φλέβας σχάσαι, ἔτι
δὲ καὶ φάρμακα τρῖψαι, καὶ
ἐκδόρια ἔμπλαστρα περιθεῖναι
τῷ σώματι;
οὐδὲ ἐπαγγέλλομαι τοιοῦτον"
ἐκεῖνο δὲ οἶδα εἴ τις τυγχάνει
διαιτώμενος τῇ τοῦ σώματος

εὐκοσμίᾳ συμμέτρως. Καὶ γὰρ

1 εἰ for ὅτι, after θανμάζω, and similar verbs, supra, p. 68.

96 DIALOGUE TWENTY-THIRD.

health or not. Though
I cannot cure disease,
there is nothing to pre-
vent me knowing the
causes of disease.

What then are the causes ?

They are many; but one is
the most powerful of all.

Be so good as name it.

Excess.

Oh, you are back to your
great authority, Aristotle,
again. Of what excess do
you imagine me guilty?
Am I a debauchee?

No, you neither eat too
much nor drink too much,
nor use any bodily func-
tion immoderately ; but
you study too much;
you lash your brain like
a jaded hack. If you
go on at this rate, you
will produce inflamma-
tion of the brain. Be-
sides this, you sit with
cold feet at night, which
will cause an excited ac-
tion of the blood to take
place in some vital
organ; and then neither
drug nor lancet of wise
leech may be able to re-
store the equilibrium of
the system. All disease
is a disturbance of equili-
brium; and health, as
the old philosophers
taught, is a harmony.

Well, perhaps you are
right : I sometimes feel
a headache, which pre-

[4
μὴ δυνάμενον θεραπεύειν τὰς
νόσους, τὰς τῶν νόσων αἰτίας
3 Ὶ o + ’
οὐδὲν κωλύει εἰδέναι.

Λέγε δὴ τὰς αἰτίας.

Πολλαὶ ὑπάρχουσιν" ἐπικρατεῖ
δὲ μία τις.

Τὴν ὁποίαν λέγεις ;

Λέγω τὴν ὑπερβολήν.

Βαβαί: πάλιν ἐπάγει τὸν Aptoto-
τέλην, τὸν πάντων σοι κύριον.
Ἐγὼ δὲ, ἀντιβολῶ σε, τίνα ποτὲ
ὑπερβολὴν ὦφλον; μῶν ἄσωτος
ὦν;

Οὐ σύγε: οὔτε γὰρ ἐσθίεις ὑπερ-
μέτρως, οὔτε ives, οὔτε γε
πράξει οὐδεμίᾳ σωματικῇ κατα-
χρώμενος ἁμαρτάνεις" ἀλλὰ μὴν
ταῖς γε βίβλοις ἐκτενέστερον
ἔγκεισαι: τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, δί-
κην ἱππαρίου καταπεπονημένου
paotiyois: Gore, εἰ τούτῳ τῷ
τρόπῳ προβαίνων διατελοῖς, εἰ-
κὸς δεινὴν νοσεῖν σε νόσον,
τὴν ἐγκεφαλίτιδα. Καὶ δὴ καὶ
μετὰ τὸ μεσονύκτιον καθίζε-
σθαι φιλεῖς, ψυχροὺς ἔχων τοὺς
πόδας, ὅθεν ἄρρυθμός τις ἐνέρ-
γεια γίνεται ev τοῖς καιρίοις
τοῦ σώματος τόποις" τότε δὴ
οὔτ᾽ ἂν τὸ φάρμακον τοῦ σο-
φοῦ ἰατροῦ, οὔτε τὸ σχαστή-
ρίον δύναιτο ἀποκαταστῆσαι τῆς
κατασκευῆς τὸ ἰσόρροπον. Ἔστι
γὰρ δὴ πᾶσα νόσος οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ
τὸ ἐξαλλάττειν τὴν κατὰ φύσιν
τοῦ σώματος icopporiay eis
τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἑτερορροπίαν"
εἴγε δὴ, ὡς ἐδίδασκον οἱ πάλαι
τῶν σοφῶν, ἁρμονία ἐστὶν 7
ὑγίεια.

Λέγειν τι δοκεῖς" καὶ γὰρ ἔσθ᾽
ὅτε ἀλγῶ τὴν κεφαλὴν, ὃ δὴ

κωλύει με προσκεῖσθαι ταῖς

DIALOGUE TWENTY-THIRD. 97

vents me from applying
so closely to my books.

It is the height of folly
not to discern a salutary
warning here.

When these hateful exa-
minations are over, I
shall certainly remit my
studies ; I should not like
to be plucked.

T have known men plucked
from too, great anxiety to
pass. Meanwhile, take a
friend’s advice : walk two
hours in the open air
every day; and, accord-
ing to the famous old
prescription, keep your
head cool by temperance,
your feet warm by exer-
cise, and your bowels
open without drugs. —

O wise Asculapius! but I
must go to cram these
crabbed Greek metres.—
Adieu }

. βίβλοις pera τῆς συνήθους καρ-
τερίας.

Πολλὴ ἄνοια μὴ οὐκὶ ἀποδέχε-
σθαι ταῦτα ὡς παραίνεσιν ἔχον-
τα ὠφέλιμον.

Ἐπειδάν γε αἱ ἐξετάσεις αὗται
αἱ τρισκατάρᾶτοι τελεσθῶσι,
τότε δὴ ἄνεσις γενήσεταί μοι
τῶν περὶ βίβλους πόνων" παν-
τελῶς γὰρ διὰ δέους ἔχω τὸ
ἐκπεσεῖν.

Καίτοιγε συνέβη τισὶν ἐκπεσεῖν
ἐκ τοῦ λίαν φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ἐκ-
πεσεῖν. Ἔν τῷ δὲ παρόντι σὺ
φίλου ἀνδρὸς βουλῆς μὴ κατα-
φρόνει. Περιπάτει περίπατον
καθημέριον δνεῖν ὡρῶν ὑπὸ τῆς
αἰθρίας" καὶ,τὸ πάλαι ὑπὸ he τὰ
τινος ἰατροῦ προσταχθὲν, δια-
τέλει ἔχων τὴν μὲν κεφαλὴν
ψυχρὰν τῇ ἐγκρατείᾳ, τοὺς δὲ
πόδας θερμοὺς τῇ σωμασκίᾳ, τὴν
δ᾽ αὖ τῶν ἐντέρων κατασκενὴν
εὐκΐνητον ἄνευ φαρμάκων.

*Q τοῦ ᾿Ασκληπιοῦ τοῦ σοφοῦ"

ἀτὰρ δεῖ πάντως ἀπιέναι ἐμ-
,ὔ σι
βύσοντα τὸν ἐγκέφαλον τοῖς

στρυφνοῖς τούτοις μέτροις τοῖς͵

Ἑλληνικοῖς. Χαῖρε.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

Ague—fiyos, -ους, τό. An aperient—éAarnpior, -ov, τό.

Appetite—dpefis, -ews, 7. Appetite, excessive—BovAtpia,
«ας, 7. Appetite, want of—dvopegia, -as, 7. A blister—
φλύκταινα, -ns, 7. Catheter—xaOernp, -jpos, 6. Cold in
tlie head—xédpu{a, -ns, 7. A callosity—rvaAn, -ης, 9. Cor-
pulent—zoAvoapxos. Constipation—yaorpds στεγνότης, 7.
Condition, good—evefia, -as, 7. Condition, bad—xayefia,
-as, 7. CQupping-glass—ouxva, -as, 7. A decline—6iors,
-ews, 7. Diet, strict—dvayxodayia, -as, 7. The down of
puberty—yvots, -od, 6. Emaciation—drrocapxia, -as, 7.

1 μὴ οὐκ, after certain words, negative, or implying a negative,—supra
p. 63.

G

98 DIALOGUE TWENTY. “FOURTH.

Digestion, βοοᾶ---εὐπεψία, “ας, 4. Digestion, ϑαὰ -δυσπεψίο,
«ας, ἡ. Debility, languor—drovia, -as, Ne To be feveris

πυρέττω. Dislocation—efdpOpeors, -ews, 7. Get better—pai-
ζω. Get worse—1) νόσος € ἐπιτείνεται. Θδτρ]ο---ἀνακογχυλιάζω.
Hiccough—rvy£, -γγός, ἡ. Inflammation—dqAcypovn, -7s,
ἧ. Μονββοιμοη---σφάκελος, -ov, 6. _Pleurisy—aAeupiris,
-iridos, ἡ A probe—pnAn, -ns, 7. Puberty—dpa, -as, ἧ.
Recovery—dvadnyis, -εως, 1). Short-sighted—pvow, «ὥπος.
To fall sick—doévera προσπίπτει τινί. Stout ealth—
ἁδροτής, «τος, ἧ. Suckle— θηλάζω. Quinsy—xvveyyn, -ἢς,
ἧ. Skin disease, ary eel iaots, -€ws, 7. Skin disease,
moist—éx(eya, -ατος, τό. tumour—tjhn, "118 7. Wean—
ἀπὸ αλακτίζω. Visit a sick ροσβοῃ---ἐπισκέπτομαι. Vomit

---Οξεράω.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FOURTH.

ON DRESS, TA ΦΟΡΗΜΑΤΑ.

You have comein the very Els καλὸν ἥκεις.
nick of time.

For what ? Tivos ἕνεκα ;

To see my splendid equip- Θεασόμενος δὴ τὴν λαμπράν μου
ment. I am going to a κατασκενήν. Καὶ γὰρ μέλλω
fancy ball, and was just μεθέξειν ὀρχήσεως ποικιλεί-
mounting the stair to μονος" καὶ ἤδη προσανέβαινον
dress, when you knocked τὴν oe aah τοῦ ἐνδύσασθαι

ῆ

at the door. τὴν ἐσθῆτα, ὅτε ἔκρουσας τὴν
: θύραν.
Well, in what character Ποῖόν τινα ὑποκρινόμενος μέλ-
are you to appear? Aes μετέχειν τῆς ὀρχήσεως ;

In my own character of Αὐτὸς ἐμαντὸν, ὡς εἰκός.
course.

What is your own charac- Td δὲ “ αὐτὸς ᾽ τοῦτο, τί Bov-
ter, may I ask? Aeras;

1 The termination -iris, added to the part affected, gives the technical
name to the disease which consists in the inflammation of the part
affected, as Bronehitis.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FOURTH. 99

A Celtic chieftain; my
name is Macleod.
Well, go you up-stairs and

tag on the philibeg.
Meanwhile I will peep
into Athensus and see
if I can find the Greek
for a kilt.

You are more likely to find
the Greek for a French ra-
gout there. Rather take
Pollux ; here he is; you
will find it in the
seventh book,—or no-
where.

Well, this Pollux is a very
learned fellow, no doubt,
but extremely dry. Soon-
er than read such a book
through I would stand
an examination before a
board of Cambridge Dons
on Cretic endings, ana-
pests in quintd sede, and
other metrical quiddities
of that bibulous old ped-
ant Porson. A kilt—no
doubt it must be a χιτών
or χιτωνίσκος of some
kind; and here, thank
Heaven, is a Cimberian
or Cimbrian χιτωνίσκος
staring me in the face;
but that seems to have
been one of Sappho’s lucid
vestments, and will not
do for the loins of
a brawny mountaineer.
—Heigh-ho! I wish the
fellow would be quick
and come down, for I

᾿Αμέλει Κέλτης εἰμὶ τῶν εὐπα-

τριδῶν, καὶ πρόσχημα εὔχομαι
τὸ ὄνομα Λεωδίδην.

᾿Ανάβηθι μὲν οὖν σύγε ἐνδυσό-

μενος τὸ φιλιβήγιον. Μεταξὺ
ἐγὼ παρακύψω εἰς τὸν ᾿Αθη-
ναῖον, εἴ ποτε περιπεσοῦμαι τῷ

ΤΩΣ > Ul . € 5
πῶς ὀνομάζεται kilt “Ἑλληνιστί.

Ῥᾷον εὕροις ἂν ἐνταῦθά γε ὅπως

λέγεται Ἑλληνιστὶ τὰ περικόμ-
ματα τὰ τεχνικῶς κεκαρῦκευ-
μένα, ἅπερ προσαγορεύουσιν οἱ
Φράγκοι ragouts, Προὐργιαίτε-
ρον γοῦν λαβεῖν τὸν Πολυδεύκη"
Ty τυγχάνει δὴ οὖσα ἡ λέξις
ἐν τῇ ἑβδόμῃ βίβλῳ, ἣ: οὐδαμῆ.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν πολυμαθὴς μὲν ὑπερ-

φνῶς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Πολυδεύ-
κης, ψυχρὸς δὲ ἐν τοῖς πρῶτος.
“Epovye μᾶλλον ἣ τὴν τοιαύτην
βίβλον μέχρι τέλους ἀναγνῶναι,
αἱρετώτερον ἂν εἴη ὑπομένειν
δοκιμασίαν παρὰ συνεδρίῳ τῶν
σεμνοπροσώπων γυμνασιαρχῶν
τῶν ἐν Κανταβριγίᾳ περὶ τῶν
Κρητικῶν καλουμένων στιχοτε-
λευτῶν, ἀναπαίστων κατὰ πέμ-
πτὴν χώραν, καὶ ἄλλας λεπτολο-
γίας μετρικὰς ὅσας ἥδετο ἐξα-
κριβῶὼν ὁ ὑπέρδεινος συμπότης,
ὁ Πορσών. A kilt—naoa γοῦν
ἀνάγκη ἢ χιτῶνα εἶναι ἣ χιτω-
νίσκον τινά" καὶ ἰδού: χάριν
ἔχω τῷ Ἕρμῇῃ" ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς
μοι φαίνεται Κιμβέρικός τις ἣ
Κιμβρικὸς χιτωνίσκος" ἐκεῖνος
δὲ, οἶμαι, τῶν διαφανῶν τις
ἦν ἐσθημάτων τῆς Σαπφοῦς,
ὥστε μὴ ἁρμόζειν ποτὲ τῇ ὁ-
σφύι ddpov καὶ ἀνεμοτρεφοῦς
ὀρείτουν. Al, at: εἴθε δὴ παρείη
καταβὰς ὁ ἑταῖρος μον ὁ καλός"

100

mean to appear at the
ball myself—though he

shan’t know it—in the’

character of Mephisto-
pheles, all fiery-red, with
flaming doublet and blaz-
ing breeches. And now,
by the way, I recollect
thatthe ancient Gauls,and
other barbarians whom I
have seen in bas-reliefs,
wore breeches ; so I need
not be burrowing longer
in the molehills of this
mouldy old pedant for a
word that cannot pos-
sibly be there.—But here
he comes! Magnificent !

Well, have you found the
Greek for a kilt?

No.

What’s the matter with
you? Why do you look
so stupid?

That frosty old pedant
gives me a headache,

Oh, you Sassenach milk-
sops, you always take a
headache when you take
a Greek book into your
hands! Thank Heaven
I was brought up in Ox-
ford, and can mingle Aris-
totle with my. tea and
my toddy, feeling not
a whit uncomfortable.—
But again I say, have you
found the Greek for a

’ kilt?

Again I say no! The

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FOURTH.

μέλλω γὰρ καὶ guros μεθέξειν'
τῆς ὀρχήσεως ---λάθρα δὲ αὐτοῦ
— ὑποκρινόμενος δηλαδὴ τὸν
Μεφιστοφέλην, πάνυ φλογω-
πὸς, φλό ἐνὸν ἔχων τὸν χι-
τῶνα, καὶ ph λογίνας τὰς ἀναξυρί-
δας. Καὶ νῦν δὴ ἐπέρχεταί μοι
περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν Κελτῶν καὶ
ἄλλων βαρβάρων obs εἶδον ἐν
ἐκτυπώμασιν, ὡς ἐφόρουν ἀνα-
ξυρίδας: ὥστε μηκετι ἀναγ-
καῖον εἶναι κατορὕύττειν τὰ σπα-
λακολοφίδια τοῦ μῦδαλέου τού-
του γραμματιστοῦ, ἐξιχνιάζοντα
δήπου λέξιν μὴ ἐνδεχομένην
ἐνταῦθά γε εὑρεῖν" Καὶ μὴν
εἰσέρχεται αὐτός" νὴ τὸν κύνα
μεγαλοπρεπῆ πάνυ a
vos φαντασίαν.

᾿Αλλὰ νῦν δὴ πότερον περιέπεσες
τῷ ὅπως δεῖ λέγειν kilt Ἕλλη-
νιστὶ ἣ οὔ;

Μὰ Aia, οὐκ ey

Ti ἔχεις ; διὰ τί οὕτω βλέπεις
βλᾶκικόν ;

Ὃ ψυχρὸς οὑτοσὶ λεξιθήρας
ἐπιφέρει μοι κεφαλαλγίαν.

Βαβαί’ ἀεὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς οἱ Σάξωνες
ol πεδιαῖοι μαλακίωνες, λαβόν-
τες εἰς τὼ χεῖρε βίβλον “Ἑλλη-
νικὴν, παραντίκα κεφαλαλγεῖτε"
χάριν ἔχω ἔγωγε τῷ θεῷ ἐπὶ
τῷ τρα ῥῆναι ἐν τῷ Ὃ ονίῳ,
ὥστε οἷός τε εἰμὶ prey τῷ
᾿Αριστοτέλει πάνυ εὐπαθῶς με-
ταξύϊ ῥοφῶν τὴν τε ; θήαν καὶ τὸ
ῥακί. ᾿Ατὰρ τόδε ἐ ἐρωτῶ πάλιν
πότερον εὕρηκας τὸ kilt “EXAn-
νιστὶ, ἣ οὔ;

Καὶ ἐγὼ ἀποκρίνομαι τὸ δεύτε-

λ μεταξύ with part.—J. 696, 4; F. 246; C. 46, a.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FOURTH.

ancient Celtsjad no kilts ;
they wore breeches.

But the modern Greeks
wear kilts.

Oh, I forgot! I saw them
at Corfu on Easter-day.

Well; why should we not
take the modern Greek
word ?

What is it?

φουστανέλλα.

That sounds more like
Italian.

Why then we must make
@ name; say, χιτὼν pa-
βδωτὸς Κελτικός.

Rather long !—But I say,
my dear Tom, what a
wonderful combination
you have made of it!
Tartan hose, a tartan
kilt, a black waist-
coat, green cloth coat
bound with golden cord,
a yellow wig, and a large
blue bonnet, with a gold

thread button. Is that
all right ?
Quite right. I took it

from Boswell. I am a
genteel Highland gentle-
man of the [fast century.
Such a fellow with such
toggery was seen in Skye
one day more than a
hundred years ago, and
shall be seen in Edin-
burgh to-night.

Well, I must say fashion

101
pov, ὅτι ov: εἴγε δὴ ἀναξυρίδας
ἐφόρουν οἱ πάλαι Κέλται, οὐ
γυμνὰ φαίνοντες τὰ σκέλη.

Πλὴν οἵ γε νῦν Ἕλληνες φοροῦσι
τὰ kilts.

Τούτου ἐπελάθομην" καὶ γὰρ av-
τὸς εἶδον ἐν τῇ Κερκύρᾳ κατὰ
τὴν ἑορτὴν τοῦ Πάσχα.

Τί οὖν κωλύει Fa ιεσδαὶ τὴν
veo- Ἑλληνικὴν λέξιν"

Tis δή ἐστιν;

φουστανέλλα.

Ἢχεϊ τοῦτό γε μᾶλλον τὰ
Ἰταλικά.

᾿Αμέλει ἀνάγκη καινολογίᾳ χρω-
μένους πλάττειν ὄνομα, οἷον
χιτὼν ῥαβδωτὸς Κελτικός.

Μακροτέρα που ἡ προσηγορία"
ἀτὰρ ὦ φίλτατον Θωμασίδιον,
ὡς συνεκάττυσας ἐμμελῶς τὴν
ποικιλίαν τῶν ἐσθητων: περι-
σκελίδας δήπουθεν ῥαβδωτὰς,
χιτῶνα Κελτικὸν ῥαβδωτὸν, μέ-
λανα χιτωνίσκον, ἄλλικα πρα-
σίνην μηρίνθῳ χρῦσῇ παρυ-
φασμένην, ἔτι δὲ φενάκην ξαν-
θὴν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις πῖλον
κυανοῦν εὐρύτερον, κομβίῳ κε-
κοσμημένον χρὕσομιτῳ. Moy
τεχνικῶς ἔχει τὸ σύστημα
τοῦτο;

Τεχνικώτατα γάρ' ἔλαβον αὐτὸς
τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα τῶν φορημάτων
παρὰ τοῦ Βοσονηλλίονυ" ὑποκρί-
νομαι γοῦν ἄνδρα καλὸν κἀγαθὸν
τῆς ὀρεινῆς, τῶν ἐν τῇ παροι-
χομένῃ ἐκατονταετηρίδι χαριέν-
των. ᾿Ακριβῶς γὰρ δὴ τοιουτο-
τρόπως ἠμφιεσμένον τινὰ ἦν
ἰδεῖν πρὸ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν ἐν τῇ
νήσῳ Σκυίᾳ' καὶ ἀναφανήσεται
σήμερον ὁ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ Ἐδινα-
πόλει.

᾿Αλλόκοτοι, νὴ Δία, οἱ τρόποι

102

is a strange thing; many
things change to the
better, but fashion in
dress, so far as I can see,
has a strong inclination
to change for the worst.
Take, for instance, our
swallow-tails and the
chignons of the ladies, -

Brutal both; the first
makes a man like a cock-
atoo, and the other a
woman like nothing in
heaven above, or earth
below, or the waters un-
der the earth.

Why do people not dress
reasonably ?

Because they are fools
and slaves and cowards,
and go in herds like
sheep.

I must confess I am one
of the number. When I
go to dine with Lady
Fineacres in Randolph
Crescent, I am sure she
would faint if I came
without my swallow-tail,
and the whole company
would denounce me, one
calling me a fool, another
a boor; and if I have no
freedom in these matters,
much less the young
ladies, who in obedience
to the decrees of Parisian
hairdressers grow those
ridiculous tumours be-
hind their cerebellum.

Oh, yes! we are all cow-

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FOURTH.

τῶν ἐσθήτων: μεταβάλλει γοῦν
πολλὰ μὲν εἰς τὸ βέλτιον, τὰ
δὲ περὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας δοκεῖ
δεινῶς πως πεφυκέναι πρὸς τὰς
ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον μεταβολὰς, οἷον
δὴ αἱ ἄλλικες ἡμῶν, αἱ χελῖ-
δονόσουραι, καὶ τὰ τερατώδη
ὀγκώματα τῶν γυναικῶν, τὰ ἐπὶ
τοῦ ὀπισθοκρανίου, ἅπερ σχι-
νῶνας προσαγορεύουσιν.
Βδελυρὰ ἀμφότερα, εἴγε ἡ μὲν
τοὺς ἄνδρας μεταβάλλει els
ψιττάκους, τὸ δὲ τὰς γυναῖκας
παραμορφοῖ εἰς ἀλλόκοτόν τι,
ᾧ οὐκ ἔχει οὔτε ὁ οὐρανὸς οὔτε
ἡ γῆ ὅμοιον οὐδὲν, οὔτε οἱ ὗπο-
κάτω τῆς γῆς τόποι.
Διὰ τί οὐ, τέχνῃ χρώμενοι, κατὰ
λόγον κοσμοῦσι τὰ σώματα οἱ
ἄνθρωποι ;

“Are δὴ ἡλίθιοι ὄντες καὶ δοῦ-

λοι καὶ δειλοὶ καὶ συναγελα-
ζόμενοι, καθάπερ τὰ πρόβατα.

“Ομολογῶ αὐτὸς---ἀνάγκη yap—
εἰς τὰ πρόβατα ἔν γε τούτῳ
συντελεῖν. Ὅταν γὰρ δειπνῶ
παρὰ τῇ εὐγενεῖ γυναικὶ Κομ-
ψοπλεθρίνῃ ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ῥανδολ-
φίου ἡμικυκλίῳ, πέπεισμαι
λιποψυχῆσαι dv τὴν γυναῖκα,
εἰ τύχοιμι ἐλθὼν, μὴ ἐνδυσά-
μενος τὴν χελϊδονόσουραν" πρὸς
δὲ τούτοις ἐκσυρίττοιεν ἄν με
οἱ δαιτυμόνες, ἀνόητόν τινα
ψέγοντες ἢ ἄγροικον. Τοιγαρ-
οὖν ἐγὼ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις εἶ
κατ᾽ οὐδέν εἶμι ἐλεύθερος,
πολλῷ ἧττον αἷ ταλαίπωροι
παρθενοι, at δὴ, τοῖς τῶν κομ-
μωτριῶν δόγμασι πειθόμεναι
τῶν ἐν Παρισίοις, ἔφῦσαν τὰ
γελοῖα ταῦτα ὀγκώματα ἐν τῷ
ὄπισθεν τῆς κεφαλῆς.

᾿Αληθέστατα λέγεις" καὶ γὰρ,

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

ards. Authority rules
the world in these mat-
ters, not reason. At a
fancy ball, however, and
in the country of the
Macleods beyond Dun-
vegan, I dress like a
Roman Emperor and a
reasonable being. Good
night !

103

ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐθελόκακοί
ἐσμεν of σύμπαντες καὶ ἐθελό-
δουλοι, τυραννικοῖς τισι δο-
ξάσμασιν ὑποτασσόμενοι, οὐ
λόγῳ: Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κατ᾽
ὄρχησίν γε ποικιλείμονα, καὶ
δὴ καὶ ἐπέκεινα τοῦ Δουνβηγᾶ-
vos ἐν τῇ τῶν Λεωδιδῶν πα-
τρίδι, θεμιτὸν φορήματα φορῆ-
σαι, οἷα “προσήκει αὐτοκράτορι
Ῥωμαϊκῷ καὶ (dp λογικῷ.
χαῖρε.

ADDITIONAL WORDS AND PHRASES.

τό.

Arrange the ἀγοββ----ῤῥυθμίζω.
Barefoot — ἀνυπόδητος.

Badge—yva ισμα, -ατος,
‘Boot — ἐνδρομίς, ios, ἡ.

Button on—éyxopBovpat. Clout—Aaxis, idos, 7. Coat,

a rough warm outer—ozoAds, -άδος, 7. To embroider—
ποικίλλω. <A fringe—xpooods, -ov, 6. Feet, reaching to
the—ro8npns. Hair, short-cropped—ev χρῷ xovpd. To
wear long hair—xopo. Hat—néragos, του, 6. A broad-
brimmed summer hat—xavoia, -as, 7. To put on the plaid
--- ἀναβάλλομαι. Put on, clothes—dyumeéxopuat, ἀμφιβάλλομαι,
περιτίθημι. Plaid or light cloak—yAaiva, -ns, ἡ. Shawl—
ἀμπεχόνιον, -ov, τό. Shoes—trodqyara, των, τά. To take
them off—imolve. Put them on—vtmrodéozat. Dress shoes
—Bdavry, -ns, ἡ. Summer dress—Oeplorproy, -ov, τό. Soap
--σμῆμα, -atos, τό. Tassel— βθύσανος, -ον, 6. Winter cloth-
ing—yeipaorpor, -ov, τό.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

A DINNER PARTY, _ SYMILOZION.

Well, gentlemen, the gong
sounds; I hope you are
all appetized ; the dinner
waits,

Nov μὲν δὴ, φίλοι «ἄνδρες, ἢ ἠχεῖ
τὸ ἢ ἠχεῖον' ἐλπίζω ὑ ὑμᾶς δριμεῖαν
πάνυ ἔχειν τὴν ὄρεξιν" τὸ δὴ
δεῖπνον ἤδη ἕτοιμον.

104

I am ready.

Come along then !

The table is furnished
bountifully.

Take your seats, gentle-
men ; Sir George, sit you
on the right hand of the
hostess. Is there any
clergyman here ?

Yes; I wear the cloth.
Then be so kind as say

grace.

“Father of lights, from
whom comethdown every
good and perfect gift, we
thank Thee for the boun-
teous supply of things
needful for our bodily
wants ; and we pray that
we may lead lives worthy
of Thy great goodness,
and of the most holy
precepts of the Author
of our salvation, Jesus
Christ. Amen.”

Now fall to!

Will you take some of this
turtle-soup ?

Certainly ; I do not get
that every day.

It is a rare luxury; it
flows down richly and
sweetly like liquid gold.

Now we attack the fish ;
here is whitebait, and
here is mullet, with oys-
ter-sauce ; will you have
some? there is also lob-
ster-sauce.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

Kat yap ἐγὼ ἔτοιμος.

Ἴθι νῦν ἀνύσας.

"Αφθονος δὴ ἧ τοῦ δείπνου
παρασκευή.

᾿Ιδοῦ τὰς ἕδρας, κύριοι" καθι-
ζέτω ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ. Σὺ
δὲ, εὐγενέστατε Γεώργιε, ἐπιλα-
βοῦ τῆς χώρας, τῆς ἐν δεξιᾷ ras
δεσποίνης. "Apa κληρικός τις
πάρεστιν ;

Πάρεστιν' ἐγὼ φορῶ τὸ μελαν.

Οὐκοῦν Χαρίζοιο ἂν ἡμῖν εὐχαρι:
στῶν ἐπὶ τῷ δείπνῳ.

ee Πάτερ φώτων, ὅθεν πᾶσα δόσις
ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον
καταβαίνει, εὖχα ἱστοῦμέν σοι
ἐπὶ τῇ. ἀφθόνῳ ἑκάστοτε χορη-
γίᾳ τῶν πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος
χρείας ἀναγκαίων, καὶ εὐχόμεθα
βίους βιῶναι τῶν τε τηλικούτων
εὐεργετημάτων ἀξίους καὶ τῶν
πανσέμνων μαθημάτων τοῦ

ἀρχηγοῦ τῆς “σωτηρίας. μῶν
Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. ᾿Αμήν."

Νῦν δὴ ἐπιθώμεθα τῷ ἔργῳ.
Πότερον διαμερίσω σοι τοῦ
χελωνοζώμον τούτου τοῦ πα-
χυτέρου ; ;

Kat μάλα γε: οὐ γὰρ δὴ τῶν
τυχόντων ὁ ζωμὸς οὑτοσί.
Σφόδρα γε θεῖον τρύφημα ὁ
(ωμός: καὶ γὰρ πιμελὴς καταρ-
pet καὶ γλυκερὸς, χρῦσοῖο δίκην
ποταμοῖο.

Νῦν δὴ ἐπέχωμεν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν"
ἰδοῦ ἐπανθρακίδας λευκάς: ἔτι δὲ
πάρεστι τρίγλη μετὰ ὀστρέων
καρύκης"- θέλοις ἂν γεύσασθαι
τούτων ; j πρὸς δὲ τούτοις
ἀστακοῦ ἔστιν ἔχειν καρὕύκην.

1 Idiomatic use οὗ 1 aor. part. οὗ ἀνύω : doit, and be done with it.—J.

696, 1; C. 46, b.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

Oh, delicious ! send me a
slice of mullet with oys-
ter-sauce. I had a glut
of lobsters last summer
in Iona, and such floun-
ders !

There are very few oysters
in the sauce.

Yes ; as Virgil says, “ap-
parent rari nantes in gur-
gite vasto.”

Ha! ha! ba! But now
you must have some-
thing more substantial.
Shall I help you to some
of this roast beef ?

By all means; I always
feel doubly British when
I eat roast beef. I can-
not understand the man
who, instead of a royal
brown juicy roast, steam-
ing proudly before him,
chooses. some of your
trifling French minces
and fricassees.

TheF rench call us savages,
because, instead of eating
scientifically elaborated
food, we devour our meat
in the crude state, not
seldom half raw.

The beef is excellent ;
Aberdeen beef, I pre-
sume ?

Yes! they have three

Γελοῖα λέγεις, ara

"9 ’
ΟἾΤΑ.

105

7Q τοῦ τρυφήματος: παράθες,

4 co a ” a
εἰ βούλει, τῶν τριγλῶν τεμαχί-
διον, οὐκ ἄνευ γε τῆς τῶν ὀὁ-
στρέων καρῦκης" καὶ γὰρ τῶν γε
ἀστακῶν ἐτύγχανον κορεσθεὶς,

~ a td 3 ΄“-
τοῦ παροιχομένον θέρους, ἐν τῇ
τ, ε LY A ~ ε

Ιώνῃ: αἱ δὲ δὴ Ψψηῆτται ai

ἐνταῦθα ὑπερφνεῖς τινες.

λίγα, νὴ Δία, ὄστρεα νήχεται

ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ.

Τὸ γοῦν τοῦ Οὐϊργιλίον: φαί-

νονται σπάνιοι κατὰ δινήεντα
ῥέεθρα.
Le] A)
νῦν δὴ
’ ’ “A
καιρὸς προσφέρεσθαΐί τι τῶν
ἁδροσάρκων: "Apd γε ἐκτεμῶ
σοι τῶν βοείων κρεῶν, τῶν
ὀπτῶν ;

Παντάπᾶσι μὲν οὖν" καὶ γὰρ δι-

πλάσιον ἀεὶ τὸ Βρεταννικὸν μέ-
νος ἐν ταῖς φλεψί μοι σπαργᾷ,
ὁσάκις dy τὰ βόεια σϊτῶμαι τὰ
2 a b) a ς -
Exeivoy δὲ δὴ ὁποῖός
τις ἐστὶν οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι, ὅστις,
3 ”~ >

ἐξὸν φαγεῖν ὀπτόν τι νεανικὸν
καὶ εὔχῦλον, καὶ σοφῶς ἐξανθι-
σμένον, ὅθεν ἡ Kvioa προσγελᾷ
ταῖς ῥισὶν, ἥδιον δήπου σιτεῖται
τοὺς οὐδενὸς ἀξίους μνττωτοὺς
τῶν Φράγκων, καὶ κομμάτια κε-
κομψευμένα περιττῶς.

Καὶ μὴν ἡμᾶς γε οἱ Φράγκοι

μάλα Κυκλωπικῶς χρῆσθαι

ἡγοῦνται τοῖς ἐδωδίμοις, διότι,

d€ov! τεχνικῶς κατεσκευασμένα
“ ,

φαγεῖν τὰ ἐδέσματα, πάντα

κατεσθίομεν ἀκατέργαστα, καὶ
& 24 7 “a 4 ,7

πολλάκις ὀλίγου δεῖν aya.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν θεῖόν γε τι τὰ βόεια

ταῦτα" ᾿Αβερδονίηθεν γάρ" οὐχ
οὕτως ;

Ψ σι ” > 4 AY
Ἔστι ravra’ εἰ ye ἐπὶ τρισὶν

1 δέον, quum debeamus.—J. 700; F. 65; C. 64, 2, ο.

106

good things inA berdeen—
beef, granite, and Latin.
But here comes a dish
that outshines all— .
“6 Velut inter ignes
Luna minores”—

Here is a haggis !

A veritable haggis !
How large and jolly he
looks, and how brightly

the liquid pearls are
streaming down his man-
ly cheeks !

You talk like a French
cook,

No; I talk like a Scots-
man. A genuine Scotch
haggis is a dish that, as
Christopher North said,
would have made Api-
cius sob with ecstasy !

Lady B., you are not eat-
ing. There will be phea-
sants in the next course.

I am not very hungry;
but I shall not be able
to resist the temptation
of the pheasants.

You may have ducks also.
—Ha! here they come,
with green pease.

A great luxury.

While Doctor Schetlius is
carving the duck per-
haps you will allow me to
drink your good health ἢ

By all means.

Your good health, my lady.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

δικαίως σεμνύνονται of τῆς
᾿Αβερδονίας πολῖται, ἤγουν,
ἐπὶ τῷ βοείῳ, τῷ λίθῳ τῷ Συη-
νίτῃ, καὶ τῇ περὶ λέξιν Ῥωμαϊκὴν
δεινότητι. Καὶ μὴν εἰσερχό-
μενον ὁρῶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδέ-
σμασιν ὑπερλαμπρυνόμενόν τι,
᾿Αστέρας ὡς ἄλλους ἀφανίζει
δῖα σελήνη" np νὴ Δία.

Γαστὴρ δῆτα ἐναργής.

‘Qs εὕσαρκος παρέρχεται καὶ
νεανμικὴ, ὡς λιπαρὸν παρέχει
τὸ πρόσωπον, ὅθεν δὴ οἱ
μαργ ἔται ὑγροὶ κατὰ τῶν

ρείων παρειῶν ῥέουσι ποτα-
μηδόν. amas

Ταῦτά ye λέγων ὀψοδαιδάλῳ
rut ὅμοιος εἶ μαγείρῳ, τῶν ἐκ
Παρισίων.

Μὰ Δία οὐκ ἔγωγε' λέγω ἃ
φρονεῖν δεῖ ἄνδρα ὡς ἀληθῶς
Καληδόνιον. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ γα-
στὴρ Καληδονία τεχνικῶς κατε-
σκευασμένη ἔδεσμά ἐστι, κατὰ
τὸν γε Χριστοφόρον Νόρθιον,
ὅπερ ἐποίησεν ἂν λύζειν τὸν
᾿Απίκιον τῇ ὑπεράγαν ἡδονῇ.

Τύναι εὐγενεστάτη, τί τοῦτο βού-
λεται; ἄγευστος εἶ ἁπάντων"
παρατεθήσονται ἔτι φασιανοὶ,
κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν περιφοράν.

Μετρίως ἔχω τῆς ὁ ἐξεων. καί-
τοι μόγις ἂν ἰσχύσαιμι ἀνθε-
στάναι τῷ θελγήτρῳ τῶν φα-
σιανῶν.

Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις παρατεθήσονται
ai νῆτται. ᾿Ιοῦ ! ἰοῦ" ἥκουσιν
ἤδη μετά γε πίσων νεοθηλῶν.

ἮὮ τῆς ὀψοφαγίας.

Ἔν ᾧ ὁ Δόκτωρ Σχέτλιος ἐκτέ-
μνει τῆν νῆτταν, τάχ᾽ ἂν οὐ
δυσχεραίνοις ἔμοιγε προπί-
νοντί got φιλοτησίαν.

Οὐδεὶς φθόνος.

Προπένω σοι, γύναι εὐγενεστάτη.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

Well, what comes next ?

Oh, a flaming pudding,
burning like Bardolph.
Will you take a slice of
this glorious plum-pud-
ding ?

I am no fire-eater.

Oh, the brandy will soon
burn off ; here, taste this
slice.

It is really most substan-
tial stuff. No doubt this
goes along with the roast
beef. to make the stout
heart of invincible John
Bull, the conqueror of
Napoleon.

Of course; but here is
something in the more
exquisite style, Italian
cream, and Gelées au

noyau.

I should like some jelly,
and cream au naturel.

Here you have it; and
cream such as they never
seein London. It is from
my farm in East Lo-
thian.

It is delicious,

You may well say so; it
is, as they say, both

‘meat and drink.

Sir George, will you take
anything more ?

No; I have dined like a
king, or like a god, as
Homer would have said.

But you cannot end with-
out—

What?

A piece of splendid Stilton

107

“Ἐφεξῆς δὲ τί παρέρχεται ;

Βαβαί: πολφὸς δητα πυριλαμπὴς
Βαρδόλφου δίκην. Οὔκουν γεύ-
σαιο ἂν τοῦ νεανικοῦ τούτου
πολφοκοκκομήλου ;

Οὐκ ἔγωγε τῶν πυριφάγων.

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν πεπαύσεται παραυ-
τίκα φλεγόμενον τὸ paki: Λάβε
δὴ τοῦτο τὸ τεμάχιον.

Εὐπαγὲς τῷ ὄντι καὶ εὐτραφὲς
τὸ ἔδεσμα. Τοῦτό γε ἀναμφι-
σβητήτως συνεργεῖ τοῖς ὀπτοῖς
βοείοις πρὸς τὸ ἀποτελεῖν τὸν
πρινώδη θυμὸν τοῦ ἀνϊκήτου
éxeivou ταυρομόρφον ἴἌγγλου,
τοῦ νικήσαντος ἐν Οὐατερλοῦ.

Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; ἀτὰρ περιττόν τι
ἤδη παρατίθεται, δηλαδὴ πῖον
ἸΙταλικὸν, καὶ πῆγμα ῥακίου
πὺρῆσιν ἡδυσμένου.

“Epovye μᾶλλον κατὰ νοῦν ἐστι
“ 3 ᾽
πῖον ἀκατασκεύαστον.
Col ae id

ἸΙδού--- οἷον δὴ πῖον οὐκ ἐνέπεσέ

? a “ 3 ?
ποτε eis ὄψιν τοῖς ἐν Λονδίνῳ
ὀψοφάγοις, ἅτε ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου

~ 9 a“ A Cd a

υ
μου, του ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ew Λωδιανῃ
κειμένου.

Θαυμαστὸν πάνυ τὸ τρυφερὸν

“a o
τῆς γεύσεως.
᾽ φ “- ,’ ΓῚ

Δίκαιος εἰ ταῦτα λέγειν---εἴ γε
συνδυασμός τις ἐνυπάρχει τοῦ
τε βρωτοῦ καὶ τοῦ ποτοῦ.
> ΄ , ’

Ἐὐγενέστατε Γεώργιε, θέλοις ἂν
τι προσθεῖναι τῇ ἐδωδῇ ;

Οὐκ ἔγωγε" καὶ γὼ βασιλέως
πάνυ δεῖπνον δεδείπνηκα, μάλ-
λον δὲ θεοῦ, κατά γε τὸν

’ Ύ

Ὅμηρον.

Καίτοι οὐ θεμιτόν γε κολοφῶνα
ἐπιθεῖναι τῇ ἐδωδῇ ἄνευ γε---

Τὸ ποῖον λέγεις ;

, - “~

Tepaxtoy λέγω τῦροῦ peyado-

108

cheese, with a glass of
port.

I cannot refuse that; it
seems to nail down the
dinner with the true or-
thodox emphasis. I al-
ways finish with cheese.

Here you have goat’s milk
cheese from Switzerland.
I prefer the Stilton.

Now, gentlemen, the cloth
is removed. Here you
have all sorts of wine,
—the cool Gladstonian
claret, the sharp Rhenish,
and the stout old Port.

I will never apostatize from
the Port—at least in
winter.

Here are walnuts and al-
monds and raisins.

You keep a bountiful table.

I do not pamper myself;
but the man who gives a
bad dinner to his friends
deserves to be classed
among the basest of hu-
man beings. Meanwhile
push round the bottle.

In obedience to the injunc-
tion of wise old Pho-
cylides !

What does Phocylides say?

‘* Wise is the man at friend-

ly board,
Who sits and sips his glass,
And chirrups o’er his cups
with glee,
And bids the bottle pase.”

«αὐ.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

πρεποῦς, τοῦ Στιλτῶνος, μετὰ
κυάθον οἴνου ᾽Οπορτίνον, ἐν
προσθήκης μέ μέρει

Τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην ἀπο-

ὥναι" προσηλοῦν γὰρ δοκεῖ τὰ
ἐδηδεσμένα γομφωτικῇ τινι δυ-
νάμει. Τῷ δείπνῳ ἑκάστοτε
ἐπιτίθημι ιτέλοι προσφερόμενος
τοῦ τῦ

"1800 σοι αἴγειον τὺρὸν, τὸν ἐκ
τῶν ᾿Ελουηττίω».

Ἔμοιγε μᾶλλον πρὸς ἡδονήν
ἐστιν ὁ Στιλτών.

Νῦν δὴ, φίλοι ἄνδρες, περιελη-
λύθαμεν εἰς τὸ τέλος τῶν
τραπεζῶν. Καὶ μὴν πάρεστι
παντοδαπῶν μετέχειν οἴνων, τοῦ

χροῦ Γλαδστωνιανοῦ, τοῦ δὲ
ὀξέος οἴνου τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ῥήνου
τῶν Τερμᾶνῶν, καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῦ ἁ-
δροῦ παλαιόφρονος᾽ Οπορτίνου.

Οὐκ αὐτομολήσω ποτὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ
᾽Οπορτίνου, κατά γε τὸν χει-
μῶνα.
᾿Ενταῦθά ἐ ἐστι κάρνα, ἀμύγδαλα,
᾿καὶ ἀσταφίδες.

Tépet τὸ δεῖπνον ἀφθονίας.

Οὐκ ἐντρυφῶ τοῖς ἐδέσμασιν,
ἕνεκά γε γαστέρος τῆς ἐμῆς" οὐ
μὴν ἀλλὰ ὅστις ἂν ὑπομένῃ
τοῖς φίλοις φαῦλον παραθεῖναι
δεῖπνον ἄξιός ἐστι συντελεῖν
εἰς obs χειρίστους ἔχει 7 γῆ
ἀνθρώπους. ᾿Ατὰρ ov γε ποί-
ησον κυκλεῖσθαι τὸν ἀσκόν.

Πειθόμενός γε τῷ δόγματι τοῦ
σοφοῦ Φωκυλίδου.

τί δὴ λέγει ὁ Φωκυλίδης ; ;

Χρὴ 8 ἐν συμποσίῳ κυλίκων
περινισσομενάων

Ἡδέα κωτίλλοντα καθήμενον
οἰνοποτάζειν.

DIALOGUE TWENTY-FIFTH.

Oh! I remember it well:
the motto of the NocrEs
AMBROSIANE !

Ladies, you rise too soon.

Gentlemen enjoy their
wine best alone; ladies
have their own interest-
ing little matters, which
are best discussed in the
drawing-room.

Well, if it must be so.

But remember you must
not sit long over your
cups.

Oh, never fear! Deep
drinking is not in vogue.
We shall be with you in
anhour. Gentlemen, fill
your glasses ὶ ?

109

᾿Αλλὰ νῦν γε διὰ μνήμης ἔχω
τοὺς στίχους" τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν
τῶν ᾿Αμβροσιανῶν νυκτῶν.

Γυναῖκες, προθυμότερον ἀπαλ-
λάττεσθε.

Καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ οἴνου
ἀπολαύουσι μᾶλλον χωριστοί.
ὡσαύτως δὲ δὴ αἱ γυναῖκες
τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσι πρα μάτια

ἅπερ προσήκει διεξελθεῖν ἐν
τῇ ἐξέδρᾳ.

Εἶεν. εἴπερ γε ἀνάγκη οὕτως
ἔχειν.

Πλὴν ἀναμνήσθητέ γε ὑμεῖς ὡς
οὐ ὐ χρὴ μηκύνειν τὴν oivoro-

Μηδὲν φοβήθητε" τὸ γὰρ πΐνειν
ἀμυστὶ οὐκέτι ἐπικρατεῖ. Μεθ
ὥραν γε προσδοκᾶτε ἡμᾶς.
Φίλοι ἄνδρες, πυκάσατε τὰ

ποτήρια.

ΤΕΛΟΣ.

PRINTED BY T, AND A, CONSTABLE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN,
AT THE EDINBURGH UNIVERSITY PRESS.

Macmillan and Co.’s Olassical Publications.

4SCHYLI EUMENIDES.
The Greek Text, with English Notes and English Verse
Translation, and an Introduction. By BERNARD DRAKE,
M.A., late Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge. 8vo,
3s. 6d.

DEMOSTHENES ON THE CROWN.
With English Notes. By B. Draxz, M.A. Fourth
Edition. To which is prefixed ASSCHINES against
CTESIPHON. Feap. 8vo, 5s.

A TABLE OF IRREGULAR GREEK VERBS
classified according to the arrangement of Curtius’ Greek
Grammar. By J. M. MarsHAt.t, M.A., Fellow and late
Lecturer of Brasenose College, Oxford; one of the
Masters in Clifden College. 8vo, cloth, 1s.

FIRST GREEK READER.
Edited, after Karl Halm, with Corrections and Addi-
tions, by Jonn E. B. Mayor, M.A. Second and
Cheaper Edition. Feap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.

GREEK FOR BEGINNERS.
By JosepH B. Mayor, M.A., Professor of Classical Litera-
ture in King’s College, London. Part I.,1s.6d. Parts II,
and III., 3s. 6d., complete in One Vol., fcap. 8vo, 48. 6d.

THEOPHRASTUS. THE CHARACTERS
OF THEOPHRASTOS. An English Translation from
a Revised Text. With Introduction and Notes. By
R. C. Jeps, M.A., Public Orator in the University of
Cambridge. Extra fcap. 8vo, 6s. 6d.

THUCYDIDES. THE SICILIAN EXPE-
DITION. Being Books VI. and VII. of Thucydides,
with Notes. A New Edition, revised and enlarged, with
a Map. By the Rev. Perctvat Frost, M.A., late Fellow
of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, 5s.

HELLENICA ;
or, a History of Greece in Greek ; being a first Greek
Reading Book, with Explanatory Notes. Third Edition,
with a Vocabulary. By the Rev. J. Wricut, M.A.
Feap. 8vo, 3s. 6d.:

MACMILLAN AND CO., LONDON.

Macmillan and Oo.’s Classical Publications. |

CICERO. THE SECOND PHILIPPIC
ORATION. With an Introduction and Notes, trans-
lated from KARL HALM. Edited by J. E. Β. Mayor,
M.A. Third Edition. Feap. 8vo, 5s.

JUVENAL. THIRTEEN SATIRES.
With Commentary by the Rev J. E. B. Mayor, M.A.
Second Edition, enlarged. Part I. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6d.

SALLUST. ,
With English Notes. By C. Mertvarz, B.D. Second
Edition. Feap. 8vo, 4s. θά.

The CATILINA and JOGURTHA may be had sepa-
rately, price 2s. 6d. each.

TACITUS. AGRICOLA AND GERMANIA.
“A Revised Text and English Notes. By A. J. CourcH
and W. J. Bropriss. Feap. 8yo, 3s. 6d. Separately,
2s, each.

TACITUS. AGRICOLA AND GERMANY.

Translated by A. J. CuourcH and W. J. BRopRIBB.
Feap. 8vo, 28. 6d.

THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME.
An Easy Narrative, abridged from the First Book of
Livy ; ἃ firat Latin Reading Book, with Grammatical
Notes. By the Rev. J. Wrieut, M.A. Feap. 8vo, 3s.
Vocabulary and Exercises, 2s, 6d. Fourth Edition.

HINTS TOWARDS LATIN PROSE COM-
POSITION. By A. W. Porrs, M.A., Head Master of
the Fettes College, Edinburgh. Second Edition, revised
and enlarged. Extra fcap. 8vo, 38.

MYTHOLOGY FOR LATIN VERSIFICA-
TION. A brief Sketch of the Fables of the Ancients,
prepared to be rendered into Latin Verse for Schools.
By F. Hopeson, B.D., late Provost of Eton. New
Edition, revised by F. C. Hopason, M.A. 18mo, 3s.

MACMILLAN AND CO., LONDON.

MaRcH, 1871.

A Cararogue of Epucarionar Books,
with a Short Account of their
Character and Aim,

Published by
MACMILLAN AND CO
16, Bedford Street, Covent Garden, London.

CLASSICAL.

ZESCHYLI EUMENIDES. The Greek Text, with English Notes
and English Verse, Translation, and an Introduction. By BERNARD
DRAKE, M.A., late Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge.
Svo. 35. 6d.

The Greek text adopted in this Edition is based upon that of Wellauer,
which may be said, in general terms, to represent that of the best manu-
scripts. Butin correcting the Text, and in the Notes, advantage has been
taken of the suggestions of Hermann, Paley, Linwood, and other com-
mentators. In the Translation, the simple character of the ééschylean
a@ialogues has generally enabled the author to render them witheut any
material deviation from the construction and idioms of the original Greek,

B. 4. A
2,000. 1.71.

2 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

ARISTOTLE ON FALLACIES; OR, THE SOPHISTICI
ELENCHI. Witha Translation and Notes by EpwarpD PosTE,
M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. 8vo. 85. 6d,

Besides the doctrine of Fallacies, Aristotle offers, either in this treatise
or in other passages quoted in the commentary, various glances over the
world of science and opinion, various suggestions or problems which are
still agitated, and a vivid picture of the ancient system of dialectics, which
it ἐς hoped may be found both interesting and instructive.

Aristotle. — AN INTRODUCTION TO ARISTOTLE’S
RHETORIC. With Analysis, Notes, and Appendices. By E.
M. Cops, Senior Fellow and Tutor of Trinity College, Cam-
bridge. 8vo. 145.

This work ts introductory to an edition of the Greek Text of Arsstotle’s
Rhetoric, which is in course of preparation. Its object is to render that
treatise thoroughly intelligible. The author has aimed to illustrate, as
preparatory to the detailed explanation of the work, the general bearings
and relations of the Art of Rhetoric in itself, as well as the special mode of
treating ἐξ adopted by Aristotle in his peculiar system. The evidence upon
obscure or doubtful questions connected with the subject is examined ; and
the relations which Rhetoric bears, in Aristotle's view, to the kindred art
of Logic are fully considered. A connected Analysis of the work ts given,
sometimes in the form of paraphrase; and a few important matters are
separately discussed in Appendices. There is added, as a general Appendix,
by way of specimen of the antagonistic system of Isocrates and others, a
complete analysis of the treatise called Ῥητοριχὴ πρὸς ᾿Αλέξανδρον, with a
discussion of its authorship and of the probable results of its teaching.

Cicero.—THE SECOND PHILIPPIC ORATION. With an
Introduction and Notes, translated from the German of KARL
Haim. Edited, with Corrections and Additions, by JOHN E. B.
Mayor, M.A., Fellow and Classical Lecturer of St. John’s
College, Cambridge. Third Edition, revised. Fceap. 8vo. 5s.

This volume opens with a List of Books useful to the Student of Cicero,
including History, Chronology, Lexicons, and some account of various
editions, mostly German, of the works of Cicero, The Introduction ts

CLASSICAL. 3

based on Ham: wrere Halm gives a reference to a classic, the passage has
been commonly printed at length ; where the reference is to Halm’s notes
on other Cicerontan speeches, or to modern books, the additional matter has
bsen incorporated: and the numerous Greek quotations have been rendered
into English. The English editor has further illustrated the work by
additions drawn, for the most part, (1) from the ancient authorities ; (2)
from his own private marginal references, and from collections ; (3) from
the notes of previous commentators. A cobious ‘argument’ ts also given.

THE ORATIONS OF CICERO AGAINST CATILINA. With
Notes translated chiefly fromgHalm. By A. 5. WILKINs, M.A.
Fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

This edition is a reprint of the one prepared by Professor Halm for
Orellli’s Cicero. The historical introduction of Mr. Wilkins brings
lo ether all the details which are known respecting Catiline and his
relations with the great orator. A list of passages where conjectures
have been admitted into the text, and also of all variations from the text
of Kayser (1862) ἐς added at the end. Finally the English Editor has
subjoined a large number of notes, both original (distinguished by a
square bracket) and selected from Curtius, Schleischer, Corssen, and
other well-known critics, an analysts of the ovations, and an index.

DEMOSTHENES ON THE CROWN. The Greek Text with
English Notes. By B. Drake, M.A., late Fellow of King’s
College, Cambridge. Fourth Edition, to which is prefixed
ZESCHINES AGAINST CTESIPHON, with English Notes.
Fcap. 8vo. 55.

An Introduction discusses the immediate causes of the two orations, and
their general character. The Notes contain frequent references to the best
authorities. Among the appendices at the end is a chronological table of
the life and public career of AEschines and Demosthenes.

Hodgson.—MYTHOLOGY FOR LATIN VERSIFICATION.
A brief Sketch of the Fables of the Ancients, prepared to be
rendered into Latin Verse for Schools. By F. Hopcson, B.D.,
late Provost of Eton. New Edition, revised by F. C. HODGSON,
M.A. 18mo. 35.

A 2

4 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

The late Provost of Eton has here supplied a help to the composition. of
Latin Verse, combined with a brief introduction to Classical Mythology.
ln this new edition a few mistakes have been rectified ; rules have been

added to the Prosody ; and a more uniform system has been adopted with
regard to the help afforded,

Juvenal.—Thirteen Satires of JUVENAL. With a Commentary.
By Joun E. B. Mayor, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College,

Cambridge. Second Edition, enlarged. Part I. Crown 8vo. sewed.
35. 6d,

The text ἐς accompanied by a copious Commentary. For various notes
the author is indebted to Professors Munro and Conington. All the
citations have been taken anew from the original authors.

Marshall.—a TABLE OF IRREGULAR GREEK VERBS
classified according to the arrangement of Curtius’ Greek Grammar.
By J. M. MARSHALL, M.A., Fellow and late Lecturer of Brasenose
College, Oxford; one of the Masters in Clifton College. ὅνο.
cloth. Is.

The system of this table has been borrowed from the excellent Greek
Grammar of Dr. Curtius.

Mayor (John E. B.)—FIRST GREEK READER. Edited
after KARL HALM, with Corrections and large Additions by JOHN
E. B. Mayor, M.A. Fellow and Classical Lecturer of St. John’s
College, Cambridge. Second and Cheaper Edition. Fcap. 8vo.
4s. 6d.

A selection of short passages, struing to illustrate especially the Greek
Accidence. A good deal of syntax is incidentally taught, and Madvig and
other books are cited, for the use of masters: but no learner ἐς expected to
know more of syntax than is contained in the Notes and Vocabulary.
A preface “ 70 the Reader,” not only explains the aim and method of
the volume, but also deals with classical instruction generally, The
extracts are uniformly in the Attic dialect, and any Hellenistic forms
occurring in the original classic authors, such as “Elian and Polybius,
have been discarded in favour of the corresponding Altic¢ expressions.
This book may be used in connexion with Mayor's ‘‘ Greek for Begisesers.”

CLASSICAL, 5

Mayor (Joseph B.)—GREEK FOR BEGINNERS. By the
Rev. J. B. Mayor, M.A., Professor of Classical Literature in
King’s College, London. Part I, with Vocabulary, 1s. 6d. ;
Parts II. and IIL, with Vocabulary and Index, 3s. 6d. ; complete
in one vol., fcap. 8vo. cloth, 45. 6d.

The distincttwe method of this book consists in building up a boy's
knowledge of Greek upon the foundation of his knowledge of English and
Latin, instead of trusting everything to the unassisted memory. The
forms and constructions of Greek have been thoroughly compared with
those of Latin, and no Greck words have been used in the earlier part of
the book except such as have connexions either in English or Latin. Each —
step leads naturally on to its successor, grammatical forms and rules are
at once applied in a series of graduated exercises, accompanied by ample
vocabularies. Thus the book serves as Grammar, Exercise book, and
Vocabulary. Where possible, the Grammar has been simplified; the
ordinary ten declensions are reduced to three, which correspond to the .
first three in Latin; and the system of stems ts adopted. A general
Vocabulary, and Index of Greek words, completes the work.

Peile (John, M.A.)—AN INTRODUCTION TO GREEK
AND LATIN ETYMOLOGY. By JOHN PEILE, M.A., Fellow
and Assistant Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge, formerly
Teacher of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. 8vo. ras. δώ.

These Philological Lectures are the vesult of Notes made during the
author's reading during the last three or four years. These Notes were
put into the shape of lectures, delivered at Christ’s College, during the last
May term, as one set in the “‘ Intercollegiate” list. They are now printed
with some additions and modifications, but substantially as they were
delivered,

Plato.—THE REPUBLIC OF PLATO. Translated into English,
with an Analysis and Notes, by J. LL. DAvirs, M.A., and D. J.
VAUGHAN, M.A. Third Edition, with Vignette Portraits of Plate
and Socrates, engraved by JEENS from an Antique Gem. 18mo.
45. 6d.

6 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

An introductory notice supplies some account of the life of Plato, and
the translation is preceded by an elaborate analysis. ““ The translators
have,” in the judgment of the Saturday Review, ‘‘ produced a book which
any reader, whether ΠΝ with the original or not, can peruse with
pleasure as well as pro

Plautus enue MOSTELLARIA OF PLAU-
TUS. With Notes Critical and Explanatory, Prolegomena, and
Excursus. By WILLIAM RAMSAY, M.A., formerly Professor ot
Humanity in the University of Glasgow. Edited by Professor
GEORGE G. RAMSAY, M.A., of the University of Glasgow. 8vo.
145.

“ The fruits of that exhaustive research and that ripe and well-digested
scholarship which sts author brought to bear upon everything that he
undertook are visible throughout st. It is furnished with a complete
apparatus of prolegomena, notes, and excursus; and for the use of veteran
schoiars εἰ probably leaves nothing to be desired.""—PALL MALL GAZETTE.

Potts (Alex. W., M.A.)}—HINTS TOWARDS LATIN
PROSE COMPOSITION. By ALEx. ὟΝ. Potts, M.A., late
Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge ; Assistant Master in
Rugby School ; and Head Master of the Fettes College, Edinburgh.
Second Edition, enlarged. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth. 3s.

Those engaged in Classical teaching seem to be unanimously of the
opinion that Composition in Latin Prose ἐς not only the most efficient
method of acquiring a mastery of the Latin language, but is in itselj
a valuable means of mental training, and an admirable corrective of some
of the worst features in English writing. An attempt is here made to
give students, after they have mastered ordinary syntactical rules, some idea
of the characteristics of Latin Prose and the means to be employed to
reproduce them. Some notion of the treatment of the subject may be
gathered from the ‘ Contents.” Cuap. 1.—Characteristics of Classical
Latin, Hints on turning English into Latin ; CuaP. I1.—Arrangement
of Words in a Sentence ; CuHap. II].— Unity in Latin Prose, Subject and
Object ; CHAP. 1V.—On the Period in Latin Prose; CHAP. V.—On the
position of the Relative and Relative Clauses.

CLASSICAL. 7

Roby.—A LATIN GRAMMAR for the Higher Classes in Grammar
Schools. By H. J. Rosy, M.A. [Jn the Press.

Sallust.—CAII SALLUSTII CRISPI CATILINA ET JUGUR-
THA. For Use in Schools. With copious Notes. By C.
MERIVALE, B.D. (In the present Edition the Notes have been
carefully revised, and a few remarks and explanations added.)
Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 45. 6d.

The JUGURTHA and the CATILINA may be had separately, price
2s. 6a. cach. :
This edition of Sallust, prepared by the distinguished historian of Rome,
contains an introduction, concerning the life and works of Sallust, lists
of the Consuls, and elaborate notes.

Tacitus.—THE HISTORY OF TACITUS TRANSLATED
INTO ENGLISH. By A. J. CHuRcH, M.A., and W. J.
BRoODRIBB, M.A. With Notes anda Map. 8vo. Ios. 6d.

The translators have endeavoured to adhere as closely to the original as
was thought consistent with a proper observance of English tdiom. At
the same time, it has been their aim to reproduce the precise expressions of
the author. The campaign of Ciwvilis ἐς elucidated in a note of some length,
which ἐς illustrated by a map, containing the names of places and of tribes
occurring in the work. There is also a complete account of the Roman army
as it was constituted in the time of Tacitus. This work ts characterised
by the Spectator as ‘‘ a scholarly and faithful translation.”

THE AGRICOLA AND GERMANIA OF TACITUS. A Revised
Text, English Notes, and Maps. By ALFRED J. CHURCH, M.A.,
and W. J. BroprisB, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

“ We have endeavoured, with the aid of recent editions, thoroughly to
elucidate the text, explaining the various difficulties, critical and gramma-
tical, which occur to the student. We have consulted throughout, besides
the older commentators, the editions of Ritter and Orelli, but we are
under special obligations to the labours of the recent German editors, Wex
and Krits.” Two Indexes are appended, (1) of Proper Names, (2) of
Words and Phrases explained.

8 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Tacitus—continued.

THE AGRICOLA and GERMANIA may be had separately, price
2s. each.

THE AGRICOLA AND GERMANIA. Translated into English

by A. J. Cuurcn, M.A., and W. J. Bropriss, M.A. With
Maps and Notes. Extra fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

The translators have sought to produce such a version as may satisfy
scholars who demand a faithful rendering of the original, and English
readers who are offended by the baldness and frigidity which commonly
disfigure translations. The treatises are accompanied by introductions,
notes, maps, and a chronological summary. The Athenzum says of this
work that it is “a version at once readable and exact, which may be perused
with pleasure by all, and consulted with advantage by the classical student,”

Theophrastus.— THE CHARACTERS OF THEO-
PHRASTUS. An English Translation from a Revised Text.
With Introduction and Notes. By R. Ὁ. JeEBB, M.A., Public
Orator in the University of Cambridge. Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s. 64.

To the average English reader Theophrastus is little known. At the
present time, when there is a general desire to see ancient life more vividly
on every side from which it can illustrate our own, tt seems possible that
the characters of Theophrastus may possess some potent interest. The text
has undergone careful revision. An Introduction supplies an account of
the origin of the book, and of writers who have imitated it: as Hall,
Sir Thomas Overbury, and others. The notes are for the most part
selected from ancient sources.

Thring.—Works by the Rev. E. THRING, M.A., Head Master
of Uppingham School.

A LATIN GRADUAL. A First Latin Construing Book for
Beginners. By EDWARD THRING, M.A. New Edition, enlarged,
with Coloured Sentence Maps. Fcap. 8vo. 25. 6d.

The Head Master of Uppingham has here sought to supply by easy steps

a knowledge of grammar, combined with a good Vocabulary. Passages
have been selected from the best Latin authors in prose and verse. These

CLASSICAL. 9

Thring—continued.

passages are gradually built up in ther grammatical structure, and
finally printed in full. A short practical manual of common mood con-
structions, with their English equivalents, forms a second part.

A MANUAL OF MOOD CONSTRUCTIONS. Fcap.8vo. 15. 6d.
Treats of the ordinary mood constructions, as found in the Latin, Greek,

and English languages.

A CONSTRUING BOOK. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Thucydides.—THE SICILIAN EXPEDITION. Being Books
VI. and VII. of Thucydides, with Notes. A New Edition, revised
and enlarged, witha Map. By the Rev. PERCIVAL Frost, M.A.,
late Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo. 55.
This edition is mainly a grammatical one. Attention is called to the
force of compound verbs, and the exact meaning of the various tenses
employed.

Virgil.—_THE WORKS OF VIRGIL RENDERED INTO
ENGLISH PROSE, with Introductions, Running Analysis, and
an Index, by JAMES LONSDALE, M.A. and SAMUEL LEE, M.A.
Globe 8vo. 3s. 6¢.; gilt edges, 4s. 62.

The preface of this new volume informs us that “‘ the original has been
faithfully rendered, and paraphrase altogether avoided. At the same time,
the translators have endeavoured to adapt the book to the use of the
English reader. Some amount of rhythm in the structure of the sentence
has been generally maintained ; and, when in the Latin the sound of the
words is an echo to the sense (as so frequently happens in Virgil), an
attempt has been made to produce the same result in English.”

The general introduction gives us whatever is known of the pods life,
an estimate of his genius, an account of the principal editions and trans-
lations of his works, and a brief view of the influence he has had on
modern poets ; special introductory essays are prefixed to the ** Eclogues,”
** Georgics,” and ‘‘ Aineid.” The text is divided into sections, each of
which is headed by a concise analysis of the subject; the index contains
references to all the characters and events of any importance.

1ο EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Wright.—works by J. WRIGHT, M.A., late Head Master of
Sutton Coldfield School.

HELLENICA ; OR, A HISTORY OF GREECE IN GREEK, as
related by Diodorus and Thucydides; being a First Greek Reading
Book, with explanatory Notes, Critical and Historical. Third
Edition, with a Vocabulary. 12mo. 3s. 6d.

In the last twenty chapters of this volume, Thucydides sketches the rise
and progress of the Athenian Empire in so clear a styleand in such simple
language, that the editor has doubts whether any easier or more instruc-
teve passages can be selected for the use of the pupil who is commencing
Greek. This book includes a chronological table of the events recorded.

A HELP TO LATIN GRAMMAR; or, The Form and Use of Words
in Latin, with Progressive Exercises. Crown 8vo. 45. 6d.

Thts book is not intended as a rival to any of the excellent Grammars
now in use; but as a help to enable the beginner to understand them.

THE SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. An Easy Narrative, abridged
from the First Book of Livy by the omission of Difficult Passages;
being a First Latin Reading Book, with Grammatical Notes.
With Vocabulary and Exercises. Fourth Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 5s.

This work is intendea to supply the pupil with an easy construing book,
which may at the same time be made the vehicle for instructing him in the
rules of grammar and principles of composition. The notes profess to
teach what is commonly taught in grammars. It is conceived that the
pupil will learn the rules of construction of the language much more
easily from separate examples, which are pointed out to him in the course
of his reading, and which he may himself set down in his note-book after
some scheme of his own,. than froma heap of quotations amassed for him
by others.

Or, separately,
SEVEN KINGS OF ROME. | 3s.

VOCABULARY AND EXERCISES TO “THE SEVEN KINGS.
2s. 6d. .

CLASSICAL. I

CLASSIC VERSIONS OF ENGLISH BOOKS,
AND LATIN HYMNS.

TuE following works are, as the heading indicates,
classic renderings of English books. For scholars, and
particularly for writers of Latin Verse, the series has a
special value. The Hymni Ecclesiz are here inserted, as
partly falling under the same class.

Church (A. J., A.M.)—HORZ TENNYSONIANA, sive
Eclogae e Tennysono. Latine reddite. Cura A. J. CHURCH,
A.M. Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s.

Latin verstons of Selections from Tennyson. Among the authors are
the Edttor, the late Professor Conington, Professor Seeley, Dr. Hessey,
Mr. Kebbel, and other gentlemen.

Latham.—SERTUM SHAKSPERIANUM, Subnexis aliquot
aliunde excerptis floribus. Latine reddidit Rev. H. LATHAM, M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo. 55.

Besides versions of Shakspeare this volume contains, among other pieces,
Gray’s “* Elegy,” Campbells ** Hohenlinden,” Wolfes ‘* Burial of Sir
John Moore,” and selections from Cowper and George Herbert.

Lyttelton.—THE COMUS OF MILTON, rendered into Greek
Verse. By LorpD LYTTELTON. Extra fcap. 8vo. 55.

THE SAMSON AGONISTES OF MILTON, rendered into Greek
Verse. By Lorp LYTTELTON. Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s. 6d.

Merivale.—KEATS’ HYPERION, rendered into Latin Verse.
By C. MERIVALE, B.D. Second Edit. Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

12 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS..

Hymni Ecclesiz.— Edited by Rev. DR. NEWMAN. Extra
feap. 8vo. 75. 6d.

Hymns of the Medieval Church. The first Part contains selections
from the Parisian Breviary ; the second from those of Rome, Salisbury,
and York.

Trench (Archbishop). — SACRED LATIN POETRY,
chiefly Lyrical, selected and arranged for Use; with Notes and
Introduction, Fcap. 8vo. 7s.

In this work the editor has selected hymns of a catholic religious
sentiment that are common to Christendom, while rgecting those of a
distinctively Romish character.

MATHEMATICS. 13

MATHEMATICS.

Airy.—Works by G. B. AIRY, Astronomer Royal :—

ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS. Designed for the Use of Students in the Univer-
sities. With Diagrams. Crown 8vo. cloth. 5s. 6d.

It is hoped that the methods of solution here explained, and the instances
exhibited, will be found sufficient for application to nearly all theimportant
problems of Physical Science, which require for thar complete inuestigation
the aia of Partial Differential Equations.

ON THE ALGEBRAICAL AND NUMERICAL THEORY OF
ERRORS OF OBSERVATIONS AND THE COMBINA-
TION OF OBSERVATIONS. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s. 6d.

In order to spare astronomers and observers in natural philosophy the
confusion and loss of time which are produced by referring to the ordinary
treatises embracing both branches of probabilities (the first relating to
chances which can be altered only by the changes of entire units or in-
tegral multiples of units in the fundamental conditions of the problem ;
the other concerning those chances which have respect to insensible grada-
tions in the value of the element measured) the present tract has been drawn
up. It relates only to errors of observation, and to the rules, derivable
from the consideration of these errors, for the combination of the vesults
of observations.

14 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Airy (G. B.)—continued.

UNDULATORY THEORY OF OPTICS. Designed for the Use ot
Students in the University. New Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth.
6s. 62.

The undulatory theory of optics is presented to the reader as having the
same claims to his attention as the theory of gravitation: namely, that it ts
certainly true, and that, by mathematical operations of general elegance, it
leads to vesults of great interest. This theory explains with accuracy a
vast variety of phenomena of the most complicated kind. The plan of thes
tract has been to include those phenomena only which admit of calculation,
and the investigations are applied only to phenomena which actually have
been observed.

ON SOUND AND ATMOSPHERIC VIBRATIONS. With the
Mathematical Elements of Music. Designed for τε Use of Students
of the University. Crown 8vo. 9s.

This volume consists of sections, which again are divided into numbered
articles, on the following topics: General recognition of the air as the
medium which conveys sound ; Properties of the air on which the forma-
tion and transmission of sound depend ; Theory of undulations as applied
to sound, Sc. ; Investigation of the motion of a wave of air through the
atmosphere ; Transmisston of waves of soniferous vibrations through dif-
jerent gases, solids, and fiuids ; Experiments on the velocity of sound,
&e.; On musical sounds, and the manner of producing them; On the
elements of musical harmony and melody, and of simple musical composi-
tion ; On instrumental music; On the human organs of specch and
hearing.

A TREATISE ON MAGNETISM. Designed for the use of
Students in the University. Crown 8vo. 9s. 6d.

Airy (Osmund.)— A TREATISE ON GEOMETRICAL

OPTICS. Adapted for the use of the Higher Classes in Schools.

By OSMUND AIRY, B.A., one of the Mathematical Masters in
Wellington College. Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

“ This is, I imagine, the first time that any attempt has been made to

adapt the subject of Geometrical Optics, to the reading of the higher

classes in our good schools. That thts should be so ἐς the more a matter

MATHEMATICS. 1s

tor remark, since the subject would appear to be peculiarly fitted for such
an adaptation. .... I have endeavoured, as much as possible, to avoid
the example of those popular lecturers who explain difficulties by ignoring
them. But as the nature of my design necessitated brevity, I have omitted
entirely one or two portions of the subject which I considered unnecessary
to a clear understanding of the rest, and which appear to me better learnt
at a more advanced stage.”,—AUTHOR’S PREFACE.

Bayma.—THE ELEMENTS OF MOLECULAR MECHA.
NICS. By JoszepH BayMma, S.J., Professor of Philosophy,
Stonyhurst College. Demy 8vo. cloth. os. 6d.

Of the twelve Books into which the present treatese ἐς divided, the first
and second give the demonstration of the principles which bear directly on
the constitution and the properties of matter. The next three books contain
a series of theorems and of problems on the laws of motion of elementary
substances. In the sixth and seventh, the mechanical constitution of mole-
cules ts investigated and determined: and by it the general properties of
bodies ave explained, The eighth book treats of luminiferous eather. The
ninth explains some special properties of bodies. The tenth and eleventh
contain a radical and lengthy investigation of chemical principles and
relations, which may lead to practical results of high importance. The
twelfth and last book treats of molecular masses, distances, and powers.

Beasley.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON PLANE
TRIGONOMETRY. With Examples. By R. D. BEASLEY,
M.A., Head Master of Grantham Grammar School. Second
Edition, revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo. cloth. 395. 6d.

This treatise ἐς specially intended for use in schools. The choice of matter
has been chiefly guided by the requirements of the three days’ examination
at Cambridge. About four hundred examples have been added to this edition,
mainly collected rom the Examination Papers of the last ten years.

Boole.—Works by G. BOOLE, D.C.L., F.R.S., Professor of
Mathematics in the Queen’s University, Ireland.

A TREATISE ON DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. New and
Revised Edition. Edited by 1. TODHUNTER. Crown 8vo. cloth.
145.

16 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Boole (G., D.C.L..)—continued.

Professor Boole has endeavoured in this treatise to convey as complete an
account of the present state of knowledge on the subject of Differential Equa-
tions, as was consistent with the idea of a work intended, primarily, for
elementary instruction. The earlier sections of each chapter contain that
hind of matter which has usually been thought suitable for the beginner,
while the latter ones are devoted ather to an account of recent discovery, or
the discussion of such deeper questions of principle as are likely to present
themselves to the reflective student in connexion with the methods and
processes of his previous course,

A TREATISE ON DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Supple-
mentary Volume. Edited by I. TOoDHUNTER. Crown 8vo. cloth.
8s. 6d.

This volume contains all that Professor Boole wrote for the purpose ot
enlarging his treatise on Differential Equations.

THE CALCULUS OF FINITE DIFFERENCES. Crown 8vo.
cloth. 10s. 6d.

In this exposition of the Caleulus of Finite Differences, particular attention
has been paid to the connexion of its methods with those of the Differentzal
Calculus—a connexion which in some instances involves far more than ἃ
merely formal analogy. The work is in some measure designed as a
sequel to Professor Boole’s Treatise on Differential Equations.
CAMBRIDGE SENATE-HOUSE PROBLEMS AND RIDERS,

WITH SOLUTIONS :—

1848-1851.—PROBLEMS. By FERRERS and JACKSON. 8vo.
cloth. 15s. 6d.

1848-1851.— RIDERS. By JAMESON. 8vo. cloth. 75. 6d.

1854.— PROBLEMS AND RIDERS. By WALTON and
MACKENZIE. 8vo. cloth. 10s. 6d.

1857. -- PROBLEMS AND. RIDERS. By Campion and
WALTON. 8vo. cloth. 8s. 6d.

1860.—PROBLEMS AND RIDERS. By Watson and Routrns.
Crown 8vo. cloth. 7s. 6d.

1864.—PROBLEMS AND RIDERS. By WALTON and W11-

“KINSON. 8vo. cloth. Ios. 6d.

MATHEMATICS. 17

Boole (G., D.C.L..)—continued.

These volumes will be found of great value to Teachers and Students, as
indicating the style and range of mathematical study in the University of
Cambridge.

CAMBRIDGE COURSE OF ELEMENTARY NATURAL
PHILOSOPHY, for the Degree of B.A. Originally compiled by
J. C. SNowBaLL, M.A., late Fellow of St. John’s College.
Fifth Edition, revised and enlarged, and adapted for the Middle-
Class Examinations by THomas LUND, B.D., Late Fellow and
Lecturer of St. John’s College, Editor ot Wood’s Algebra, &c.
Crown 8vo. cloth. 5s.

This work will be found adapted to the wants, not only of University
Students, but also of many others who require a short course of Mechanics
and Hydrostatics, and especially of the candidates at our Middle Class
Examinations. At the end of each chapter a series of easy questions ἐς
added for the exercise of the student.

CAMBRIDGE AND DUBLIN MATHEMATICAL JOURNAL.
The Complete Work, in Nine Vols. 8vo. cloth, 7/ 45.

Only a few copies remain on hand. Among Contributors to this
work will be found Sir W. Thomson, Stokes, Adams, Boole, Sir W. Δ.
Hamilton, De Morgan, Cayley, Sylvester, Fellett, and other distinguished
mathematicians.

Candler.—HELP TO ARITHMETIC. Designed for the use of
Schools. By H. CANDLER, M.A. Mathematical Master of
Uppingham School. Extra fcap. 8vo. 25. 64,

This work is intended as a companion to any text book that may be
£8 uSé.

Cheyne.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON THE
PLANETARY THEORY. With a Collection of Problems.
By C. H. H. CHEYNE, M.A., F.R.A.S. Second Edition. Crown
8vo. οἷο: 6s. 6d.

In this volume, an attempt has been made to petite a treatise on the
Plancary theory, which, being elementary in character, should be so far
complete, as to contain all that is usually required by students in the
University of Cambridge. This Edition has been carefully revised, The
stability of the Planetary System has been more fully treated, and an

B

18 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Cheyne (C. H. H., M.A. F.R.A.S.)—continued.

elegant geometrical explanation of the formule for thesecular variation of
the node and inclination, due to Mr. H. M. Taylor, has been introduced.

THE EARTH’S MOTION OF ROTATION. By C. H. H.
CHEYNE, M.A,, F.R.A.S. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.

The first part of this work consists of an application of the method of the
variation of elements to the general problem of rotation. In the second
part the general rotation formule are applied to the partwular case of
the earth,

Childe.—THE SINGULAR PROPERTIES OF THE ELLIP-
SOID AND ASSOCIATED SURFACES OF THE NTH
DEGREE. By the Rev. G. F. CHILDE, M.A., Author of
““Ray Surfaces,’’ “ Related Caustics,” ἄς, 8vo. 105. 6d.

The object of this volume ts to develop peculiarities in the Ellipsoid ;
and, further, to establish analogous properties in the unlimited congeneric
sertes of which this remarkable surface ts a constituent.

Christie.—A COLLECTION OF ELEMENTARY TEST-
QUESTIONS IN PURE AND MIXED MATHEMATICS ;
with Answers and Appendices on Synthetic Division, and on the
Solution of Numerical Equations by Horner’s Method. By JAMES
R. CHRISTIE, F.R.S., late First Mathematical Master at the
Royal Military Academy, Woolwich. Crown 8vo. cloth. &s. 6d.

The series of Mathematical exercises here offered to the public ἐς collected
Jrom those which the author has, from time to time, proposed for solution
by his pupils during a long career at the Royal Military Academy. A

. student who finds that he ἐς able to solve the larger portion of these exercises,
may consider that he ts thoroughly well grounded tn the elementary prin-
ciples of pure and mixed Mathematus.

Dalton.—ARITHMETICAL EXAMPLES. Progressively
arranged, with Exercises and Examination Papers. By the Rev.
T. DatTon, M.A,, Assistant Master of Eton College. 1r8mo.
cloth. 25. 6d. Answers to the Examples are appended,

MATHEMATICS. 19

Day.— PROPERTIES OF CONIC SECTIONS PROVED
GEOMETRICALLY. PART I, THE ELLIPSE, with
Problems. By the Rev. H. G. Day, M.A., Head Master of
Sedburgh Grammar School. Crown 8vo. 35. 6d.

The object of this book ts the introduction of a treatment of Conic
Sections which should be simple and natural, and lead by an easy trans-
tion to the analytical methods, without devarting from the strict geometry ὦ
of Euclid.

Dodgson.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON DETER.
MINANTS, with their Application to Simultaneous Linear
Equations and Algebraical Geometry. By CHARLES L Dopcson,
M.A., Student and Mathematical Lecturer of Christ Church,
Oxford. Small 4to. cloth. ros. 62.

The object of the author ts to present the subject as acontinuous chain of
argument, separated from all accessories of explanation or tllustration.
All such explanation and illustration as seemed necessary for a beginner
are introduced either tn the form of foot-notes, or, where that would have
occupied too much room, of Appendices.

.Drew.—GEOMETRICAL TREATISE ON CONIC SEC-
TIONS. By W. H. Drew, M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge.
Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. 4s. 6d.

In this work the subject of Conic Sections has been placed before the student
in such a form that, tt ἐς hoped, after mastering the elements of Euchd, he
may find it an easy and interesting continuation of his geometrical studies.
With a view, also, of rendering the work a complete manual of what is
required at the Universities, there have either been embodied into the text or
inserted among the examples, every book-work question, problem, and rider,
which has been proposed in the Cambridge examinations up to the present
ame.

SOLUTIONS TO THE PROBLEMS IN DREW’S CONIC
SECTIONS. Crown 8vo. cloth. 45. 6d.
᾿ B 2

20 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Edgar (J. H. )—NOTE-BOOK ON PRACTICAL SOLID
GEOMETRY. Containing Problems with help for Solutions. By
J. H. EpcGar, M.A. Lecturer on Mechanical Drawing at the
Royal School of Mines. 4to. 2s.

In teaching a large class, if the method of lecturing and demonstrating
from the black board only is pursued, the move intelligent students have
generally to be kept back, from the necessity of frequent repetition, for the
sake of the less promising; tf the plan of setting problems to cack pupil ts
adopted, the teacher finds a difficulty in giving to each sufficient attention,
A judicious combination of both methods is doubtless the best ; and it ts
hoped that this result may be arrived at in some degree by the use of this
book, which is simply a collection of examples, with helps for solution,
arranged in progressive sections.

Ferrers.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON TRILINEAR
CO-ORDINATES, the Method of Reciprocal Polars, and the
Theory of Projectors. By the Rev. N. M. FERReERs, M.A., Fellow
and Tutor of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s. 6a.

The object of the author in writing on this subject has mainly been to
place it on a basis altogether independent of the ordinary Cartesian system,
instead of regarding it as only a special form of Abridged Notation.
A short chapter on Determinants has been introduced,

Frost.—THE FIRST THREE SECTIONS OF NEWTON’S
PRINCIPIA. With Notes and Illustrations. Also a collection of
Problems, principally intended as Examples of Newton’s Methods.
By PERCIVAL Frost, M.A., late Fellow of St. John’s College,
Mathematical Lecturer of King’s College, Cambridge. Second
Edition. 8vo. cloth. 10s. 6a.

The author's principal intentwn is to explain difficulties which may be
encountered by the student on first reading the Principia, and to illustrate
the advantages of a careful study of the methods employed by Newton, by
showing the extent towhich they may be applied in the solution of problems ;

MATHEMATICS. 21

he has also endeavoured to give assistance to the student who is engaged in
vhe study of the higher branches of mathematics, by representing in a
geometrical form several of the processes employed in the Differential ana
Integral Calculus, and in the analytical investigations of Dynamics.

Frost and Wolstenholme.—A TREATISE ON SOLID
GEOMETRY. By PERCIVAL FRosT, M.A., and the Rev. J.
WOLSTENHOLME, M.A., Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Christ’s
College. 8vo. cloth. 18s.

The authors have endeavoured to present before students as comprehensive
a view of the subject as possible. Intending to make the subject accessible,
at least in the earlier portion, to all classes of students, they have endea-
voured to explain completely all the processes which ave most useful in
dealing with ordinary theorems and problems, thus directing the student
to the selection of methods which are best adapted to the exigencies of each
problem. In the more difficult portions of the subject, they have considered
themselves to be addressing a higher class of students ; and they have there
tried to lay a good foundation on which to build, if any reader should
wish to pursue the science beyond the limits to which the work extends.

Godfray.—A TREATISE ON ASTRONOMY, for the Use of
Colleges and Schools. By HuGH GoDFRAY, M.A., Mathematical
Lecturer at Pembroke College, Cambridge, 8vo. cloth. 125. 6d.

This book embraces all those branches of Astronomy which have, from
time to time, been recommended by the Cambridge Board of Mathematical
Studies: but by far the larger and easier portion, adapted to the first three
days of the Examination for Honours, may be read by the more
advanced pupils in many of our schools. The author's aim has been to
convey clear and distinct ideas of the celestial phenomena.

AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON THE LUNAR THEORY,
with a Brief Sketch of the Problem up to the time of Newton.
By HuGuH Goprray, M.A. Second Edition, revised. Crown
8vo. cloth. 55. 6d.

22 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

These pages will, it ts hoped, form an introduction to more recondite
works. Difficulties have been discussed at considerable length. The
selection of the method followed with regard to analytical solutions,
which ἐς the same as that of Airy, Herschel, &c. was made on account
of its simplicity ; it ἐσ, moreover, the method which has obtained in the
University of Cambridge.

Hemming.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON THE
DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS, for the
Use of Colleges and Schools. By G. W. HEmMMING, M.A.,
Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Second Edition, with
Corrections and Additions. ὅνο. cloth. 9s.

Jones and Cheyne.—ALGEBRAICAL EXERCISES. Pro-
gressively arranged. By the Rev. C. A. JoNgEs, M.A., and Ὁ. H.
CHEYNE, M.A., F.R.A.S., Mathematical Masters of Westminster
School. New Edition. 18mo. cloth. 2s. 6d.

This little book is intended to meet a difficulty which ἐς probably fat more
or less by all engaged in teaching Algebra to beginners. It ts, that while
new ideas are being acquired, old ones ave forgotten. In the belief that
constant practice is the only remedy for this, the present series of miscel-
laneous exercises has been prepared. Their peculiarity consists in this,
that though miscellaneous they are yet progressive, and may be used by
the pupil almost from the commencement of his studies. They are not
intended to supersede the systematically arranged examples to be found in
ordinary treatises on Algebra, but rather to supplement them.

The book being intended chiefly for Schools and Funior Students, the
higher parts of Algebra have not been included.

Kitchener.—A GEOMETRICAL NOTE-BOOK, containing
Easy Problems in Geometrical Drawing preparatory to the Study
of Geometry. For the Use of Schools. By F. E. KITCHENER,
M.A., Mathematical Master at Rugby. 4to. 2s.

MATHEMATICS. 23

Lt ts the object of this book to make sone way in overcoming the difficulties
of Geometrical conseption, before the mind is called to the attack of
Geometrical theorems. A few simple methods of construction are given ;
and space is left on cach page, in order that the learner ὅ0 draw in the
figures.

Morgan.—A COLLECTION OF PROBLEMS AND EXAM.
PLES IN MATHEMATICS, With Answers. By H. A.
MorGAN, M.A., Sadlerian and Mathematical Lecturer of Jesus
College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s. 6d.

This book contains a number of problems, chiefly elementary, in the
Mathematical subjects usually read at Cambridge. They have been
selected from the papers set during late years at Fesus College. Very few
of them are to be met with in other collections, and by far the larger
number are due to some of the most distinguished Mathematicians in the
University.

Parkinson.—Works by S. PARKINSON, D.D., F.R.S., Fellow and
Tutor of St. John’s College, Cambridge.

AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON MECHANICS. For the
Use of the Jumior Classes at the University and the Higher Classes
in Schools. With a Collection of Examples. Fourth edition, revised.
Crown 8vo. cloth. 9s. 6d.

In preparing a fourth edition of this work the author has kept the same
object in view as he had in the former editions—namely, to include in #
suth portions of Theorctical Mechanics as can be conveniently investigated
without the use of the Differential Calculus, and so render tt suitable as
a manual for the junior classes in the University and the higher classes
in Schools. With one or two short exceptions, the student is not presumed
to require a knowledge of any branches of Mathematics beyond the elements
of Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry. Several additional propositiens
have been incorporated in the work for the purpose of rendering t more
complete; and the collection of sia ad and Problems has been largely
increased.

24 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Parkinson (S.)—wntinued.

A TREATISE ON OPTICS. Third Edition, revised and enlarged.
Crown ὅνο. cloth. as. 62.

A collection of examples and problems has been appended to this work,
which are sufficiently numerous and varied in character to afford useful
exercise for the student. For the greater part of them, recourse has been
had to the Examination Papers set in the University and the several
Colleges during the last twenty years.

Phear.—ELEMENTARY HYDROSTATICS. With Numerous
Examples. By J. B. PHEAR, M.A., Fellow and late Assistant
Tutor of Clare College, Cambridge Fourth Edition, Crown
8vo. cloth. 55. 6d,

This edition has been carefully revised throughoul, and many new
illustrations and examples added, which it is hoped will increase sts
usefulness to students at the Universities and in Schools. In accordance
with suggestions from many engaged in tuition, answers to all the
Lxamples have been given at the end of the book,

Pratt.—A TREATISE ON ATTRACTIONS, LAPLACE’S
FUNCTIONS, AND THE FIGURE OF THE EARTH.
By JoHN H. Pratt, M.A., Archdeacon of Calcutta, Author of
‘‘ The Mathematical Principles of Mechanical Philosophy.” Third
Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s, 6d.

The authors chief design in this treatise ts to give an answer to the
guestion, “ Has the Earth acquired its present form from being originally
in a fiuid state?” This Edition is a complete revision of the former ones.

Puckle.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON CONIC SEC-
TIONS AND ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY. With Numerous
Examples and Hints for their Solution ; especially designed for the
Use of Beginners. By 6. H. PucKLE, M.A., Head Master of
Windermere College. New Edition, revised and enlarged. Crown
8vo. cloth. 75. 6d.

MATHEMATICS. a5

This work is recommended by the Syndicate of the Cambridge Local
Examinations, and is the text-book in Harvard University, U.S.

Rawlinson.—ELEMENTARY STATICS, by the Rev. GEORGE
RAWLINSON, M.A. Edited by the Rev. EDWARD STURGES, M.A.,
of Emmanuel College, Cambridge, and late Professor of the Applied
Sciences, Elphinstone College, Bombay. Crown 8vo. cloth. 45. 6d.

Published under the authority of Her Mayjesty’s Secretary of State for
India, for use in the Government Schools and Colleges in India.

Reynolds.—MODERN METHODS IN ELEMENTARY
GEOMETRY. By E. M. RryNnotps, M.A., Mathematical
Master in Clifton College. Crown 8vo. 35. 6d.

Some change, it is evident, in our English ways of teaching can now no
longer be postponed, and this little book, mainly derived from French and
German sources, has been written in the hope of facilitating that change.
It has been constructed on one plan throughout, that of always giving in
the simplest possible form the direct proof from the nature of the case. The
axioms necessary to this simplicity have been assumed without hesitation,
and no scruple has been felt as to the increase of their number, or the
acceptance of as many elementary notions as common experience places
past all doubt.
The book differs most from established teaching in its constructions, and
sn its carly application of Arithmetic to Geometry.

Routh.—AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON THE DYNA-
MICS OF THE SYSTEM OF RIGID BODIES. With
Numerous Examples. By EDWARD JOHN RovutH, M.A., late
Fellow and Assistant Tutor of St. Peter’s College, Cambridge ;
Examiner in the University of London, Second Edition, enlarged.
Crown ὅνο. cloth. 14s.

26 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

In this edition the author has made several additions to each chapter.
He has tried, even at the risk of some little repetition, to make each
chapter, as far as possible, complete in itself, so that all that relates to any
one part of the subject may be found in the same place. This arrangement
will enable every student to select his own order in which to read the
subject. The Examples which will be found at the end of each chapter
have been chiefly selected from the Examination Papers which have been
set in the University and the Colleges in the last few years.

Smith (Barnard).—Works by BARNARD SMITH, M.A.,
Rector of Glaston, Rutlandshire, late Fellow and Senior Bursar
of St. Peter’s College, Cambridge.

ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA, in their Principles and Applica-
tion; with numerous systematically arranged Examples taken from
the Cambridge Examination Papers, with especial reference to the
Ordinary Examination for the B.A. Degree. Tenth Edition.
Crown 8vo. cloth. Ios. 6d, |

Thies manual is now extenstvely used in Schools and Colleges, both in
England and in the Colonies. It has also been found of great service for
students preparing for the Middle Class and Civil and Military Service
Examinations, from the care that has been taken to elucidate the principles
of all the rules. The present edition has been carefully revised. “To
all those whose minds are sufficiently developed to comprehend the simplest
mathematical reasoning, and who have not yet thoroughly mastered the
principles of Arithmetic and Algebra, it is calculated te be of great
advantage.” —ATHENAUM.

Of this work, also, one of the highest possible authorities, the late Dean
Peacock, writes: “ Mr. Smith's work ts a most useful publication. The
rules are stated with great clearness. The examples are well selected, and
worked out with just sufficient detail, without being encumbered by too
minute explanations ; and there prevails throughout it that just preporkon
of theory and practice, which is the crowning excellence of an elementary
work,”

MATHEMATICS. 27

Smith (Barnard)—continued.

ARITHMETIC FOR SCHOOLS. New Edition. Crown 8vo.
cloth. 45. 62.

Adapted from the author's work on“ Arithmetic and Algebra,” by the
omission of the algebraic portion, and by the introduction of new exercises.
The reason of each arithmetical process is fully exhibited. The system of
_ Decimal Coinage ts explained ; and answers to the exercises are appended
at theend. This Arithmetic ts characterised as “admirably adapted for
instruction, combining just sufficient theory with a large and well-selected
collection of exercises for practice’, JOURNAL OF EDUCATION. ’

COMPANION TO ARITHMETIC FOR SCHOOLS.
[ Preparing.
A KEY TO THE ARITHMETIC FOR SCHOOLS. Seventh
Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, 8s. 6d,

EXERCISES IN ARITHMETIC. With Answers. Crown 8vo. limp
cloth. 25. 6d.
Or sold separately, Part L 15. ; Part II. rs.; Answers, 6d.

These Exercises have been published in order to give the pupil examples
tn every rule of Arithmetic. The greater number have been carefully
compiled from the latest University and School Examination Papers.

SCHOOL CLASS-BOOK OF ARITHMETIC. 18mo. cloth. 35.

Or sold separately, Parts I. and II. tod. each ; Part III. ts.

This manual, published at the request of many schoolmasters, and
chiefly intended for National and Elementary Schools, has been prepared
on the same plan as that adopted in the author's School Arithmetic, which
as an extensive circulation in England and abroad. The Metrual Tables
have been introduced, from the conviction on the part of the author, that
the knowledge of such tables, and the mode of applying them, will be of
great use to the rising generation.

KEYS TO SCHOOL CLASS-BOOK OF ARITHMETIC, Com-
plete in one volume, 18mo. cloth, 65, 6d. ; or Parts 1. 11, and III.
2s. 6d. each.

28 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Smith (Barnard)—continued.

SHILLING BOOK OF ARITHMETIC FOR NATIONAL AND
ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. 18mo. cloth. Or separately,
Part I. 2d.; Part II. 3¢.; Part III. γώ Answers, 6d,

THE SAME, with Answers complete. 18mo. cloth. 1s. 6d.

This Shilling Book of Arithmetic has been prepared for the use 9)
National and other schools at the urgent request of numerous masters of
schools both at home and abroad. The Explanations of the Rules, and
the Examples will, tt is hoped, be found suited to the most elementary
classes.

KEY TO SHILLING BOOK OF ARITHMETIC. 18mo. cloth.
4s. 6d.

EXAMINATION PAPERS IN ARITHMETIC. 18mo. cloth.
1s. 6d. The same, with Answers, 18mo. 15. 9d.

The object of these Examination Papers ts to test students both in the
theory and practice of Arithmetic. It ts hoped that the method adopted
will lead students to deduce results from general principles rather than
to apply stated rules. The author believes that the practice of giving
examples under particular rules makes the working of Arithmetic quite
mechanical, and tends to throw all but very clever boys off ther balance
when a general paper on the subject is put before them.

KEY TO EXAMINATION PAPERS IN ARITHMETIC,
18mo, cloth. 45. 6d.

Smith (J. Brook).—ARITHMETIC IN THEORY AND
PRACTICE, FOR ADVANCED PUPILS. By J. Brook
SMITH, M.A. Part I. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.

The following pages form the first part of a Treatise on Arithmetic, in
which the Author has endeavoured from very simple principles to explain,
ina full and satisfactory manner, all the more important processes in
that subject. The proofs have in all cases been given in a form entirely

MATHEMATICS. ag

arithmetical, and at the end of every chapter several examples have been
worked out at length, and the best practical method of operation carefully
pointed out.

Snowball.—THE ELEMENTS OF PLANE AND SPHERI-
CAL TRIGONOMETRY ; with the Construction and Use of
Tables of Logarithms. By J.C. SNowBALL, M.A. Tenth Edition.
Crown 8vo. cloth. 7s. 6d.

In preparing the present edition for the press, the text has been
subjected to a careful revision; the proofs of some of the more impor-
tani propositions have been rendered more strict and general; and a
considerable addition of more than two hundred examples, taken princi-
pally from the questions set of late years in the public examinations of the
Oniversity and of individual Colleges, has been made to the collection of
Examples and Problems for practice.

Tait and Steele.-—A TREATISE ON DYNAMICS OF A
PARTICLE. With numerous Examples. By Professor Tait and
Mr. STEELE. New Edition Enlarged. Crown 8vo. cloth. ros. δώ,

In this treatise will be found all the ordinary propositions, connected
with the Dynamics of Particles, which can be conveniently deduced without
the use of D’ Alembert’s Principle. Throughout the book will be found a
number of illustrative examples introduced in the text, and for the most
part completely worked out ; others with occasional solutions or hints to
assist the student are appended to each chapter, For by far the greater
portion of these, the Cambridge Senate-House and College Examination
Papers have been applied to.

Taylor.—GEOMETRICAL CONICS; including Anharmonic
Ratio and Projection, with numerous Examples. By C. TAYLOR,
B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. cloth.
7s. 6d.

This work contains elementary proofs of the principal properties of Conic

Sections, together with chapters on Projection and Anharmontic Ratio,

30 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Tebay.—ELEMENTARY MENSURATION FOR SCHOOLS.
‘With numerous Examples. By SEptimus ΤΈΒΑΥ, B.A., Head
Master of Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School, Rivington. Extra
fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

The object of the present work ἐς to enable boys to acquire a moderate
knowledge of Mensuration in a reasonable time, All difficult and useless
matter has been avoided. The examples for the most part are easy, and
the rules are concise.

Todhunter.—Works by I. TODHUNTER, M.A., F.R.S.,
of St. John’s College, Cambridge.

THE ELEMENTS OF EUCLID. For the Use of Colleges and
Schools. New Edition. 18mo. cloth. 35. 6d.

As the elements of Euclid are usually placed in the hands of young
students, it is important to exhibit the work in such a form as will assist
them in overcoming the difficulties which they experience on their first tn-
troduction to processes of continuous argument. No method appears to be
so useful as that of breaking up the demonstrations into their constituent
parts; a plan strongly recommended by Professor De Morgan. In the
present Edition each distinct assertion in the argument begins a new line;
and at the ends of the lines are placed the necessary references to the
preceding principles on which the assertions depend. The longer propost-
tions are distributed into subordinate parts, which are distinguished by
breaks at the beginning of the lines. Notes, appendix, and a collection of
exercises are added,

MENSURATION FOR BEGINNERS. With Numerous Examples.
18mo. cloth. 25. 6d.

The subjects included in the present work are those which have usually
found a place in Elementary Treatises on Mensuration. The mode of
treatment has been determined by the fact that the work ts intended for the
use of beginners. Accordingly it ts divided into short independent chapters,
which are followed by appropriate examples. A knowledge of the elements
of Arithmetic is all that ts assumed; and in connexion with most of the
Rules of Mensuration it has been found practicable to give such explana-
tions and illustrations as will supply the place of formal mathematical

MATHEMATICS. 31

Todhunter (I.)—continued.

demonstrations, which would have been unsuitable to the character of the

work.

ALGEBRA FOR BEGINNERS. With numerous Examples, New
Edition. 18mo. cloth. 2s. 6d.

Great pains have been taken to render this work intelligible to young
students, by the use of simple language and by copious explanations. In
determining the subjects to be included and the space to be assigned to each,
the Author has been guided by the papers given at the various examinations
in elementary Algebra which are now carried on in this country. The
hook may be said to consist of three parts, The first part contains the
elementary operations in integral and fractional expressions ; the second
the solution of equations and problems ; the third treats of various subjects
which are introduced but rarely into examination papers, and are more
briefly discussed, Provision has at the same time been made for the
introduction of easy equations and problems at an early stage—for those
who prefer such a course.

KEY TO ALGEBRA FOR BEGINNERS. Crown 8vo. cloth.
6s. 64.

TRIGONOMETRY FOR BEGINNERS. With numerous Examples.
New Edition. 18mo. cloth. 25. 6.

Intended to serve as an introduction to the larger treatise on Plane
Trigonometry, published by the Author. The same plan has been adopted
as ix the Algebra for Beginners: the subject is discussed in short chapters,
and a collection of examples is attached to cach chapter. The first fourteen
chapters present the geometrical part of Plane Trigonometry ; and contain
all that is necessary for practical purposes. The range of matter included
is such as seems required by the various examinations in elementary Tri-
gonometry whirh arenow carried oninthecountry. Answers areappended
at the end.

MECHANICS FOR BEGINNERS. With numerous Examples.
Second Edition. 1r8mo. cloth. 4s. 6d.

Intended as a companion to the two preceding books. The work forms
an elementary treatise on demonstrative mechanics. Jt may be true that
this part of mixed mathematics has been sometimes made too abstract and
speculateve ; but it can hardly be doubted that a knowledge ef the elements

32 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Todhunter (I.)—continued.

at least of the theory of the subject is extremely valuable even for those

who are mainly concerned with practical results. The Author has accora-

ingly endeavoured to provide a suitable introduction to the study of applied
as well as of theoretical mechanics. The work consists of two parts,
namely, Statics and Dynamics. It will be found to contain all that ts
usually comprised in elementary treatises on Mechanics, together with some

ALGEBRA. For the Use of Colleges and Schools. Fifth Edition.
Crown 8vo. cloth. 75. 6d.

This work contains all the propositions which are usually included in
elementary treatises on Algebra, and a large number of Examples for
Exercise. Zhe author has sought to render the work easily intelligible to
students, without impasring the accuracy of the demonstrations, or con-
tracting the limits of the subject. The Examples, about Sixteen hundred
and fifty i number, have been selected with a view to illustrate every part
of the subject. Each chapter is complete in itself; and the work will be
found peculiarly adapted to the wants of students who are without the aid
of a teacher. The Answers to the examples, with hints for the solution of
some in which assistance may be needed, are given at the end of the book.
In the present edition two New Chapters and Three hundred miscellancous
Examples have been added. The latter are arranged in sets, each set
containing ten examples.

KEY TO ALGEBRA FOR THE USE OF COLLEGES AND
SCHOOLS. Crown 8vo. tos. 6d.

AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON THE THEORY OF
EQUATIONS. Second Edition, revised. Crown 8vo. cloth.
7s. 6d.

This treatise contains all the propositions which are usually included
in elementary treatises on the theory of Equations, together with Examples
for exercise These have been selected from the College and University
Examination. Papers, and the resutts have been given when ἐξ appeared
necessary. in order to exhibit a comprehensive view of the subject, the
treatise includes investigations which are not found in all the preceding
elementary treatises, and also some investigations which are not to be found
tn any of them. For the second edition the work has been revised and

MATHEMATICS. ge

Todhunter (1.)—continued.
some additions have been made, the most important being an account
the researches of Professor Sylvester respecting Newton's Rule,

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. For Schools and Colleges. Fourtk
Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth. 55.

The design of this work has been to render the subject intelligible to
beginners, and at the same time to afford the student the opportunity of
obtaining all the information which he will require on this branc/ of
Mathematics. Each chapter is followed by a set of Examples: those
which are entitled Miscellaneous Examples, together with a few in some
of the other sets, may be advantageously reserved by the student for exercise
after he has made some progress in the subject. In the Second Edition
the hints for the solution of the Examples have been considerably increased,

A TREATISE ON SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY. Second
Edition, enlarged. Crown 8vo. cloth. 45. 6d.

The present work is constructed on the same plan as the treatise on
Plane Trigonometry, to which it is intended as a sequel. In the account
of Napier’s Rules of Circular Parts, an explanation has been given of a
method of proof devised by Napier, which seems to have been overlooked
by most modern writers on the subject. Considerabie labour has been
bestowed on the text in order to render it comprehensive and accurate, and
the Examples (selected chiefly from College Examination Papers) have
all been carefully verified.

PLANE CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY, as applied to the Straight
Line and the Conic Sections. With numerous Examples. Fourth
Edition, revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo. cloth. 7s. 6d.

The Author has here endeavoured to exhib the subject in a simple
manner for the benefit of beginners, and at the same time to include in one
volume all that students usually require. In addition, therefore, to the
propositions which have always appeared in such treatises, he has intro-
duced the methods of abridged notation, which are of more recent origin ;
these methods, which are of a less elementary character than the rest of the
work, are placed: n separate chapters, and may be omitted by the student
at first,

Cc

34 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Todhunter (I.)—continuea.

A TREATISE ON THE DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. With
numerous Examples. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth. 10s. 6d.

The Author has endeavoured in the present work to exhibit a compre-
hensive view of the Differential Calculus on the method of limits. In the
more elementary portions he has entered into considerable detail in the
explanations, with the hope that a reader who ἐς without the assistance of ἃ
tutor may be enabled to acquire a competent acquaintance with the subject.
The method adopted ἐς that of Differential Coefficients. To the different
chapters are appended examples sufficiently numerous to render another
book unnecessary ; these examples being mostly selected from College Ex-
amination Papers.

A TREATISE ON THE INTEGRAL CALCULUS AND ITS
APPLICATIONS. With numerous Examples. Third Edition,
revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo. cloth. 10s. 6d.

This ἐς designed as a work at once elementary and complete, adapted
for the use of beginners, and sufficient for the wants of advanced students.
In the selection of the propositions, and in the mode of establishing them,
it has been sought to exhibit the principles clearly, and to illustrate
all ther most important resulis. The process of summation has been
repeatedly brought forward, with the view of securing the attention of
the student to the notions which form the true foundation of the Calculus
stself, as well as of tts most valuable applications. Every attempt has been
made to explain those difficulties which usually perplex beginners, especially
with reference to the limits of integrations. A new method has been adopted
wn regard to the transformation of multiple integrals. The last chapter
deals with the Calculus of Variations. A large collection of exercises,
selected from College Examination Papers, has been appended to the several
chapters.

EXAMPLES OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THREE
DIMENSIONS. Second Edition, revised. Crown 8vo. cloth 4s.

MATHEMATICS. 48

Todhunter (1.)—continued.

A TREATISE ON ANALYTICAL STATICS. With numerous
Examples, Third Edition, revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo.
cloth. 10s. 6d.

In this work on statics (treating of the laws of the equilibrium of bodies)
will be found all the propositions which usually appear in treatises on
Theoretical Statics. To the different chapters examples are appended,
whith have been principally selected from University Examination Papers.
In the Third Edition many additions have been made, in order to tdlus-
trate the application of the principles of the subject to the solution of
problems.

Wilson (J. M.)—ELEMENTARY GEOMETRY. Angles,
Parallels, Triangles, Equivalent Figures, the Circle, and Propor-
tion. By J. M. ἼΣΟΝ, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College,
Cambridge, and Mathematical Master in Rugby School. Second
Edition, Extra fcap. 8vo. 35. 6d.

The distinctive features of this work are intended to be the following.
The classification of Theorems according to their subjects ; the separation
of Theorems and Problems ; the use of hypothetical constructions ; the
adoption of independent proofs where they are possible and simple; the
sntroduction of the terms locus, projection, ὅς, ; the importance given to
the notion of direction as the property of a straight line ; the intermixing
of exercises, classified according to the methods adopted for their solution ;
the diminution of the number of Theorems ; the compression of proofs,
especially in the later parts of the book ; the tacit, instead of the explicit,
reference to axioms ; and the treatment of parallels.

ELEMENTARY GEOMETRY. PART II. (separately). The

Circle and Proportion, By J. M. WiLson, M.A. Extra fcap.
Svo. 25. 6d.

C 2

36 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Wilson (W. P.)—A TREATISE ON DYNAMICS. By
W. P. Wiison, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge,
and Professor of Mathematics in Queen’s College, Belfast. Svo.
os. 6d.

Wolstenholme.—A BOOK OF MATHEMATICAL
PROBLEMS, on Subjects included in the Cambridge Course.
By Jos—EPpH WOLSTENHOLME, Fellow of Christ’s College, some-
time Fellow of St. John’s College, and lately Lecturer in Mathe-
matics at Christ’s College. Crown 8vo. cloth. &s. 6d.

CONTENTS:—Gamery (Exuchd)—Algedra—FPlane Trigonomary—
Geometrical Conic Sections—Analytical Conic Sections— Theory of τ
fons— Differential Calculus—Integral Calculus—Solid

—Elementary Dynamics—Newton— Dynamics of a Foint— Dynamics of
a Rigid Body— Hydrostatics—Gometricsal Opiscs—Spherical omens
and Plane Astronomy,

SCIENCE. 37

SCIENCE.
ELEMENTARY CLASS-BOOKS.

THE importance of Science as an element of sound educa-
tion is now generally acknowledged; and accordingly it
is obtaining a prominent place in the ordinary course of
school instruction. It is the intention of the Publishers to
produce a complete series of Scientific Manuals, affording
full and accurate elementary information, conveyed in clear
and lucid English. The authors are well known as among
the foremost men of their several departments ; and their
names form a ready guarantee for the high character of the
books. Subjoined is a list of those Manuals that have
already appeared, with a short account of each. Others
are in active preparation; and the whole will constitute a
standard series specially adapted to the requirements of be-
ginners, whether for private study or for school instruction.

ASTRONOMY, by the Astronomer Royal.
POPULAR ASTRONOMY. With Illustrations. By G. B.
ArRy, Astronomer Royal. Sixth and cheaper Edition. 18me.
cloth. 45. 6d.

* This work consists of six lectures, which are intended “ to explain to

intelligent persons the principles on which the instruments of an Observa-

tory are constructed (omitting all details, so far as they are merely sub-

38 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Elementary Class-Books—continued.

sidiary), and the principles on which the observations made with these
instruments are treated for deduction of the distances and weights of the
bodies of the Solar System, and of a few stars, omitting all minutie of
formula, and all troublesome details of calculation.” The speciality of this
volume is the direct reference of every step to the Observatory, and the full
description of the methods and instruments of observation.

ASTRONOMY.

MR. LOCKYER’S ELEMENTARY LESSONS IN ASTRO-
NOMY. With Coloured Diagram ot the Spectra of the Sun,
Stars, and Nebulz, and numerous Illustrations. By J. NORMAN
Lockyer, F.R.S. Seventh Thousand, 18mo. 55. 6d.

The author has here aimed to give a connected view of the whole subject,
and to supply facts, and ideas founded on the facts, to serve asa basis for
subsequent study and discussion. The chapters treat of the Stars and
Nebule ; the Sun ; the Solar System; Apparent Movements of the Heavenly
Bodies ; the Measurement of Time; Light ; the Telescope and Spectroscope ;
Apparent Places of the Heavenly Bodies; the Real Distances and Dimen-
sions; Universal Gravitation. The most recent astronomical discoveries
are incorporated, Mr. Lockyer's work supplements that of the Astronomer
Royal mentioned in the previous article,

QUESTIONS ON LOCKYER’S ELEMENTARY LESSONS
IN ASTRONOMY. For the use of Schools. By JOHN FoRBEs-
ROBERTSON, 18mo. clothlimp. 15. 6d.

PHYSIOLOGY.

PROFESSOR HUXLEY’S LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY
PHYSIOLOGY. With numerous Illustrations. By T. H.
HUXLEY, F.R.S. Professor of Natural History in the Royal School
of Mines, Sixteenth Thousand, 18mo. cloth. 45. 64,

SCIENCE. 39

Elementary Class-Books—continued.

This book describes and explains, in a series of graduated lessons, the
principles of Human Physiology ; or the Structure and Functions of the
Human Body, The tirst lesson supplies a general view of the subject.
This is followed by sections on the Vascular or Veinous System, and the
Circulation; the Blood and the Lymph; Respiration ; Sources of Loss
and of Gain to the Blood; the Function of Alimentation; Motion and
Locomotion ; Sensations and Sensory Organs; the Organ of Sight ; the
Coalescence. of Sensations with one another and with other States of Con-
sciousness ; the Nervous System and Innervation; Histology, or the
Minute Structure of the Tissues. A Table of Anatomical and Physto-
logical Constants is appended, The lessons are fully illustrated by
numerous engravings. The manual is primarily intended to serve as ὦ
text-book for teachers and learners in boys and girls’ schools.

QUESTIONS ON HUXLEY’S PHYSIOLOGY FOR SCHOOLS.
By T. ALcocK, M.D. 18mo. 15. 6d.

These Questions were drawn up as aids to the instruction of a class of
young people in Physiology.

BOTANY.

PROFESSOR OLIVER’S LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY
BOTANY. With nearly Two Hundred LIllustrations. Tenth
Thousand. 18mo. cloth. 45. 6d.

This book is designed to teach the Elements of Botany on Professor
Henslow’s plan of selected Types and by the use of Schedules, The earlier
chapters, embracing the elements of Structural and Physiological Botany,
introduce us to the methodical study of the Ordinal Types. The con-
cluding chapters are entitled, ‘* How to dry Plants” and ‘‘ How to
describe Plants.” A valuable Glossary is appended to the volume. In
the preparation of this work free use has been made of the manuscript
materials of the late Professor Henslow.

40 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Elementary Class-Books—vcontinued.

CHEMISTRY.
PROFESSOR ROSCOE’S LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY, INORGANIC AND ORGANIC. By HENRY
E. Roscog, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in Owens College,
Manchester. With numerous Illustrations and Chromo-Litho. of
the Solar Spectrum, and of the Alkalies and Alkaline Earths,
New Edition. Twenty-sixth Thousand. 18mo. cloth. 45. 6d.

It has been the endeavour of the author to arrange the most important
Facts and principles of Modern Chemistry in a plain but concise and
scientific form, suited to the present requirements of dementary instruction.
For the purpose of facilitating the attainment of exactitude in the knowledge
of the subject, a series of exercises and questions upon the lessons have been
. added. The metric system of weights and measures, and the centigrade
thermometric scale, are used throughout the work. The new Edition,
besides new wood-cuts, contains many additions and improvements, and
includes the most important of the latest déscovertes.

POLITICAL ECONOMY.
POLITICAL ECONOMY FOR BEGINNERS. By MILLICENT
σα. FAWCETT. 18mo. 25. 6d.

The following pages have been written mainly with the hope that a short
and elementary book might help to make Political Economy a more popular
study in boys’ and girls’ schools. In order to adapt the book especially for
school use, questions have been added at the end of each chapter.

LOGIC.
ELEMENTARY LESSONS IN LOGIC ; Deductive and Induo-
tive, with copious Questions and Examples, and a Vocabulary of
Logical Terms. By W. STANLEY JEVoNS, M.A., Professor of
Logic in Owens College, Manchester. 18mo, 35. 6d.

In preparing these Lessons the author has attempted to show that Logic,
even in tts traditional form, can be made a highly useful subject of study,
and a powerful means of mental exercise. With this view he has avoided ᾿
the use of superfluous technical terms, and has abstained trom entering

SCIENCE. 41

tnto questions of a purely speculative or metaphysical character. For the
puerile illustrations too often found in works on Logic, examples drawn
from the distinct objects and ideas treated in the natural and experimental
sciences have been generally substituted. At the end of almost every
Lesson will be found references to the works in which the student will most
profitably continue his reading of the subject treated, so that this little
volume may serve as ὦ guide to ὦ more extended course of study.

PHYSICS.

LESSONS'TIN ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. By Batrour
STEWART, F.R.S., Professor of Natural Philosophy in Owens
College, Manchester. With numerous Illustrations and Chromo-
liths of the Spectra of the Sun, Stars, and Nebule. r8mo. 45. 6d.
A description, in an elementary manner, of the most important of those
laws which regulate the phenomena of nature. The active agents, heat,
light, electricity, adc., are regarded as varieties of energy, and the work ts
so arranged that their relation to one another, looked at in this light, and
the paramount importance of the laws of energy are clearly brought out.
The volume contains all the necessary illustrations, and a plate represents
sng the Spectra of Sun, Stars, and Nebula, forms a frontispiece.

MANUALS FOR STUDENTS.

Flower (W..H.)—AN INTRODUCTION TO THE OSTE-
OLOGY OF THE MAMMALIA. Being the substance of
the Course of Lectures delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons
of England in 1870. By W. H. Flower, F.R.S., F.R.C.S.,
Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Physiology.
With numerous Illustrations. Globe 8vo. 75. 6d.

Although the present work contains the substance of a Course of Lectures,

the form has been changed, so as the better to adapt it as a handbook for
students. Theoretical views have been almost entirely excluded: and while

42 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

st ἐς empossible in a scientific treatise to avoid the employment of technical
terms, it has been the author's endeavour to use no more than absolutely
necessary, and to exercise due care tn selecting only those that seem most
appropriate, or which have received the sanction of general adoption. With
a very few exceptions the illustrations have been drawn expressly for this
work from specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

Hooker (Dr.)—THE STUDENT’S FLORA OF THE
BRITISH ISLANDS. By J. Ὁ. Hooker, C.B., F.R.S.,
M.D., D.C.L., Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew. Globe
ϑγο. 105. 6d. .

The object of this work is to supply students and field-botanists with a
fuller account of the Plants of the British Islands than the manuals
hitherto in use aim at ging. The Ordinal, Generic, and Specific
characters have been re-written, and are to a great extent original, and
drawn from living or dried specimens, or both.

Oliver (Professor).—FIRST BOOK OF INDIAN BOTANY.
By DANIEL OLIveR, F.R.S., F.L.S., Keeper of the Herbarium
and Library of the Royal Gardens, Kew, and Professor of Botany
in University College, London. With numerous Illustrations.
Extra fcap. 8vo. 65. 6d.

This manual ts, in substance, the author's “ Lessons in Elementary
Botany,” adapted for use in India. In preparing it he has had in view
the want, often fat, of some handy résumé of Indian Botany, which might
be serviceable not only to residents of India, but also to any one about to
proceed thither, desirous of getting some preliminary idea of the Botany of
that country.

Other volumes of these Manuais will follow.

SCIENCE. 43

Cooke (Josiah P., Jun.)—FIRST PRINCIPLES OF
CHEMICAL PHILOSOPHY. By Josian P. Cooke, Jun.,
Ervine Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy in Harvard College.
Crown 8vo. 129.

The object of the author in this book is to present the philosophy of
Chemistry in such a form that it can be made with profit the subject of
College recitations, and furnish the teacher with the means of testing the
student's faithfulness and ability, With this view the subrect has been
developed in a logical order, and the principles of the science are taught
independently of the experimental evidence on which they rest.

Johnson (S. W., M.A.)—HOW CROPS GROW: A
Treatise on the Chemical Composition, Structure, and Life of the
Plant, for Agricultural Students. By 5. W. JOHNSON, M.A.,
Professor of Analytical and Agricultural Chemistry ir Yale College.
With Illustrations and Tables of Analyses. Revised, with Nume-
rous Additions, and adapted for English use by A. H. CHURCH,
M.A. and W. T. Dykr, B.A., Professors at the Royal Agricultural
College, Cirencester. Crown 8vo. 8s. 6d.

In order that thts boek may be complete in itself, so far ds its special scope
ἐς concerned, not only have the rudiments of Chemistry and structural
Botany been introduced, but a series of Experiments has been described, by
which the student, who has access to chemical apparatus and tests, may
become conversant with the most salient properties of the elements, and of
those of their chief natural compounds, which constitute the food or the
materials of plants.

Lt has also been attempted to adapt the work in form and contents to the
wants of the class-room by a strictly systematic arrangement of topics, and
by division of the matter into convenient paragraphs.

44 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Roscoe (H. E.)—SPECTRUM ANALYSIS. Six Lectures,
with Appendices, Engravings, Maps, and Chromolithographs.
By H. E. Roscog, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry m Owens
College, Manchester. Royal 8vo. 2152.

“ The lectures themselves furnish a mest admirahic dementary treatise
ou the subject, whilst by the insertion im appendswes to each Lture of
vemdcred st equally valuable as « text beok for advanced students.”—
WESTMINSTER REVIEW.

Thorpe (T. E.)_a SERIES OF CHEMICAL PROBLEMS,
for use in Colleges and Schools. Adapted for the preparations of
Stadents for the Govermment, Science, and Society of Arts Exa-
minations, With a Preface by Professor Roscosm. rimo.
cloth. Ls.

In the Preface Dr. Rescee suys—“ Dy experience has led uae ἂν Ἀξεῖ swore
and mere strongly thet by me methed con accuracy im ὦ korerdedge of

of the student ἐς « sufficient guerenter that this selection has bern carefully
made. 7 tntend largely ἂν mse these guestions im my own classes, and 7 cam
confidently recommend thems ἂν all teachers and studzmts of the scicmce.™

Waurtz.—a HISTORY OF CHEMICAL THEORY, from the
Age of Lavoisier down to the present time. By Ap. τ ΕΊΣ.
Transhied by Hexry Warts, F.R.S. Crown 8va 6c.

MISCELLANEOUS. 45

MISCELLANEOUS.

Abbott.—A SHAKESPEARIAN GRAMMAR. An Attempt to
illustrate some of the Differences between Elizabethan and Modern
English, By the Rev. E. A. ABBOTT, M.A., Head Master of the
City of London School. Forthe Useof Schools, New and En-
larged Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. 6s.

The object of this work ts to furnish students of Shakespeare and Bacon
with a short systematic account of some points of difference between Eliza-
bethan syntax and our own. A section on Prosody is added, and Notes
and Questions.

The success which has attended the First and Second Editions of the
‘6 SHAKESPEARIAN GRAMMAR,” and the demand for a Third Edition
within a year of the publication of the First, has encouraged the Author to
endeavour to make the work somewhat more useful, and to render it, as
far as possible, a complete book of reference for all difficulties of Shakespear-
tan syntax or prosody. For this purpose the whole of Shakespeare has
been re-read, and an attempt has been made to include within this Edition
the explanation of every idiomatic difficulty (where the text ts not con-
fessedly corrupt) that comes within the province of a grammar as distinct
from a glossary.

The great object bang to make a useful book of reference for students,
and especially for classes in schools, several Plays have been indexed so
Sully that with the aid of a glossary and historical notes the references will
serve for a complete commentary.,

46 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

ATLAS OF EUROPE. GLOBE EDITION. Uniform in size
with Macmillan’s Globe Series, containing 45 Coloured Maps, on
a uniform scale and projection: with Plans of London and Paris,
and a copious Index. Strongly bound in half-morocco, with flexible
back, 9s.

This Atlas includes all the countries of Europe in a series of 48 Maps,
arawn on the same scale, with an Alphabetical Index to the situation of
more than ten thousand places ; and the relation of the various maps and
countries to each other ἐς defined in a general Key-map. The identity of
scale in all the maps facilitates the comparison of extent and distance, and
conveys a just impression of the magnitude of different countries. The
size suffices to show the provincial divisions, the railways and main roads,
the principal rivers and mountain ranges. “‘ This Atlas,” writes the
British Quarterly, “wil? be an invaluable boon for the school, the desk, or
the traveller's portmanteau.”

Bates ἃ Lockyer.—A CLASS-BOOK OF GEOGRAPHY.
Adapted to the recent Programme of the Royal Geographical
Society. By Ii. W. Bates, Assistant Secretary to the Royal
Geographical Society, and J. N. LOCKYER, F.R.A.S.

ὲ [Jn the Press.

CAMEOS FROM ENGLISH HISTORY. From Rollo to Edward
II. By the Author of “The Heir of Redclyffe.” Extra fcap.
8vo. Second Edition, enlarged. 55.

A SEcOND SERIES nearly ready.

The endeavour has not been to chronicle facts, but to put together a series
of pictures of persons and events, so as to arrest the attention, and give
some individuality and distinctness to the recollection, by gathering together
details at the most memorable moments. The“ Cameos” are intended as
4 book for young people just beyond the elementary histories of England,
and able to enter in some degree into the real spirit of events, and to be
struck with characters and scenes presented in some relief. “ Instead of
ary details,” says the Nonconformist, “we have living pictures, faithful,
vivid, and striking.”

MISCELLANEOUS. 4)

Delamotte.—A BEGINNER’S DRAWING BOOK. By P. H.
DELAMOTTE, F.S.A. Progressively arranged, with upwards of
Fifty Plates. Crown 8vo. Stiff covers. 25. 6d.

This work is intended to give such instruction to Beginners in Drawing,
and fo place before thent copies so easy, that they may not find any obstacle
in making the first step. Thenceforward the lessons are gradually
progressive, Mechanical improvements too have lent ther aid, Thewhole
of the Plates have been engraved by a new process, by means of which a
varying depth of tone—up to the present time the distinguishing character-
istic of pencil drawing—has been imparted to woodcuts.

D’Oursy and Feillet.—A FRENCH GRAMMAR AT
SIGHT, on an entirely new method. By A. D’Oursy and
A. FEILLET. Especially adapted for Pupils preparing for Exa-
mination. Fcap. 8vo. cloth extra. 2s. 6d.

The method followed in this volume consists in presenting the grammar
as much as possible by synoptical tables, which, striking the eye at once, and
following throughout the same order—‘‘ used—not used ;” ‘‘ changes—
does not change ’””—ave easily remembered. The parsing tables will enable
the pupil to parse easily from the beginning. The exercises consist of
translations from French into English, and from English into French ;
and of a number of grammatical questions.

EUROPEAN HISTORY. Narrated in a Series of Historical Selec-
tions from the Best Authorities. Edited and arranged by E. M.
SEWELL and C. M. Yonce. First Series, crown 8vo. 6s.
Second Series, 1088—1228. Crown 8vo. 6s.

When young children have acquired the outlines of History from abridg-
ments and catechisms, and it becomes desirable to give a more enlarged
view of the subject, in order to render it really useful and interesting, a
difficulty often arises as ἐφ the choice of books. Two courses are open, either
to take a general and consequently dry history of facts, such as Russel’s
Modern Europe, or to choose some work treating of a particular period or
subject, such as the works of Macaulay and Froude, The former course

48 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

usually renders history uninteresting ; the latier is unsatisfactory, because
it is not sufficiently comprehensive. To remedy this difficulty selections,
continuous and chronological, have, in the present volume, been taken from
the larger works of Freeman, Milman, Palgrave, and others, which may
serve as distinct landmarks of historical reading. “We know of scarcely
anything,” says the Guardian, of this tolume, “ which is so likely to raise
lo a higher level the average standard of English education.”

Freeman (Edward A.)—OLD-ENGLISH HISTORY.
By Epwarp A. Freeman, D.C.L, late Fellow of Trinity
College, Oxford. With Five Coloured Maps. New Edition.
Extra fcap. Svo. half-bound. 6s.

** Its object is lo show that clear, accurate, and scientific views of history,
or indted of any subject, may be casily given to children from the very first.
- +. Lhave, 7 hope, shown that it is perfectly easy to leach children,
hrom the very first, to distinguish true history alike from legend and from
wilful ixvention, and also to understand the nature of historical authori-
ies and to weigh one statement against another... . 7 have throughout
striven to connect the history of England with. the general history 9f
civilized Europe, and I have especially tried to make the book serve as an
sncentive toa more accurate study of historical geography.” —PREFACE.

Helfenstein (James).—A COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR
OF THE TEUTONIC LANGUAGES. Being at the same
time a Historical Grammar of the English Language, and comprising
Gothic, Anglo-Saxon, Early English, Modern English, Icelandic
(Old Norse), Danish, Swedish, Old High German, Middle High
German, Modern German, Old Saxon, Old Frisian, and Dutch.
By JAMES HELFENSTEIN, Ph.D. 8vo. 18s.

This work traces the different stages of development shrough which
the various Teutonic languages have passed, and the laws which have
regulated their growth, The reader is thus enabled to study the relation
which these languages bear to one another, and to the English language tn
particular, to which special attention is devoted throughout, In the
chapters on Ancient and Middle Teutonic languages no grammatical jorm

MISCELLANEOUS. 49

ἧς omitted the knowledge of which is required for the study of ancient
literature, wheather Gothic or Anglo-Saxon or Early English. To each
chapter ts prefixed a sketch showing the relation of the Teutonic to the
cognate languages, Greck, Latin, and Sanskrit. Those who have mastered
the book will be in a position to proceed with intelligence to the more
elaborate works of Grimm, Bopp, Pott, Schleicher, and others.

Hole.—A GENEALOGICAL STEMMA OF THE KINGS OF
ENGLAND AND FRANCE. By the Rev. C. Hotz. On
Sheet. Is.

The different families are printed in distinguishing colours, thus
facilitating reference.

A BRIEF BIOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY. Compiled and
Arranged by CHARLES Hote, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge.
Second Edition, 18mo. neatly and strongly bound in cloth. 45. 6d.

The inquiry is frequently made concerning an eminent man, when did
he live, or for what was he celebrated, or what biographies have we about
him? Such information ts concisely supplied in this Dictionary. It contains
more than 18,000 names. Extreme care has been bestowed on the verifica-
tion of the dates, and thus numerous errors current in previous works have
been corrected, Its size adapts it for the desk, portmanteau, or pocket.

““ An invaluable addition to our manuals of reference, and from its
moderate price cannot fail to become as popular as it ἐς useful.” —TIMES,

Jephson.—SHAKESPEARE’S “TEMPEST.” With Glossarial
and Explanatory Notes. By the Rev. J. M. JEPHSON. 18mo.
1s. 6d.

It is important to find some substitute for classical study, and ἐξ ἐξ
believed that such a substitute may be found in the Plays of Shakespeare.
Each sentence of Shakespeare becomes, like a sentence in Thucydides or
Cicero, a lesson in the origin and derivation of words, and in the funda-
mental rules of grammatical construction. On this principle the present
edition of the *‘ Tempest” has been prepared, The text is taken from the
** Cambridge Shakespeare.”

D

50 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

M‘Cosh (Rev. Principal).—THE LAWS OF DISCUR-
SIVE THOUGHT. Being a Text-Book of Formal Logic. By
JaMEs M‘Cosu, D.D., LL.D. 8vo. 55.

In this treatise the Notion (with the Term and the Relation of Thought
to Language,) will be found to occupy a larger relative place than in any
logical work written since the time of the famous “ Art of Thinking.”

Oppen.—FRENCH READER, For the Use of Colleges and
Schools, Containing a graduated Selection from modern Authors
in Prose and Verse; and copious Notes, chiefly Etymological. By
EDWARD A. OPPEN. Fcap. 8vo. cloth. 45. 6d.

This ts a Selection from the best modern authors of France. Its dis-
tinctive feature consists in tts etymological notes, connecting French with
the classical and modern languages, including the Celtic. This subject
has hitherto been little discussed even by the best-educated teachers.

A SHILLING BOOK OF GOLDEN DEEDS. A Reading Book
for Schools and General Readers. By the Author of “The Heir
of Redclyffe.” 18mo. cloth.

A record of some of the good and great deeds of all time, abridged from
the larger work of the same author in the Golden Treasury Series.

Sonnenschein and Meiklejohn:—THE ENGLISH
METHOD OF TEACHING TOREAD. By A. SONNENSCHEIN
and J. M. Ὁ. MEIKLEJOHN, M.A. Fcap. 8vo.

CoMPRISING,

THE NuRSERY BOOK, containing all the Two-Letter Words in the
Language. Id.

THE First Cours, consisting of Short Vowels with Single
Consonants. 34, "

THE SECOND Coursk, with Combinations and Bridges, con-
sisting of Short Vowels with Double Consonants. 4d.

THE THIRD AND FouRTH CourRSES, consisting of Long
Vowels, and all the Double Vowels in the Language. 6d.

MISCELLANEOUS. ΕῚ

A Series of Books in which an attempt is made to place the process of
learning to read English on a scientific basis. This has been done by
stparating the perfectly regular parts of the language from the irregular,
and by giving the regular parts to the learner in the exact order of their
difficulty, The child begins with the smallest possible element, and adds to
that element one letter —in only one of its functions—at one time. Thus
the sequence ἐς natural and complete.

Vaughan (Ὁ. M.)—A SHILLING BOOK OF WORDS
FROM THE POETS. By C. M. VauGHAN, 18mo. cloth.

tt has been felt of late years that the children of our parochial schools,
and those classes of our countrymen which they commonly represent, are
capable of being interested, and therefore benefited also, by something higher
in the scale of poetical composition than those brief and somewhat puerile
fragments to which their knowledge was formerly restricted, An attempt
has kere been made to supply the want by forming a selection at once
various and unambitious ; healthy in tone, just in sentiment, elevating in
thought, and beautiful in expression.

Thring.—Works by EDWARD THRING, M.A., Head Master of
Uppingham.

THE ELEMENTS OF GRAMMAR TAUGHT IN ENGLISH,
with Questions. Fourth Edition, 18mo. 2s.

This little work 1 chiefly intended for teachers and learners, It took its
rise from questionings in National Schools, and the whole of the first part
is merely the.writing out in order the answers to questions which have been
used already with success, A chapter on Learning Language ἐς especially
addressed to teachers.

THE CHILD’S GRAMMAR. Being the Substance of “The
Elements of Grammar taught in English,” adapted for the Use of
Junior Classes. A New Edition. 18mo, Is.

D 2

52 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Thring—continued.

SCHOOL SONGS. A Collection of Songs for Schools. With the
Music arranged for four Voices. Edited by the Rev. E. THRING
and H. Riccius. Folio. 7s. 6d.

There is a tendency in schools to stereotype the forms of life. Any genial
solvent ts valuable. Games do much; but games do not penetrate to
domestic life, and are much limited by age. Music supplies the want.
The collection includes the “ Agnus Dei,” Tennyson's “ Light Brigade,”
Macaulay's “ lury.” & c. among other pieces.

Trench (Archbishop).— HOUSEHOLD BOOK OF ENG-
LISH POETRY. Selected and Arranged, with Notes, by
R. C. TrRENcH, D.D., Archbishop of Dublin. Extra fcap. 8vo.
5s. 64. Second Edtion.

This volume is called a *‘ Household Book,’ by this name implying that
it ts a book for all—that there ws nothing in it to prevent it from being
confidently placed in the hands of every member of the household. Speci-
mens of all classes of poetry are given, including selections from living
authors, The Editor has aimed to produce a book ‘which the emigrant,
finding room for little not absolutely necessary, might ya find room for it
in his trunk, and the traveller in his knapsack, and that on some narrow
sheives where there are few books this might be one.”

“* The Archbishop has conferred in this delightful volume an important
gift on the whole English-speaking population of the world.” —PaLu MALL
GAZETTE.

Yonge (Charlotte M.).—A PARALLEL HISTORY OF
FRANCE AND ENGLAND : consisting of Outlines and Dates.
By CHARLOTTE M. Yonce, Author of ‘‘ The Heir of Redclyffe,”
** Cameos of English History,” &c., ἄς. Oblong 4to. 35. 6d.
This tabular history has been drawn up to supply a want fat by many
teachers of some means of making their pupils realize what events in the
two countries were contemporary. A skeleton narrative has been con-
structed of the chief transactions in ather country, placing a column
between for what affected both alike, by which means it is hoped that young
people may be assisted in grasping the mutual relation of events.

DIVINITY. 53

DIVINITY.

Abbott (Rev. E. A.)—BIBLE LESSONS. By the Rev.
E. A. ABBOTT, M.A., Head Master of the City of London
School. Second Edition, crown 8vo. 45. 6d.

This book ἐς written in the form of dialogues carried on between a
leacher and pupil, and its main object is to make the scholar think for
himself. The great bulk of the dialogues represents in the spirit, and
often in the words, the religious instruction which the author has been
in the habit of giving to the Fifth and Sixth Forms of the City of London
School.

Cheyne (T. K.)—THE BOOK OF ISAIAH CHRONO-
LOGICALLY ARRANGED. An Amended Version, with
Historical and Critical Introductions and Explanatory Notes. By
T. K. Curyne, M.A., Fellow of Balliol College, Oxford.
Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d.

The object of this edition is simply to restore the probable meaning of
Isaiah, so far as this can be expressed in modern English. The basis of
the version ts the revised translation of 1611, but no scruple has becn felt
in introducing alterations, wherever the true sense of the prophecus
appeared to require it.

Eastwood.—THE BIBLE WORD-BOOK. A Glossary ot
Old English Bible Words, By J. Eastwoop, M.A., of St. John’s
College, and W. ALDIS WRIGHT, M.A., Trinity College, Cam-
bridge. 18mo. 55. 6a,

54 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

It is the object of this Glossary to explain and illustrate all such words,
phrases, and constructions, in the Authorized Version of the Old and New
Testaments and the Apocrypha, and in the Book of Common Prayer, as
are either obsolete or archaic. Full explanations are supplied, and these
illustrated by mumerous citations from the dder writers. An index of
editions quoted ἐς appended. Apart from its immediate subject, this work
serves to sllustrate a well-marked period in the history of the English
language. It is thus of distinct philological value.

GOLDEN TREASURY PSALTER. Students’ Edition. Being an
Edition of “The Psalms Chronologically Arranged, by Four
Friends,” with briefer Notes. 18mo. 3s. €d.

In making this abridgment of “ The Psalms Chronologically Arran

the editors have endeavoured to meet the roquirements of readers of ἃ
different class from those for whom 216 largzr edition was intended. Some
who found the large book useful for private reading, have asked for an
edition of a smaller size and at a lower price, for family use, while at the
same time some Teachers in Fublic Schools have suggested that it would be
convenient for them to have ὦ simpler book, which they could put into the
hands of younger pupils.

Hardwick.—A HISTORY OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.
Middle Age. From Gregory the Great to the Excommunication
of Luther. By ARCHDEACON HARDWICK. Edited by FRANCIS
Procter, M.A. With Four Maps constructed for this work by
A. ΚΕΙΤΗ JOHNSTON, Second Edition. Crown 8vo. ros. δα,

The ground-plan of this treatise coincides in many points with one
adopted at the close of the last century in the colossal work of Schrickh, ana
since that time by others of his thoughtful countrymen ; but in arranging
the materials a very different course has frequently been pursued. With
regard to the opinions of the author, he is willing to avow distinctly that he
has construed history with the specific prepossessions of an Englishman and
a member of the English Church. The reader ts constantly referred to
the authorities, both original and critical, on which the statements are
founded.

DIVINITY. 55

Hardwick.—continued.

A HISTORY OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH DURING THE
REFORMATION. By ARCHDEACON HARDWICK. Revised by
FRANCIS PROCTER, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 10s. 6d.

This volume is intended as a sequel and companion to the ** History of
the Christian Church during the Middle Age.” The authors carnest
wish has been to give the reader a trustworthy version of those stirring
incidents which mark the Reformation period, without relinquishing his
jormer claim to characterise peculiar systems, persons, and events according
to the shades and colours they assume, when contemplated from an English
point of view, and by a member of the Church of England.

Maclear.—Works by the Rev. G. F. MACLEAR, B.D., Head
Master of King’s College School, and Preacher at the Temple
Church.

A CLASS-BOOK OF OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. Fifth
Edition, with Four Maps. 18mo. cloth. 4s. 6d.

This volume forms a Class-book of Old Testament History from the
earliest times to those of Ezra and Nehemiah. In its preparation the
most recent authorities have been consulted, and wherever it has appeared
useful, Notes have been subjoined illustrative of the Text, and, for the sake
of more advanced students, references added to larger works. The Index
has been so arranged as to form a concise dictionary of the persons and
places mentioned in the course of the narrative ; while the maps, which have
been prepared with considerable care at Stanford's Geographical Establish-
ment, will, it is hoped, materially add to the value and usefulness of the
Book.

A CLASS-BOOK OF NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY, including
the Connexion of the Old and New Testament. With Four Maps.
Third Edition. 18mo. cloth. 5s. 6d.

A sequel to the author's Class-book of Old Testament History, continuing
the narrative from the point at which it there ends, and carrying it on to
the close of St. Paul's second imprisonment at Rome. In its preparation,
as in that of the former volume, the most recent and trustworthy authorities

56 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Maclear (Rev. G. F., B.D.)—continued.

have been consulted, notes subjoined, and references to larger works added.
it is thus hoped that ἐξ may prove at once an. useful class-book and a
convenient companion to the study of the Greek Testament.

A SHILLING BOOK OF OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY, for
National and Elementary Schools. With Map. 18mo. cloth.

A SHILLING BOOK OF NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY, for

National and Elementary Schools. With Map. 18mo. cloth.

These works have been carefully abridged from the author's larger
manuals,

CLASS-BOOK OF THE CATECHISM OF THE CHURCH OF
ENGLAND. Second Edition. 18mo. cloth. 25. 62.

This may be regarded as a sequel to the Class-bvoks of Old and New
Testament History. Like them, it is furnished with notes and references
to larger works, and it ts hoped that it may be found, especially in the
higher forms of our Public Schools, to supply a suitable manual of
snstruction in the chief doctrines of the English Church, and a useful
help in the preparation of Candidates for Confirmation.

A FIRST CLASS-BOOK OF THE CATECHISM OF THE
CHURCH OF ENGLAND, with Scripture Proofs, for Junior
Classes and Schools, 18mo. 6d.

THE ORDER OF CONFIRMATION. A Sequel to the Class
Book of the Catechism. For the use of Candidates for Confirma-
tion. With Prayers and Collects. 18mo. 3¢.

Maurice.—THE LORD’S PRAYER, THE CREED, AND
THE COMMANDMENTS. A Manual for Parents and School-
masters. By the Rev. F. D. MAURICE. To which is added the
Order of the Scriptures. 18mo. Is.

Procter.—A HISTORY OF THE BOOK OF COMMON
PRAYER, with a Rationale of its Offices. By FRANCIS PROCTER,

M.A. Ninth Edition, revised and enlarged. Crown 8ve.
10s. 6d.

DIVINITY. 57

In the course of the last twenty years the whole question of Liturgical
knowledge has been reopened with great learning and accurate research ;
aad ἐξ is mainly with the view of epitomising extensive publications, and
correcting the errors and misconceptions which had obtained currency,
that the present volume has been put together.

Procter and Maclear.—AN ELEMENTARY INTRO-
DUCTION TO THE BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER.
Re-arranged and supplemented by an Explanation of the Morning
and Evening Prayer and the Litany. By the Rev. F. PROCTER
and the Rev. G. F. MACLEAR. Fourth Edition. 18mo. 2s. 6d.

As in the other Class-books of the series, notes have also been subjoined,
and references given to larger works, and it ἐς hoped that the volume will

be found adapted for use in the higher forms of our Public Schools, and a

suitable manual for those preparing for the Oxford and Cambridge local

examinations. This new Edition has been considerably altered, and
several important additions have been made. Besides a re-arrangement
of the work generally, the Historical Portion has been supplemented by an

Explanation of the Morning and F-vening Prayer and of the Litany.

PSALMS OF DAVID CHRONOLOGICALLY ARRANGED.
BY FOUR FRIENDS. An Amended Version, with Historical
Introduction and Explanatory Notes. Second Edition, with
Additions and Corrections. Crown 8vo. 8s. 6d.

Zo vestore the Psalter as far as possible to the order in which the Psalms
were written,—to give the division of each Psalm into strophes, of eack
strophe into the lines which composed it,—to amend the errors of translation,
ἐς the object of the present Edition. Professor Ewald’s works, especially .
that on the Psalms, have been extensively consulted,

This book has been used with satisfaction by masters for private work in
higher classes in schools.

Ramsay.—THE CATECHISER’S MANUAL; or, the Church
Catechism illustrated and explained, for the use of Clergymen,
Sehoolmasters, and Teachers. By the Rev. ARTHUR RAMSAY,
M.A. Second Edition. 18mo,. Is. 6d.

A clear explanation of the Catechism, by way of Question and Answer.

58 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Simpson.—AN EPITOME OF THE HISTORY OF THE
CHRISTIAN CHURCH. By WILLIAM Simpson, M.A.
᾿ Fifth Edition, Feap. 8vo. 3s. 6d.

A compendious summary of Church History.

Swainson.—-A HANDBOOK to BUTLER’S ANALOGY. By
C. A. Swainson, D.D., Canon of Chichester. Crown 8vo. Is. 6d.

This manual is designed to serve as a handbook or road-book to the
Student in reading the Analogy, to give the Student a sketch or outline map
of the country on which he is entering, and to point out to him matters of
interest as he basses along.

Westcott.—A GENERAL SURVEY OF THE HISTORY
OF THE CANON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT DURING
THE FIRST FOUR CENTURIES. By Brooke Foss WEst-
coTT, B.D., Canon of Peterborough. Thir¢ Edition, revised.
Crown 8vo. 10s. 6d.

The Author has endeavoured to connect the history of the New Testament
Canon with the growth and consolidation of the Church, and to point out
the relation existing between the amount of evidence for the authenticity of
tts component parts, and the whole mass of Christian literature. Such a
method of inquiry will convey both the truest notion of the connexion of the
written Word with the living Body of Christ, and the surest conviction of
sts divine authority.

Of this work the Saturday Review writes: “ Theological students, and
not they only, but the general public, owe a deep debt of gratitude to
Mr. Westcott for bringing this subject fairly before them in this candid ana
comprehensive essay..... As α theological work tt is at once perfectly fair
and impartial, and imbued with a thoroughly religious spirit; and as a
manual it exhibits, in a lucid form and in a narrow compass, the results
of extensive research and accurate thought. We cordially recommend tt.”

DIVINITY. 59.

Westcott (Canon)—continued.

INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE FOUR GOSPELS.
By BRookE Foss WEstTcoTT, B.D. Third Edition. Crown 8vo.
10s. 6a.

This book is intended to be an Introduction to the Study of the Gospels.
The author has made it a point carefully to study the researches of the great
writers, and consciously to neglect none. There ts an daborate discussion
appended ‘* On the Primitive Doctrine of Inspiration.”

A GENERAL VIEW OF THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH
BIBLE. By Brooke Foss Westcott, B.D. Crown 8vo. ros. 6d.

“ The first trustworthy account we have had of that unique and mar-
vellous monument of the piety of our ancestors.” —DAILY NEWS.

THE BIBLE IN THE CHURCH. A Popular Account of the
Collection and Reception of the Holy Scriptures in the Christian
Churches. Third Edition. By BRookE Foss Westcott, B.D.
18mo. cloth, 4s. 6d.

The present book is an attempt to answer a request, which has been made
from time to time, to place in a simple form, for the use of general readers,
the substance of the author's ‘History of the Canon of the New Testament,”
An elaborate and comprehensive Introduction is followed by chapters on
the Bible of the Apostolic Age; on the Growth of the New Testament ; the
Apostolic Fathers ; the Age of the Apologists; the First Christian Bible ;
the Bible Proscribed and Restored; the Age of Ferome and Augustine;
the Bible of the Middle Ages in the West and in the East, and in the
Sixteenth Century. Two appendices on the History of the Old Testament
Canon before the Christian Era, and on the Contents of the most ancient
MSS. of the Christian Bible, complete the volume.

THE GOSPEL OF THE RESURRECTION. Thoughts on its
Relation to Reason and History. By BROoKE Foss WESTCOTT,
B.D. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 45. 6d.

60 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

This Essay is an endeavour to consider some of the elementary truths
of Christianity as a miraculous Revelation, from the side of History and
Reason. If the arguments which are here adduced are valid, they will go
far to prove that the Resurrection, with all that it includes, is the key to
the history of man, and the complement of reason.

Wilson.—AN ENGLISH, HEBREW, AND CHALDEE
LEXICON AND CONCORDANCE, to the more Correct
Understanding of the English translation of the Old Testament,
by reference to the Original Hebrew. By WILLIAM WILson,
D.D., Canon of Winchester, late Fellow of Queen’s College,
Oxford. Second Edition, carefully Revised. 4to. cloth. 25s.

The aim of this work is, that ἐξ should be useful to clergymen and all
persons engaged in the study of the Bible, even when they do not possess a
knowledge of Hebrew ; while able Hebrew scholars have borne testimony to
the help that they themselves have found in tt,

BOOKS ON EDUCATION. 61

BOOKS ON EDUCATION.

Arnold.—A FRENCH ETON; OR, MIDDLE CLASS
EDUCATION AND. THE STATE. By MATTHEW ARNOLD.
Fcap. 8vo. cloth. 25. 6d.

‘* 4 very interesting dissertation on the system of secondary instruction
tn France, and on the advisabiltty of copying the system in England,’ —
SATURDAY REVIEW.

SCHOOLS AND UNIVERSITIES ON THE CONTINENT.
8vo. 10s, 6d.

The Author was in 1865 charged by the Schools Inquiry Commtsstoners
with the task of investigating the system of education for the middle and
upper classes in France, Italy, Germany, and Switzerland. In the dts-
charge of this task he was on the Continent nearly seven months, and
- during that time he visited the four countries named and madea careful
study of the matters to which the Commissioners had directed his attention.
The present volume contains the report which he made to them. It ts here
adapted to the use of the general reader.

ESSAYS ON A LIBERAL EDUCATION. Edited by tne Rev,
F. W. FARRAR, M.A., F.R.S., Assistant Master at Harrow,
late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and Hon. Fellow of
King’s College, London. Second Edition. 8vo. cloth, τον. 6d.

CONTENTS :—JSitstory of Classical Education, by Charles S. Parker,
M.A.; Theory of Classical Education, by Henry Sedgwick, M.A.

62 EDUCATIONAL BOOKS.

Liberal Education in Universities, by Fohn Seeley, M.A. ; Teaching by
means of Grammar, by E. E. Bowen, M.A.; Greek and Latin Verse-
Composition, by the Rev. F. W. Farrar ; Natural Science in Schools, by
F. M. Wilson, M.A., F.G.S.; The Teaching of English, by Ὁ W. Hales,
M.A.; Education of the Reasoning Faculties, by W. Johnson, M.A. ;
The present Social Results of Classical Education, by Lord Houghton.

The Authors have sought to hasten the expansion and improvement of
liberal education by showing in what light some of the most interesting
questions of Educational Reform are viewed by men who have had
opportunities for forming a judgment respecting them, and several of
whom have been for some time engaged in the work of education at our
Onivers:ties and Schools.

Farrar.—ON SOME DEFECTS IN PUBLIC SCHOOL
EDUCATION. A Lecture delivered at the Royal Institution.
With Notes and Appendices, Crown 8vo, Is,

Jex-Blake.—A VISIT TO SOME AMERICAN SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES. By SopHia JExX-BLAKE, Crown 8vo. cloth.
6s.

** In the following pages 7 have endeavoured to give a simple and accurate
account of what I saw during a series of visits to some of the Schools and
Colleges in the United States... . I wish simply to give other teachers an
opportunity of seeing through my eyes what they cannot perhaps see for
themselves, and to this end Ihave recorded just such particulars as I should
myself care to know.” —AUTHOR’S PREFACE.

‘‘ Miss Blake gives a living picture of the Schools and Colleges them-
selves in which that education is carried on.” —PALL MALL GAZETTE.

Quain (Richard, F.R.S.}—-ON SOME DEFECTS IN
GENERAL EDUCATION. By RIcHARD QUAIN, F.R.S.
Crown 8vo. 3.

BOOKS ON EDUCATION. 63

Having been charged by the College of Surgeons with the delivery of the
Hunterian Oration for 1869, the Author has availed himself of the
occasion to bring under notice some defects in the general education of the
country, which, in his opinion, effect injuriously all classes of the people,
and not least the members of his own profession. The earlier pages of the
address contain a short notice of the genius and labours of Fohn Hunter,
but the subject of education will be found to occupy the larger part—from
page twelve to the end.

Thring.—EDUCATION AND SCHOOL. Bythe Rev. EDwarp
THRING, M.A., Head Master of Uppingham. Second Edition.
Crown 8vo. cloth. 55. 6d.

Youmans.—MODERN CULTURE: its True Aims and Require-
ments. A Series of Addresses and Arguments on the Claims ot
Scientific Education. Edited by Epwarp L. Youmans, M.D.
Crown 8vo. 8s. 6d.

CONTENTS :— Professor Tyndall on the Study of Physics ; Dr. Daubeny
on the Study of Chemistry ; Professor Henfrey on the Study of Botany ;
Professor Huxley on the Study of Zoology; Dr. Ὁ Paget on the Study of
Physiology ; Dr. Whewell on the Educational History of Science; Dr.
Faraday on the Education of the Judgment; Dr. Hodgson on the Study
of Economic Science; Mr. Herbert Spencer on Political Education ;
Professor Masson on College Education and Self Education ; Dr. Youmans
on the Scientific Study of Human Nature. An Appendix contains extracts
from distinguished authors, and from the Scientific Evidence given before
the Public Schools Commission,

LONDON ;
R. CLAY, SONS, AND TAYLOR, PRINTERS,
BREAD STREET HILL.

zDD